Previous Year Paper

DSSSB TGT (Social Science) Official Paper (Held On: 07 Nov, 2025 Shift 3) (Previous Year Paper)

Held in 2025

200 questions120 minutes
With answers
Free

Paper last updated:

Practise under exam conditions

Take this paper as a timed mock test. Review your answers after you submit.

Attempt timed test

Questions & answers

Read the paper at your pace. Open an explanation when you need it.

Reasoning Ability (20 questions)

Question 1

Based on the English alphabetical order, three of the following four letter-clusters are alike in a certain way and thus form a group. Which letter-cluster does not belong to that group?

(Note: The odd letter-cluster is not based on the number of consonants/vowels or their position.)

  1. AOption (a)

    CGFI

  2. BOption (b)

    AFDH

  3. COption (c)

    MRPT

  4. DOption (d)

    WBZD

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

CGFI

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

Option 1) CGFI

Option 2) AFDH

Option 3) MRPT

Option 4) WBZD

Thus, out of all 'CGFI' is the odd one out.​

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 1".

Question 2

From the given alternatives, select the word that will come in place of the question mark (?) in the following series.

WV1 TT4 QR9 ? KN25

  1. AOption (a)

    NM16

  2. BOption (b)

    MM36

  3. COption (c)

    MN20

  4. DOption (d)

    NP16

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

NP16

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 4".

Question 3

E, F, G, H, K, L and M each have their exam on a different day of the week, starting from Monday and ending on Sunday of the same week. Only K has exam before H. Only three people have exam between M and F. Only three people have exam between L and H. G has his exam on a day before F and on a day after E.

How many people have their exam after M?

  1. AOption (a)

    Three

  2. BOption (b)

    Two

  3. COption (c)

    One

  4. DOption (d)

    Four

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Four

Why this answer is correct

Given: E, F, G, H, K, L and M each have their exam on a different day of the week, starting from Monday and ending on Sunday of the same week.

1) Only K has exam before H.

2) Only three people have exam between L and H. 

WeekdaysPerson
MondayK
TuesdayH
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
SaturdayL
Sunday

3) Only three people have exam between M and F.

4) G has his exam on a day before F and on a day after E.

WeekdaysPerson
MondayK
TuesdayH
WednesdayM
ThursdayE
FridayG
SaturdayL
SundayF

Thus, four people have their exam after M.

Hence, "Option 4" is the correct answer

Question 4

Read the given statements and conclusions carefully. Assuming that the information given in the statements is true, even if it seems to be at variance from commonly known facts, decide which of the given conclusions logically follows from the statements.

Statements:

Some soups are teas.

All teas are coffees.

No coffee is water.

Conclusions:

(I) Some soups are coffees.

(II) No tea is water.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only conclusion (I) follows.

  2. BOption (b)

    Neither conclusion (I) nor conclusion (II) follows.

  3. COption (c)

    Both conclusion (I) and conclusion (II) follow.

  4. DOption (d)

    Only conclusion (II) follows.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Both conclusion (I) and conclusion (II) follow.

Why this answer is correct

The least possible Venn diagram for the given statements is as shown below :

Conclusions:

(I) Some soups are coffees → Follow (As some soups are teas and all teas are coffees. As some part of soups is common with tea which whole comes in coffee, therefore it is true.)

(II) No tea is water → Follow (As all teas are coffees and no coffee is water. As whole tea comes in coffee which cannot be water, therefore it is true.)

∴ Here, Both conclusion (I) and conclusion (II) follow.​

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 3"

Question 5

Six students, Sunita, Tina, Meena, Neela, Piyal, and Rehana, are sitting around a round table, facing the center. Neela sits third to the right of Meena. Piyal sits to the immediate right of Meena. Sunita sits to the immediate left of Rehana. Who sits second to the right of Tina?

  1. AOption (a)

    Sunita

  2. BOption (b)

    Meena

  3. COption (c)

    Neela

  4. DOption (d)

    Piyal

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Sunita

Why this answer is correct

Given: Six students, Sunita, Tina, Meena, Neela, Piyal, and Rehana, are sitting around a round table, facing the center.

1) Neela sits third to the right of Meena.

2) Piyal sits to the immediate right of Meena.

3) Sunita sits to the immediate left of Rehana. 

The remaining position will be occupied by the only person left i.e. Tina.

Thus, Sunita sits second to the right of Tina.

Hence, "Option 1" is the correct answer

Question 6

Read the following information carefully and answer the question below. You must assume everything in the information to be true.

Company X has seen a decline in profits over the past five years. An audit firm's report attributes this to unsustainable government policies in the textile sector, in which Company X operates, over the past five years. The firm has advised Company X to diversify its business into other sectors.

Which of the following conclusions can be drawn from the given information?

I. Stable government policy in the textile sector is necessary to increase Company X's profits.

II. Company X has not diversified its business, which is why profits are declining.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only I

  2. BOption (b)

    Both I and II

  3. COption (c)

    Only II

  4. DOption (d)

    Neither I nor II

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Both I and II

Why this answer is correct

Given Statement: Company X has seen a decline in profits over the past five years. An audit firm's report attributes this to unsustainable government policies in the textile sector, in which Company X operates, over the past five years. The firm has advised Company X to diversify its business into other sectors.

Given conclusions:

  1. Stable government policy in the textile sector is necessary to increase Company X's profits. → Follow

Cause is given, but 'necessary condition' is assumed.

  1. Company X has not diversified its business, which is why profits are declining. → Follow

Lack of diversification is not stated as the cause.

Therefore, Both I and II conclusions follows.

Hence, "Option 2" is the correct answer.

Question 7

Based on the English alphabetical order, three of the following four letter-clusters are alike in a certain way and thus form a group. Which letter-cluster does not belong to that group?

(Note: The odd letter-cluster is not based on the number of consonants/vowels or their position.)

  1. AOption (a)

    RJB

  2. BOption (b)

    SKI

  3. COption (c)

    TLD

  4. DOption (d)

    WOG

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

SKI

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

Option 1) RJB

Option 2) SKI

Option 3) TLD

Option 4) WOG

Thus, out of all 'SKI' is the odd one out.​

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 2".

Question 8

If ‘A’ means ‘÷ \div ’, ‘B’ means ‘× \times ’, ‘C’ means ‘+’ and ‘D’ means ‘-’, then what will come in place of question mark (?) in the following equation?

13 D 56 A 4 C 4 B 11 = ?

  1. AOption (a)

    43

  2. BOption (b)

    42

  3. COption (c)

    40

  4. DOption (d)

    41

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

43

Why this answer is correct

Decoding signs:

SignABCD
Stands For÷×+-

Given: 13 D 56 A 4 C 4 B 11 = ?

13 D 56 A 4 C 4 B 11 = ? ⇒ 13 - 56 ÷ 4 + 4 × 11 = ?

⇒ 13 - 56 ÷ 4 + 4 × 11 = ?

⇒ 13 - 14 + 4 × 11 = ?

⇒ 13 + 44 - 14 = ?

⇒ 57 - 14 = ?

⇒ 43 = ?

Hence, "Option 1" is the correct answer.

Question 9

This question is based on the five three-digit numbers given below.

(Right) 156 856 865 165 423 (Left)

(Example: 697 - first digit = 6, second digit = 9, and third digit = 7)

Note: All operations are performed from left to right.

What will be the result if the first digit of the largest number is added to the third digit of the smallest number?

  1. AOption (a)

    14

  2. BOption (b)

    12

  3. COption (c)

    9

  4. DOption (d)

    10

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

14

Why this answer is correct

Given series: (Right) 156 856 865 165 423 (Left)

According to the question.

Given156856865165423
Arranged in ascending order156165423856865

So,

First digit of the largest number → 865 → 8

Third digit of the smallest number → 156 → 6

So, the first digit of the largest number is added to the third digit of the smallest number → 8 + 6 = 14

Hence, "Option 1" is the correct answer.

Question 10

All 26 people are standing in a row, facing north. Karan is seventh from the left, while Mahi is fourth from the right. How many people are between Karan and Mahi?

  1. AOption (a)

    13

  2. BOption (b)

    15

  3. COption (c)

    14

  4. DOption (d)

    11

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

15

Why this answer is correct

Given:

Total people → 26

Karan's rank from the left → 7th

Mahi's rank from the right → 4th

Total people between Karan and Mahi → Total people - Karan's rank from the left - Mahi's rank from the right

→ 26 - 7 - 4 = 15 

Hence, "Option 2" is the correct answer.

Question 11

Ram starts running from point A and runs 4 km towards the east. Then he turns left and runs 4 km. Then he turns right and runs 4 km. He again turns right and runs 6 km. Finally, he turns right and runs 8 km to reach point B. How far (shortest distance) and in which direction must he run to reach point A again? (Unless specified, all turns are 90-degree only.)

  1. AOption (a)

    3 km towards North

  2. BOption (b)

    4 km towards west

  3. COption (c)

    2 km towards North

  4. DOption (d)

    4 km towards East

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

2 km towards North

Why this answer is correct

Given:

Ram starts running from point A and runs 4 km towards the east.

Then he turns left and runs 4 km. Then he turns right and runs 4 km.

He again turns right and runs 6 km.

Finally, he turns right and runs 8 km to reach point B.

Thus, Ram should run 2 km in the north direction in order to reach point A again.​

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 3"

Question 12

Select the option that is related to the fifth number in the same way as the second number is related to the first number and the fourth number is related to the third number.

(Note: Operations must be performed on whole numbers, without breaking the numbers into their component digits. Take 13 for example - operations on 13, such as addition/subtraction/multiplication, etc., can be performed. Breaking 13 into 1 and 3 and then performing mathematical operations on 1 and 3 is not allowed.)

630 : 5 :: 1302 : 6 :: 84 : ?

  1. AOption (a)

    7

  2. BOption (b)

    56

  3. COption (c)

    34

  4. DOption (d)

    3

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

3

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

630 : 5 → 54 + 5 = 625 + 5 ⇒ 630​

And,

1302 : 6 → 64 + 6 = 1296 + 6 ⇒ 1302

Similarly,

84 : ? → 34 + 3 = 81 + 3 ⇒ 84

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 4".

Question 13

Which number will come in place of the question mark in the following series?

31 28 25 22 19 ?

  1. AOption (a)

    18

  2. BOption (b)

    16

  3. COption (c)

    15

  4. DOption (d)

    21

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

16

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 2".

Question 14

In a certain code language, ‘CAVE’ is coded as ‘5842’ and ‘ACES’ is coded as ‘4583.’ What will be the code for ‘S’ in that language?

  1. AOption (a)

    8

  2. BOption (b)

    5

  3. COption (c)

    4

  4. DOption (d)

    3

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

3

Why this answer is correct

According to the question:

Thus, 'S' is coded as '3'.

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 4".

Question 15

Which of the given letter-number clusters will come in place of the question mark (?) to make the following series logically complete?

TP9, UR18, VT27, WV36, ?

  1. AOption (a)

    YX54

  2. BOption (b)

    YY45

  3. COption (c)

    XX45

  4. DOption (d)

    XW45

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

XX45

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 3".

Question 16

If '+' means '–', '–' means '×', '×' means '÷', '÷' means '+', then what will come in place of question mark (?) in the following equation?

11–155×5÷29+44=? 11 – 155 \times 5 \div 29 + 44 = ?

  1. AOption (a)

    326

  2. BOption (b)

    335

  3. COption (c)

    348

  4. DOption (d)

    319

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

326

Why this answer is correct

Decoding signs:

Sign+-×÷
Stands For-×÷+

Given: 11 - 155 × 5 ÷ 29 + 44 = ?

11 - 155 × 5 ÷ 29 + 44 = ? ⇒ 11 × 155 ÷ 5 + 29 - 44 = ?

⇒ 11 × 155 ÷ 5 + 29 - 44 = ?

⇒ 11 × 31 + 29 - 44 = ?

⇒ 341 + 29 - 44 = ?

⇒ 370 - 44 = ?

⇒ 326 = ?

Hence, "Option 1" is the correct answer.

Question 17

In a certain way, KO 4 is related to NL 1. In the same way, DZ 9 is related to GW 6. Following the same logic, SD 7 is related to which of the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    VC 4

  2. BOption (b)

    VA 4

  3. COption (c)

    VC −4 -4

  4. DOption (d)

    VA −4 -4

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

VA 4

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

KO 4 is related to NL 1​

And,

DZ 9 is related to GW 6

Similarly,

SD 7 is related to

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 2".

Question 18

This question is based on the five three-digit numbers given below.

(Left) 493 896 397 382 317 (Right)

(Example: 697 - first digit = 6, second digit = 9, and third digit = 7)

(Note: All operations are performed from left to right.)

What will be the result if the third digit of the largest number is added to the second digit of the smallest number?

  1. AOption (a)

    9

  2. BOption (b)

    10

  3. COption (c)

    6

  4. DOption (d)

    7

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

7

Why this answer is correct

Given series: (Left) 493 896 397 382 317 (Right)

According to the question.

Given493896397382317
Arranged in ascending order317382397493896

So,

Third digit of the largest number → 896 → 6

Second digit of the smallest number → 317 → 1

So, the third digit of the largest number is added to the second digit of the smallest number → 6 + 1 = 7

Hence, "Option 4" is the correct answer.

Question 19

In the following number pairs, the second number is obtained by performing some mathematical operations on the first number. Select the set in which the numbers are related in the same way as the numbers in the following set.

(Note: Operations must be performed on whole numbers, without breaking the numbers into their component digits. For example, take 13 - operations on 13, such as addition/subtraction/multiplication, etc., can be performed. Breaking 13 into 1 and 3 and then performing mathematical operations on 1 and 3 is not allowed.)

(216, 131)

(245, 160)

  1. AOption (a)

    (261, 145)

  2. BOption (b)

    (195, 130)

  3. COption (c)

    (168, 83)

  4. DOption (d)

    (232, 137)

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

(168, 83)

Why this answer is correct

The logic followed here is:

(216, 131) → 216 - 85 = 131​

And,

(245, 160) → 245 - 85 = 160

Similarly,

(168, 83) → 168 - 85 = 83

Hence, the correct answer is "Option 3".

Question 20

In a certain code language,

'A + B' means 'A is the mother of B',

'A – B' means 'A is the brother of B',

'A × B' means 'A is the wife of B', and

'A ÷ B' means 'A is the father of B'.

If 'N – O + B × L ÷ E – D', then how is O related to D?

  1. AOption (a)

    Mother

  2. BOption (b)

    Father's mother

  3. COption (c)

    Wife's mother

  4. DOption (d)

    Mother's mother

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Mother's mother

Why this answer is correct

Decoding symbols:

A is
Symbol+-×÷
MeaningMotherBrotherWifeFather
to B

Given: N – O + B × L ÷ E – D

N – O → N is the brother of O.

O + B → O is the mother of B.

B × L → B is the wife of L.

L ÷ E → L is the father of E.

E – D → E is the brother of D.

Here, O is D's mother's mother.

Hence, "Option 4" is the correct answer.

General Awareness (20 questions)

Question 21

Ganeshwar-Jodhpura Chalcolithic culture is located in _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Rajasthan

  2. BOption (b)

    Andhra Pradesh

  3. COption (c)

    Uttar Pradesh

  4. DOption (d)

    Bihar

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Rajasthan

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Rajasthan.

Key Points

  • The Ganeshwar-Jodhpura Chalcolithic culture is primarily located in the northeastern part of the state of Rajasthan, India.
  • It is named after two prominent archeological sites: Ganeshwar, located in the Sikar district, and Jodhpura, located in the Jaipur district.
  • The culture flourished during the 3rd millennium BCE, with its peak period dated approximately between 2800 BCE and 2200 BCE.
  • The Ganeshwar site was discovered and excavated by the renowned archeologist R.C. Agrawal in the 1970s (specifically around 1977-1978).
  • This culture is uniquely significant because it served as a major copper-producing center that supplied copper artifacts and raw materials to the Indus Valley Civilization (Harappa and Mohenjo-daro).

Additional Information

  • Geographical Context: The culture is situated near the Aravalli Range and is closely associated with the Kantli River (Ganeshwar) and the Sahibi River (Jodhpura). This region is part of the Khetri Copper Belt, which is one of the oldest copper mining zones in India.
  • Pottery Features: The people of this culture produced a specific type of pottery known as Ochre Coloured Pottery (OCP). This pottery is characterized by its orange to red color and a porous texture that often leaves a powdery residue when touched.
  • Artifacts and Metallurgy: Excavations have revealed a massive quantity of copper objects, including 5,000 copper tools such as arrowheads, fishhooks, spearheads, chisels, and bangles. The high purity of copper (often 99%) suggests advanced knowledge of smelting and metallurgy.
  • Subsistence and Economy: While their primary economic activity was mining and metallurgy, they also practiced hunting, fishing, and agriculture. The presence of fishhooks indicates that fishing in the Kantli River was a significant part of their diet.
  • Trade Links: The Ganeshwar-Jodhpura culture was a contemporary of the early and mature Harappan phases. It acted as an industrial hub, trading copper ingots and finished goods to Harappan cities in exchange for other commodities.

Important Points

  • Cultural Distinction: Unlike the urbanized Indus Valley Civilization, the Ganeshwar-Jodhpura culture was a rural, specialized metallurgical community. It did not possess the grid-iron town planning or the script found in Harappan sites.
  • Chronology: The culture is often divided into three phases. Phase I (c. 3800-3000 BCE) shows early hunting-gathering; Phase II (c. 3000-2800 BCE) shows the beginning of copper use; and Phase III (c. 2800-2000 BCE) represents the zenith of copper production.
  • Discovery of Microliths: Along with copper, a large number of microliths (small stone tools) were found, indicating a transition from the Mesolithic to the Chalcolithic lifestyle.
  • Legacy: The sites highlight the importance of Rajasthan in the proto-history of the Indian subcontinent, establishing it as the "Cradle of Copper Technology" in ancient India.

Question 22

How many banks were nationalized in 1969?

  1. AOption (a)

    14

  2. BOption (b)

    13

  3. COption (c)

    15

  4. DOption (d)

    12

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

14

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 14.

Key Points

  • On 19 July 1969, the Government of India, under the leadership of Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, took the historic step of nationalizing 14 major private commercial banks.
  • The primary criterion for nationalization during this first wave was that the banks must have deposits exceeding Rs. 50 crore.
  • This decision was initially implemented through the Banking Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Ordinance, 1969, which later became an Act in 1970.
  • The fundamental objective of this move was to align the banking sector with the socialist goals of the government, ensuring that credit reached the priority sectors such as agriculture, small-scale industries, and exports, rather than being concentrated in the hands of a few industrial houses.
  • This process marked a significant shift from "class banking" to "mass banking" in India, aimed at expanding the banking network into rural and semi-urban areas.

Additional Information

  • Second Wave of Nationalization: Following the 1969 initiative, a second phase of nationalization took place on 15 April 1980. During this phase, 6 more private banks with deposits of over Rs. 200 crore were brought under government control.
  • State Bank of India (SBI): Prior to the 1969 nationalization, the Imperial Bank of India was nationalized in 1955 under the State Bank of India Act, 1955, to become the State Bank of India. It served as the principal agent of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) across the country.
  • Legal Challenges: The 1969 nationalization was challenged in the Supreme Court of India in the famous R.C. Cooper vs. Union of India case (also known as the Bank Nationalization Case). The court initially struck down the ordinance, leading the government to amend the law to address compensation issues.
  • Impact on Credit Flow: Post-nationalization, there was a massive expansion of bank branches in unbanked areas. The share of agriculture in total bank credit rose significantly, and the Lead Bank Scheme was introduced to coordinate credit planning at the district level.

Important Points

  • The 14 banks nationalized in 1969 included: Allahabad Bank, Bank of Baroda, Bank of India, Bank of Maharashtra, Canara Bank, Central Bank of India, Dena Bank, Indian Bank, Indian Overseas Bank, Punjab National Bank, Syndicate Bank, Union Bank of India, United Bank of India, and United Commercial Bank (UCO Bank).
  • The Banking Regulation Act, 1949, provides the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) the power to supervise and regulate these Public Sector Banks (PSBs) to maintain financial stability.
  • In recent years, the Government of India has initiated a process of consolidation. For example, in 2020, a major merger exercise reduced the number of Public Sector Banks from 27 in 2017 to 12, aiming to create "next-generation" banks with better capital adequacy and global competitiveness.
  • The nationalization era is often associated with the "Green Revolution" as it provided the necessary financial liquidity to farmers to adopt high-yielding variety seeds and modern irrigation techniques.

Question 23

Under the PM-YASASVI Scheme, how much amount was released for pre-matric scholarships in 2023?

  1. AOption (a)

    ₹50 crore

  2. BOption (b)

    ₹387.27 crore

  3. COption (c)

    ₹32.44 crore

  4. DOption (d)

    ₹144.25 crore

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

₹32.44 crore

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is ₹32.44 crore.

Key Points

  • The PM-YASASVI (Prime Minister Young Achievers Scholarship Award Scheme for Vibrant India) is a comprehensive umbrella scheme designed by the Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment.
  • For the year 2023 (specifically the financial cycle 2023-24), the Government of India released an amount of ₹32.44 crore earmarked specifically for the Pre-Matric Scholarship component of the scheme.
  • This scholarship is aimed at students belonging to Other Backward Classes (OBC), Economically Backward Classes (EBC), and De-Notified, Nomadic and Semi-Nomadic Tribes (DNT/SNT) categories.
  • The Pre-Matric component specifically supports students studying in Class 9 and Class 10 in government schools or schools identified by the relevant authorities.
  • The primary objective of this financial release is to reduce the dropout rate at the secondary school level and provide social security through financial assistance to students from marginalized backgrounds.

Additional Information

  • Eligibility Criteria: To avail of the benefits under the PM-YASASVI scheme, the annual income of the parents or guardians from all sources must not exceed ₹2.5 lakh.
  • Structure of the Scheme: PM-YASASVI is not a single scholarship but an umbrella program that merged several existing schemes. It includes Pre-Matric Scholarships, Post-Matric Scholarships, Top Class Education in schools, Top Class Education in colleges, and the construction of hostels for OBC boys and girls.
  • Target Groups: The scheme covers four main categories: OBC (Other Backward Classes), EBC (Economically Backward Classes), DNT (De-Notified Tribes), and SNT (Semi-Nomadic Tribes). It is estimated to benefit millions of students across India.
  • Top Class School Education: Under this specific sub-component, shortlisted students in Class 9 and Class 11 are provided with a scholarship that covers school tuition fees and hostel fees, often amounting up to ₹75,000 per annum for Class 9 and ₹1,25,000 per annum for Class 11.
  • Post-Matric Scholarship: This component provides financial assistance to students pursuing education beyond the matriculation stage, covering various diploma, graduate, and post-graduate courses.

Important Points

  • Selection Process Update 2023: In 2023, the Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment announced a significant change in the selection process. Instead of the YASASVI Entrance Test (YET) which was previously conducted by the National Testing Agency (NTA), it was decided that selection would be based on merit, specifically the marks obtained in Class 8 and Class 10.
  • Implementation Agency: The scheme is implemented through the National Scholarship Portal (NSP). Funds are generally disbursed via the Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) mode directly into the bank accounts of the beneficiaries or their parents to ensure transparency.
  • State-wise Allocation: While the ₹32.44 crore was the central release for pre-matric in the reported period, the total allocation for all components of PM-YASASVI is significantly higher, often exceeding ₹1,000 crore to cover the vast population of OBC/EBC/DNT students across various states.
  • Geographical Reach: The scheme is applicable throughout India, and state governments play a crucial role in identifying Top Class Schools where students can gain admission and receive the full scholarship benefits.

Question 24

Which of the following birds has a black crown on its head, while its neck and head are light black, its body is brown, and its wings are black, brown, and grey?

  1. AOption (a)

    Great Indian bustard

  2. BOption (b)

    Indian pelican

  3. COption (c)

    Old world sparrow

  4. DOption (d)

    Himalayan woodpecker

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Great Indian bustard

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Great Indian bustard.

Key Points

  • The Great Indian bustard (scientific name: Ardeotis nigriceps) is a large bird characterized by a black crown on its head, which contrast with its pale or light black neck and head. Its body is predominantly brown, while its wings display a mixture of black, brown, and grey feathers. Hence, the description provided in the question correctly identifies this bird.
  • It is one of the heaviest flying birds in the world, with adult males weighing between 10 to 15 kg and standing about 1 meter tall.
  • The Great Indian bustard is the State Bird of Rajasthan, India. It is most commonly found in the Thar Desert and the Desert National Park in Jaisalmer.
  • This species is classified as Critically Endangered by the IUCN Red List due to its dwindling population, which is estimated to be fewer than 150 individuals in the wild.
  • The bird is omnivorous, feeding on a variety of insects (like grasshoppers and beetles), seeds, grains, and occasionally small rodents or reptiles.

Additional Information

  • Indian Pelican:
  • Also known as the Spot-billed Pelican, it is a large water bird found across South Asia.
  • Unlike the bustard, it has a greyish-white plumage and a distinctive large bill with a pouch used for catching fish.
  • It inhabits freshwater and saline wetlands, and its conservation status is Near Threatened.
  • Old World Sparrow:
  • These are small passerine birds belonging to the family Passeridae.
  • The most common example is the House Sparrow, which has a streaked brown and grey body but lacks the massive size and specific black crown of the Great Indian bustard.
  • They are found in urban and rural environments globally and are known for their seed-eating habits.
  • Himalayan Woodpecker:
  • This bird is found in the Himalayan regions of India, Nepal, and Bhutan.
  • It features a black and white plumage with a crimson (red) patch on the head or under-tail.
  • It lives in montane forests and uses its strong beak to drill into trees for insects.

Important Points

  • Conservation Efforts: The Government of India launched Project Great Indian Bustard in 2013 to protect the habitat and breeding grounds of this bird, particularly in Rajasthan.
  • Threats: The primary threats to the Great Indian bustard include habitat loss due to agriculture, mining, and the collision with high-voltage power lines in their flight paths.
  • Habitat: They prefer dry grasslands and scrublands with low vegetation, making them an indicator species for the health of the grassland ecosystem.
  • Legal Protection: It is protected under Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, which provides the highest level of legal protection against hunting and trade.

Question 25

Which of the following is a demographic indicator collected during India's 2011 Census?

  1. AOption (a)

    India's Gross Domestic Product (GDP)

  2. BOption (b)

    Industrial Production

  3. COption (c)

    Sex Ratio

  4. DOption (d)

    Agricultural Productivity

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Sex Ratio

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Sex Ratio.

Key Points

  • The Census of India 2011 was the 15th National Census of the country and the 7th after Independence. It is a massive exercise conducted every 10 years to collect demographic, social, and economic data.
  • Sex Ratio is a vital demographic indicator defined as the number of females per 1000 males in a population. In the 2011 Census, the sex ratio of India was recorded at 943, showing a slight increase from 933 in 2001. Hence, the statement regarding Sex Ratio is correct.
  • India's Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is an economic indicator representing the total monetary value of all finished goods and services produced within a country's borders in a specific time period. It is calculated by the National Statistical Office (NSO) under the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MoSPI), not through the household census survey. Hence, the statement regarding GDP is incorrect.
  • Industrial Production refers to the output of industrial establishments, typically measured by the Index of Industrial Production (IIP). This data is collected on a monthly basis by MoSPI to track the growth of various sectors like Mining, Manufacturing, and Electricity. It is not a demographic indicator of the population census. Hence, the statement regarding Industrial Production is incorrect.
  • Agricultural Productivity measures the relationship between agricultural output and the inputs (like land, labor, and capital) used to produce it. This data is gathered by the Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare through separate surveys and reports, rather than the decennial population census. Hence, the statement regarding Agricultural Productivity is incorrect.

Additional Information

  • Historical Context: The first non-synchronous census in India was conducted in 1872 under Lord Mayo. However, the first synchronous census took place in 1881 under Lord Ripon, and it has been conducted every decade since then.
  • 2011 Census Details: The motto of the 2011 Census was "Our Census, Our Future". The Census Commissioner of India during this period was C. Chandramouli. The census covered 640 districts, 5,924 sub-districts, and more than 6 lakh villages.
  • Literacy Rate: According to the 2011 data, the overall literacy rate in India was 74.04%. The male literacy stood at 82.14%, while the female literacy was 65.46%. Kerala retained its position as the most literate state with 94%.
  • Population Density: The density of population in India as per the 2011 Census was 382 persons per square kilometer. Among states, Bihar had the highest density (1,106), while Arunachal Pradesh had the lowest (17).
  • Child Sex Ratio: A concerning finding in the 2011 Census was the decline in the Child Sex Ratio (0-6 years), which dropped to 919 from 927 in the 2001 Census.

Important Points

  • Constitutional Provision: The conduct of the Population Census is a Union Subject under Article 246 of the Constitution of India. It is listed at Serial number 69 of the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution.
  • Legislative Framework: The census is conducted under the provisions of the Census Act, 1948. This law guarantees the confidentiality of the information collected, meaning the data cannot be used as evidence in a court of law or accessed by other authorities.
  • Administrative Authority: The Office of the Registrar General and Census Commissioner, India, under the Ministry of Home Affairs, is responsible for planning, executing, and analyzing the census data.
  • Urbanization: The 2011 Census revealed that 31.16% of the total population lived in urban areas, while 68.84% resided in rural areas.

Question 26

The major site associated with the Mesolithic period in Rajasthan was _______.

  1. AOption (a)

    Langhnaj

  2. BOption (b)

    Bagor

  3. COption (c)

    Mahadaha

  4. DOption (d)

    Damdama

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Bagor

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Bagor.

Key Points

  • Bagor is a prominent Mesolithic site located in the Bhilwara district of Rajasthan, situated on the banks of the Kothari River.
  • It was extensively excavated by V.N. Misra between 1968 and 1970, revealing a wealth of information about prehistoric life in India.
  • The site is recognized as the largest Mesolithic site in India, providing a continuous sequence of human occupation from the Mesolithic to the Iron Age.
  • One of the most significant findings at Bagor is the earliest evidence of animal domestication in the Indian subcontinent, specifically of cattle, sheep, and goats, dating back to approximately 5000–4500 BC. Hence, Bagor is the correct option.
  • The inhabitants of Bagor produced a vast quantity of microliths, which were small stone tools used for hunting and daily tasks.

Additional Information

  • Langhnaj:
  • This is a major Mesolithic site located in the Mehsana district of Gujarat.
  • It is well-known for yielding microliths, pottery, and several human burials, as well as remains of wild animals like rhinos and blackbucks.
  • Since it is located in Gujarat and not Rajasthan, it is not the answer to this specific question. Hence, this statement is incorrect.
  • Mahadaha:
  • Located in the Pratapgarh district of Uttar Pradesh, Mahadaha is an important Mesolithic settlement.
  • The site is famous for bone artifacts, antler ornaments, and evidence of double burials (male and female buried together).
  • Because this site is situated in Uttar Pradesh, it does not match the criteria for a Rajasthan site. Hence, this statement is incorrect.
  • Damdama:
  • Damdama is also situated in the Pratapgarh district of Uttar Pradesh and was excavated in the late 1980s.
  • It is significant for the discovery of 41 human burials, including rare triple burials (three people in one grave) and a high density of microliths and animal bones.
  • As it is located in Uttar Pradesh, it is not the site associated with Rajasthan. Hence, this statement is incorrect.

Important Points

  • The Mesolithic Period, also known as the Middle Stone Age, in India roughly spans from 10,000 BC to 6,000 BC, serving as a transitional phase between the Palaeolithic and Neolithic ages.
  • Microliths are the defining technology of this era; these are tiny stone tools, usually 1 to 5 cm in length, made of chert, agate, or chalcedony, often shaped into triangles, crescents, or trapezes.
  • The cultural sequence at Bagor is divided into three phases:
  • Phase I (Mesolithic): Characterized by a high frequency of microliths and the hunting-gathering way of life mixed with early pastoralism.
  • Phase II (Chalcolithic): Marks the arrival of copper tools and hand-made pottery.
  • Phase III (Iron Age): Features iron tools and wheel-made pottery, indicating a more settled and advanced social structure.
  • The geographical location of Bagor in the Mewar region provided a favorable environment for early humans due to the proximity of the Aravalli hills and the Kothari river, ensuring a steady supply of water and game.

Question 27

For the generation of how many units of electricity per month did Assam Chief Minister Himanta Biswa Sarma inaugurate the Janata Bhawan Solar Project in June 2024?

  1. AOption (a)

    4.2 Lakh

  2. BOption (b)

    3 Lakh

  3. COption (c)

    2.5 Lakh

  4. DOption (d)

    5 Lakh

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

3 Lakh

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 4.2 Lakh.

Key Points

  • On June 17, 2024, the Chief Minister of Assam, Himanta Biswa Sarma, inaugurated the Janata Bhawan Solar Project located at the Assam Secretariat complex in Guwahati.
  • The solar power plant has a total capacity of 2.5 MW (megawatts) and is a grid-connected rooftop solar PV system designed to make the secretariat complex energy-efficient and sustainable.
  • The project is expected to generate approximately 4.2 Lakh units of electricity per month, which will significantly cater to the power requirements of the administrative hub of the state. Hence, the option 4.2 Lakh is the correct answer.
  • The implementation of this project will result in a monthly saving of approximately Rs 30 Lakh on the electricity bills of Janata Bhawan, contributing to the fiscal prudence of the state government.
  • This initiative marks the Assam Secretariat as the first state-level secretariat in India to transition towards a green and net-zero energy campus by utilizing renewable energy sources.

Additional Information

  • Project Investment and Payback: The solar project was completed with a total investment of Rs 12.56 Crore. Given the monthly savings of Rs 30 Lakh, the government expects the capital expenditure to be recovered within a payback period of approximately four years.
  • Role of APDCL: The project was executed under the supervision of the Assam Power Distribution Company Limited (APDCL). The state government aims to replicate this model in other government buildings, educational institutions, and hospitals across the state.
  • PM-Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana: This state-level initiative aligns with the broader national goal under the PM-Surya Ghar: Muft Bijli Yojana, which was launched in February 2024 to encourage rooftop solar installations in 1 crore households across India.
  • Assam's Renewable Targets: The Assam government has set an ambitious target to generate 3,000 MW of solar power by the year 2030 to meet the increasing energy demands while reducing dependency on fossil fuels.
  • Environmental Impact: The 2.5 MW plant is expected to reduce Carbon Dioxide (CO2) emissions by several thousand metric tonnes annually, supporting India's Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) under the Paris Agreement.

Important Points

  • Technical Specifications: The Janata Bhawan Solar Project utilizes monocrystalline solar panels, which are known for higher efficiency in varied climatic conditions, making them suitable for the weather patterns of Northeast India.
  • Net Metering Facility: The plant is equipped with a net metering facility, allowing any surplus power generated during holidays or non-working hours to be fed back into the main power grid, further optimizing resource utilization.
  • Operational Life: The solar PV system installed at the Assam Secretariat has a functional life expectancy of 25 years, ensuring long-term energy security and environmental benefits for the region.
  • Future Expansion: During the inauguration, the Chief Minister announced that all government offices in Assam will gradually transition to solar energy to minimize carbon footprints and set a benchmark for environmental governance.

Question 28

In which Indian state were the Khelo India Youth Games 2025 held?

  1. AOption (a)

    Bihar

  2. BOption (b)

    Gujarat

  3. COption (c)

    Uttar Pradesh

  4. DOption (d)

    Kerala

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Bihar

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Bihar.

Key Points

  • The Union Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports officially announced that the state of Bihar will host the Khelo India Youth Games (KIYG) 2025. This marks the first time that Bihar has been selected to host this prestigious national-level multi-sport event. Hence, statement 1 is correct.
  • The games are scheduled to be held in January 2025 across various venues in the state, with primary events expected to take place in Patna and the newly developed State Sports Academy and Bihar Sports University in Rajgir.
  • The 2025 edition will be the 7th installment of the Khelo India Youth Games, following the 6th edition which was successfully hosted by Tamil Nadu in January 2024.
  • While Gujarat has a robust sports infrastructure and hosted the 36th National Games in 2022, it is not the host for the 2025 Youth Games. Hence, statement 2 is incorrect.
  • Uttar Pradesh previously hosted the 3rd edition of the Khelo India University Games in 2023, but it is not the venue for the KIYG 2025. Hence, statement 3 is incorrect.
  • Kerala has frequently hosted national championships, but the 2025 youth games calendar specifically designates Bihar as the host state. Hence, statement 4 is incorrect.

Additional Information

  • Evolution of Khelo India Youth Games:
  • The initiative was launched by the Government of India in 2018 as Khelo India School Games to revive the sports culture in India at the grassroots level.
  • The first edition was held in New Delhi, where Haryana emerged as the overall champion.
  • In 2019, the scope was widened, and the event was renamed Khelo India Youth Games, allowing for two categories: Under-17 school students and Under-21 college students.
  • Objectives and Benefits:
  • The primary goal is to identify talented players in priority sports disciplines at various levels by a High-Powered Committee.
  • Selected athletes receive annual financial assistance of Rs 5 lakh per annum for 8 years to support their training and development.
  • It serves as a pipeline for international events like the Olympics, Asian Games, and Commonwealth Games.
  • Host Infrastructure in Bihar:
  • The State Sports Academy in Rajgir is a state-of-the-art facility built at a cost of over Rs 740 crore, featuring international-standard tracks, indoor stadiums, and specialized centers for various Olympic sports.
  • Hosting the games is expected to boost sports tourism and infrastructure development in Eastern India.

Important Points

  • Historical Winners: Maharashtra and Haryana have traditionally dominated the medals tally across the previous six editions. Maharashtra secured the top spot in the 2024 Tamil Nadu edition.
  • Inclusion of Indigenous Sports: The Khelo India mission promotes traditional Indian games such as Gatka, Kalaripayattu, Thang-Ta, Mallakhamba, and Yogasana to ensure cultural sports are preserved and promoted globally.
  • The "Khelo India" Scheme Verticals: The scheme operates under 12 verticals, including "Play Field Development," "State Level Khelo India Centres," and "Promotion of sports among persons with disabilities."
  • Digital Monitoring: All athletes are registered through the National Sports Repository System (NSRS) to maintain data on performance and health, ensuring transparency in selection and support.

Question 29

Which of the following transactions is an example of an injection in the circular flow of income?

  1. AOption (a)

    Household Savings

  2. BOption (b)

    Government Spending on Infrastructure

  3. COption (c)

    Wages earned by workers

  4. DOption (d)

    Taxes paid by families

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Government Spending on Infrastructure

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Government Spending on Infrastructure.

Key Points

  • The Circular Flow of Income is an economic model that describes the reciprocal circulation of income between producers (firms) and consumers (households). In this model, injections refer to additions to the flow of income that do not originate from the consumption expenditure of households.
  • Government Spending on Infrastructure: This represents money that the government introduces into the economy from its own resources (often collected via debt or accumulated reserves) to pay for services, projects, or goods. Since this money enters the flow from an external source (the government sector) to the production sector, it is a primary example of an injection. Hence, this statement is correct.
  • Household Savings: When households decide to save a portion of their income instead of spending it on goods and services, that money is withdrawn from the current circular flow. These are classified as leakages or withdrawals because they reduce the circular flow of income. Hence, this statement is incorrect.
  • Wages earned by workers: This represents the factor payment flowing from firms to households in exchange for labor. While it is a vital part of the circular flow, it is a flow within the domestic loop of the two-sector model (households and firms) rather than an external injection into the system. Hence, this statement is incorrect.
  • Taxes paid by families: Taxes represent a compulsory payment to the government, which removes purchasing power from households. Like savings, taxes are a leakage from the circular flow because they divert money away from the consumption of goods and services produced by firms. Hence, this statement is incorrect.

Additional Information

  • Components of Injections (J): In a modern four-sector economy, injections consist of Investment (I), Government Spending (G), and Exports (X). Investment refers to spending by firms on capital goods like machinery or factories. Exports involve money flowing into the domestic economy from foreign countries in exchange for local goods.
  • Components of Leakages (W): Leakages are variables that reduce the flow of income and include Savings (S), Taxes (T), and Imports (M). Imports are considered leakages because the money paid for foreign goods leaves the domestic economy and flows to international producers.
  • Economic Equilibrium: An economy is said to be in equilibrium when the sum of total injections equals the sum of total leakages (I + G + X = S + T + M). If injections exceed leakages, the level of National Income tends to rise; conversely, if leakages exceed injections, the economy may experience a contraction.
  • The Role of Government: The government acts as both a collector of leakages (through taxation) and a provider of injections (through expenditure). When the government spends on infrastructure, such as building highways, bridges, or public schools, it creates a multiplier effect, where the initial spending leads to a larger overall increase in Gross Domestic Product (GDP).
  • Types of Circular Flow Models:
  • Two-Sector Model: Involves only Households and Firms.
  • Three-Sector Model: Includes Households, Firms, and the Government.
  • Four-Sector Model: Includes the Foreign Sector (Rest of the World), capturing International Trade dynamics.

Important Points

  • Real Flow vs. Money Flow: The Real Flow refers to the movement of factor services (land, labor, capital) from households to firms and goods and services from firms to households. The Money Flow refers to the movement of wages, rent, and interest to households and consumption expenditure back to firms.
  • Impact of Injections: High levels of Government Spending or Investment can stimulate employment and economic growth. For instance, in India, increased capital expenditure on the National Infrastructure Pipeline is intended to serve as a massive injection to boost the economy.
  • Data and Facts: Economists monitor the Marginal Propensity to Save (MPS) and Marginal Propensity to Consume (MPC) to predict how injections will affect the National Income. A higher MPC usually results in a larger Investment Multiplier.

Question 30

In March 2025, which state became the first in India to pass legislation to establish a commission for senior citizens?

  1. AOption (a)

    Punjab

  2. BOption (b)

    Goa

  3. COption (c)

    Sikkim

  4. DOption (d)

    Kerala

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Kerala

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Sikkim.

Key Points

  • In March 2025, the Sikkim Legislative Assembly created history by passing the Sikkim State Commission for Senior Citizens Bill, 2025, making it the first state in India to enact legislation for a dedicated statutory commission for the elderly.
  • The commission is designed to function as an autonomous body to protect the human rights and legal interests of individuals aged 60 years and above within the state of Sikkim.
  • The primary function of the commission is to oversee the implementation of welfare programs and to advise the State Government on policy matters related to the aging population.
  • It possesses the authority to investigate specific complaints regarding the deprivation of rights or the harassment of senior citizens, ensuring they receive timely justice and rehabilitation.
  • By establishing this commission, Sikkim aims to provide a specialized institutional framework to address the unique socio-economic and health-related challenges faced by the elderly in the Himalayan region.

Additional Information

  • Definition of Senior Citizen: In the context of Indian laws, a senior citizen is defined as any citizen of India who has attained the age of 60 years or above.
  • National Framework: The Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007, is a central legislation that mandates children to provide maintenance to their parents; however, Sikkim's new law goes a step further by creating a permanent state commission.
  • Composition of the Commission: The commission typically consists of a Chairperson, who is a person of eminence in the field of social justice or law, and other members with expertise in geriatrics, social welfare, or public administration.
  • Demographic Trends: According to Census 2011 and subsequent surveys, the elderly population in India is growing at a faster rate than the overall population, necessitating state-level interventions to manage the dependency ratio.
  • Powers of the Commission: The body is often granted quasi-judicial powers similar to those of a civil court, allowing it to summon witnesses, require the discovery of documents, and receive evidence on affidavits.

Important Points

  • Social Security Schemes: The Indira Gandhi National Old Age Pension Scheme (IGNOAPS) provides financial assistance to senior citizens belonging to Below Poverty Line (BPL) households, which the new commission in Sikkim will now monitor more closely.
  • Health Initiatives: The National Programme for Health Care of the Elderly (NPHCE) is a key initiative by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare aimed at providing dedicated healthcare facilities to the aged at Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary levels.
  • Vayoshreshtha Samman: This is a National Award conferred by the President of India every year on the International Day of Older Persons (1st October) to eminent senior citizens and institutions for their outstanding services.
  • Location and Impact: Being a state with a significant rural and hilly terrain, Sikkim's initiative ensures that even the elderly in remote areas have access to a redressal forum without having to navigate complex civil court procedures.

Question 31

Which of the following renewable storage concepts uses seaweed-derived paper to create biodegradable charge-storage devices?

  1. AOption (a)

    Standard lead battery

  2. BOption (b)

    Biodegradable paper supercapacitor

  3. COption (c)

    Gasoline generator

  4. DOption (d)

    Nuclear reactor core

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Biodegradable paper supercapacitor

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Biodegradable paper supercapacitor.

Key Points

  • A Biodegradable paper supercapacitor is an innovative energy storage device that utilizes cellulose extracted from seaweed, specifically from the Cladophora algae, to create a structural framework for charge storage.
  • Researchers, notably from Uppsala University in Sweden, developed this technology to address the environmental impact of traditional batteries, which often contain toxic heavy metals and non-biodegradable plastics.
  • The seaweed-derived paper consists of exceptionally thin nanofibers that provide a very high surface area. This feature is critical because it allows for a larger amount of conductive polymer to be coated onto the fibers, increasing the total energy capacity. Hence, the statement regarding the use of seaweed-derived paper for charge storage is correct.
  • The manufacturing process involves coating the cellulose fibers with a conductive polymer known as polypyrrole. This combination creates a flexible, lightweight, and recyclable material capable of conducting electricity and storing energy.
  • These devices are designed to be compostable, meaning they can break down naturally at the end of their useful life, unlike a Standard lead battery which requires specialized recycling to prevent lead poisoning. Hence, the option "Standard lead battery" is incorrect.

Additional Information

  • Supercapacitors vs. Batteries: While batteries store energy through chemical reactions, supercapacitors store energy electrostatically. This allows supercapacitors to charge and discharge much faster than traditional batteries, making them suitable for applications requiring quick bursts of power.
  • Environmental Benefits: The use of Cladophora algae is beneficial because this type of seaweed often grows in excess and can become an environmental hazard in coastal regions. Harvesting it for green electronics provides a sustainable way to manage marine biomass.
  • Applications: These biodegradable devices are ideal for low-power electronics, smart packaging, wearable medical sensors, and Internet of Things (IoT) devices that are intended for single-use or short-term functions.
  • Technical Specifications: These paper-based storage devices can achieve current densities of up to 160 milliamperes per square centimeter. They typically use saltwater (sodium chloride solution) as an electrolyte, which is far safer than the corrosive acids used in Gasoline generators' starter batteries or industrial storage systems.

Important Points

  • Standard lead batteries: These rely on lead plates and sulfuric acid. They are highly toxic and heavy, making them the opposite of a biodegradable paper concept.
  • Gasoline generators: These are energy conversion devices that turn chemical energy from fossil fuels into mechanical and then electrical energy through combustion. They do not store energy in seaweed paper. Hence, this option is incorrect.
  • Nuclear reactor cores: These generate heat and electricity through nuclear fission of elements like Uranium-235 or Plutonium-239. They are large-scale power plants and have no relation to biodegradable charge-storage paper. Hence, this option is incorrect.
  • Historical Context: The first major breakthrough for the seaweed-based battery was reported around 2009. Since then, research has expanded into using other organic materials like lignin and hemp fibers for renewable energy storage solutions.

Question 32

Which state government organized a ‘Bal Sabha’ in every village on April 24, 2022, to provide a platform for children to express their views and participate in the Panchayati Raj system?

  1. AOption (a)

    Maharashtra

  2. BOption (b)

    Rajasthan

  3. COption (c)

    Tamil Nadu

  4. DOption (d)

    Karnataka

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Maharashtra

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Rajasthan.

Key Points

  • The Rajasthan state government organized a special ‘Bal Sabha’ in every village on April 24, 2022. This initiative was designed to provide a dedicated platform for children to express their views and actively participate in the Panchayati Raj system.
  • This event coincided with National Panchayati Raj Day, highlighting the importance of grassroots democracy and the inclusion of the younger generation in local governance processes.
  • The primary objective of these Bal Sabhas was to sensitize children about their rights, discuss issues affecting them, such as education, health, and protection, and encourage their involvement in the development of their respective Gram Panchayats.
  • The initiative was conducted in collaboration with the Panchayati Raj Department and UNICEF (United Nations Children's Fund), aiming to make the Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) more child-friendly and responsive to the needs of the youth.
  • During these sessions, children were encouraged to raise concerns regarding school facilities, anganwadi services, and cleanliness in their villages, which were then noted by the Sarpanch and other local officials for future action.

Additional Information

  • Panchayati Raj System in Rajasthan:
  • Rajasthan holds a significant place in the history of Indian local governance as it was the first state to adopt the Panchayati Raj system in 1959.
  • The system was inaugurated by the then Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru on October 2, 1959, at Nagaur district.
  • This development followed the recommendations of the Balwant Rai Mehta Committee, which advocated for a three-tier structure: Gram Panchayat (village level), Panchayat Samiti (block level), and Zila Parishad (district level).
  • National Panchayati Raj Day:
  • This day is celebrated every year on April 24 across India.
  • The first National Panchayati Raj Day was observed in 2010.
  • It commemorates the passing of the 73rd Constitutional Amendment Act, 1992, which came into force on April 24, 1993, providing constitutional status to local self-government institutions in rural India.
  • Child-Friendly Panchayats:
  • The concept of Child-Friendly Panchayats is a national priority under the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), specifically targeting Goal 16 (Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions) and Goal 4 (Quality Education).
  • By organizing Bal Sabhas, the Rajasthan government aimed to fulfill the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), which emphasizes the right to participation for all children.

Important Points

  • Administrative Involvement: The Bal Sabhas were supervised by Village Development Officers (VDOs) and School Teachers to ensure a safe and structured environment for children to speak.
  • Demographic Impact: With thousands of Gram Panchayats in Rajasthan, this initiative reached millions of children, making it one of the largest state-led exercises in child participation in governance.
  • Other States: While Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, and Karnataka have their own robust Panchayati Raj frameworks, the specific state-wide Bal Sabha drive on April 24, 2022, was a flagship event of the Rajasthan government under the leadership of Chief Minister Ashok Gehlot.
  • Outcomes: Such initiatives help in reducing child marriage, increasing enrollment rates in rural schools, and empowering girl children to take up leadership roles in the future.

Question 33

In which of the following Articles of the Indian Constitution is the 'freedom of conscience and the right to freely profess, practice, and propagate religion' mentioned?

  1. AOption (a)

    Article 22

  2. BOption (b)

    Article 25

  3. COption (c)

    Article 23

  4. DOption (d)

    Article 24

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Article 25

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Article 25.

Key Points

  • Article 25 of the Constitution of India guarantees the freedom of conscience and the right to freely profess, practice, and propagate religion to all persons. Hence, this option is correct.
  • This right is not absolute and is subject to public order, morality, and health, ensuring that religious practices do not infringe upon the well-being of the general public.
  • The article provides that the State can regulate or restrict any economic, financial, political, or other secular activity that may be associated with religious practice.
  • It further allows for social welfare and reform, specifically the throwing open of Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus.
  • In the context of Article 25, the term 'Hindus' is construed as including individuals who profess the Sikh, Jaina, or Buddhist religions, and the wearing and carrying of kirpans is deemed to be included in the profession of the Sikh religion.

Additional Information

  • Article 22: This article deals with protection against arrest and detention in certain cases. It mandates that an arrested person must be informed of the grounds of arrest and produced before a magistrate within 24 hours. Hence, this statement is incorrect.
  • Article 23: This provision focuses on the prohibition of traffic in human beings and forced labour (begar). It protects citizens and non-citizens against exploitation by the State or private individuals. Hence, this statement is incorrect.
  • Article 24: This article prohibits the employment of children below the age of 14 years in any factory, mine, or other hazardous employment. It is a vital provision for child rights in India. Hence, this statement is incorrect.
  • Right to Freedom of Religion: This fundamental right is encompassed within Articles 25 to 28 of the Indian Constitution, reflecting the secular nature of the Indian polity as established by the Preamble.

Important Points

  • Article 26: Grants religious denominations the right to establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes and to manage their own affairs in matters of religion.
  • Article 27: Ensures freedom from taxation for the promotion of any particular religion, stating that no person shall be compelled to pay taxes for religious maintenance.
  • Article 28: Provides freedom as to attendance at religious instruction or religious worship in certain educational institutions maintained wholly out of State funds.
  • Secularism in India: The 42nd Amendment Act of 1976 formally inserted the word 'Secular' into the Preamble, although the Supreme Court in the S.R. Bommai case (1994) held that secularism has always been a basic feature of the Constitution.
  • Key Judicial Interpretation: The Supreme Court has often applied the "essential religious practices" test to determine which religious rituals are protected under Article 25 and Article 26.

Question 34

Which of the following Articles of the Constitution of India relate to the audit of accounts of Panchayats and Municipalities, respectively?

  1. AOption (a)

    Article 243-M and Article 243-ZA

  2. BOption (b)

    Article 243-J and Article 243-Z

  3. COption (c)

    Article 243-I and Article 243-Y

  4. DOption (d)

    Article 243-G and Article 243-ZB

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Article 243-J and Article 243-Z

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Article 243-J and Article 243-Z.

Key Points

  • Article 243-J of the Constitution of India specifically provides for the audit of accounts of Panchayats. According to this article, the Legislature of a State may, by law, make provisions with respect to the maintenance of accounts by the Panchayats and the auditing of such accounts.
  • Article 243-Z addresses the audit of accounts of Municipalities. Similar to the provision for rural local bodies, it empowers the State Legislature to frame laws regarding the maintenance and periodical auditing of the financial records of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
  • The inclusion of these articles ensures financial accountability and fiscal transparency within the three-tier system of local self-government in India.
  • These provisions were incorporated into the Constitution through the 73rd Amendment Act and the 74th Amendment Act of 1992, which provided constitutional status to Panchayats and Municipalities respectively.
  • The auditing process under these articles is vital for verifying that the grants and funds released by the State and Central Government are utilized for their intended socio-economic development purposes.

Additional Information

  • The 73rd Constitutional Amendment Act, 1992:
  • This Act added Part IX to the Constitution, titled “The Panchayats,” consisting of Articles 243 to 243-O.
  • It also added the Eleventh Schedule, which contains 29 functional items of the Panchayats such as agriculture, land improvement, and minor irrigation.
  • The Act mandated a three-tier structure: Gram Panchayat (village level), Panchayat Samiti (intermediate level), and Zila Parishad (district level).
  • The 74th Constitutional Amendment Act, 1992:
  • This Act introduced Part IXA, titled “The Municipalities,” covering Articles 243-P to 243-ZG.
  • It added the Twelfth Schedule, which lists 18 functional items for Municipalities, including urban planning, regulation of land use, and public health.
  • It categorizes urban bodies into Nagar Panchayats, Municipal Councils, and Municipal Corporations.
  • State Finance Commission (Articles 243-I and 243-Y):
  • Article 243-I requires the Governor of a State to constitute a Finance Commission every five years to review the financial position of the Panchayats.
  • Article 243-Y performs a similar function for Municipalities, ensuring they receive a fair share of taxes, duties, and tolls collected by the State.
  • State Election Commission (Articles 243-K and 243-ZA):
  • Article 243-K vests the superintendence, direction, and control of the preparation of electoral rolls and conduct of all elections to the Panchayats in a State Election Commission.
  • Article 243-ZA provides similar powers to the State Election Commission for conducting elections to Municipalities.

Important Points

  • Role of the CAG: While the audit of local bodies is a state subject under Articles 243-J and 243-Z, the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) of India often provides Technical Guidance and Supervision (TGS) to the State Audit Departments to improve the quality of audits.
  • Article 243-G: This article deals with the powers, authority, and responsibilities of Panchayats to enable them to function as institutions of self-government. It is not related to auditing, which makes that specific option incorrect.
  • Article 243-M: This Article specifies certain areas (like Scheduled Areas and Tribal Areas in certain states) where the provisions of Part IX do not apply directly unless extended by Parliament.
  • Article 243-ZB: This relates to the application of the provisions of Part IXA (Municipalities) to Union Territories.
  • The correct matching of Articles for the audit of accounts is essential for administrative law and governance studies in the Indian context.

Question 35

Who won the gold medal for India in the men's F64 javelin throw event at the 2025 World Para Athletics?

  1. AOption (a)

    Sumit Antil

  2. BOption (b)

    Sharad Kumar

  3. COption (c)

    Deepak Dahiya

  4. DOption (d)

    Devendra Jhajharia

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Sumit Antil

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Sumit Antil.

Key Points

  • Sumit Antil won the gold medal for India in the men's F64 javelin throw event, demonstrating his continued dominance in the sport. This victory further solidifies his position as one of the world's premier para-athletes.
  • The F64 classification is specifically designated for athletes with lower limb impairments, such as those competing with prosthetic limbs due to leg amputations. Sumit Antil has been the face of this category globally.
  • During the competition, he achieved a remarkable performance, often reaching distances near his own world record. In major championships like the 2024 Kobe World Para Athletics (which precedes the 2025 cycle), he secured gold with a throw of 69.50 meters.
  • His success is a result of rigorous training at the Sports Authority of India (SAI) facilities and support from the Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports. Hence, the statement regarding Sumit Antil winning the gold is correct.

Additional Information

  • Sumit Antil:
  • He was born on 7th June 1998 in Sonepat, Haryana. Before his accident in 2015, he aspired to be a wrestler.
  • He currently holds the World Record in the F64 Javelin Throw with a massive distance of 73.29 meters, set during the 2022 Asian Para Games (held in 2023) in Hangzhou, China.
  • He is a back-to-back Paralympic Gold Medalist, winning at both Tokyo 2020 and Paris 2024.
  • For his outstanding contributions to sports, he was honored with the Major Dhyan Chand Khel Ratna Award in 2021 and the Padma Shri in 2022.
  • Devendra Jhajharia:
  • He is a legendary Indian para-javelin thrower competing in the F46 category.
  • He is the first Indian paralympian to win two gold medals at the Paralympics (Athens 2004 and Rio 2016).
  • In 2024, he was elected as the President of the Paralympic Committee of India (PCI).
  • Sharad Kumar:
  • He is a high jumper competing in the T42/T63 category.
  • He won a silver medal at the Paris 2024 Paralympics and a bronze at Tokyo 2020.
  • He hails from Patna, Bihar and has been a consistent performer at the World Para Athletics Championships.

Important Points

  • Classification System: In Para Athletics, the letter 'F' stands for Field events. The number 64 indicates athletes with limb deficiency who compete in a standing position with prosthetics.
  • Support Schemes: Most top-tier Indian para-athletes are supported under the Target Olympic Podium Scheme (TOPS), which provides customized training, international exposure, and a monthly stipend to medal prospects.
  • World Para Athletics Championships: This event is organized by the International Paralympic Committee (IPC) and serves as a primary qualifying event for the Paralympic Games. India's performance in these championships has seen a significant upward trend since 2016.
  • Global Ranking: Sumit Antil has consistently maintained the World Number 1 ranking in his category, making him one of the most reliable athletes in the Indian contingent.

Question 36

Which technique is used to monitor the genetic structure of airborne microorganisms?

  1. AOption (a)

    Tape recorder

  2. BOption (b)

    Aerial metagenomics

  3. COption (c)

    Simple smoke test

  4. DOption (d)

    Analog barometer only

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Aerial metagenomics

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Aerial metagenomics.

Key Points

  • Aerial metagenomics is a cutting-edge technique used to monitor the genetic structure of airborne microorganisms by analyzing the collective DNA or RNA recovered directly from atmospheric samples.
  • This method involves the use of high-volume air samplers that capture bioaerosols, followed by Next-Generation Sequencing (NGS) to identify the various taxonomic groups present in the air without the need for laboratory culturing.
  • It provides a comprehensive view of the microbial diversity in the troposphere, including bacteria, fungi, viruses, and archaea, allowing researchers to study how these organisms move across geographical boundaries.
  • The process typically utilizes bioinformatics tools to process terabytes of sequence data, helping to map the functional potential of microbial communities in different altitudes and climatic conditions.
  • By monitoring genetic markers, scientists can detect the presence of pathogens or antibiotic-resistance genes circulating in the environment, making it a vital tool for biosecurity and public health.

Additional Information

  • Bioaerosols: These are biological particles suspended in the atmosphere, ranging in size from nanometers to micrometers. They include pollen, spores, and cell fragments which impact human health and cloud formation.
  • Metagenomics vs. Traditional Microbiology: Traditional methods rely on culturing microbes in Petri dishes, but it is estimated that 99% of microbes cannot be grown in a lab. Metagenomics bypasses this limitation by studying environmental DNA (eDNA) directly.
  • Simple Smoke Test: This is a mechanical technique used to visualize airflow patterns, detect leaks in ventilation systems, or study aerodynamics. It cannot provide any biological or genetic information about microorganisms.
  • Analog Barometer: Invented by Evangelista Torricelli in 1643, this instrument is used exclusively to measure atmospheric pressure. While useful in meteorology, it has no application in genetic monitoring.
  • History and Development: The field of metagenomics gained momentum in the early 2000s. Aerial metagenomics specifically has seen growth in the last 10 years as sequencing costs have decreased.

Important Points

  • Environmental Applications: Aerial metagenomics is used in agriculture to track the dispersal of crop pathogens like wheat rust, helping farmers take preventative measures before outbreaks occur.
  • Climate Change: Research indicates that airborne microbes can act as ice-nucleating particles, influencing precipitation and global climate patterns. Metagenomic analysis helps identify which species are most active in these processes.
  • Urban Health: In metropolitan areas, this technique is employed to monitor indoor and outdoor air quality, identifying allergens and infectious agents in transportation hubs like airports and subways.
  • Data and Facts: A single cubic meter of air can contain between 10,000 and 1,000,000 microbial cells. Metagenomic surveys have identified thousands of novel species in the upper atmosphere that were previously unknown to science.

Question 37

In which of the following states/Union Territories is the Saputara Monsoon Festival celebrated?

  1. AOption (a)

    Kerala

  2. BOption (b)

    Chandigarh

  3. COption (c)

    Puducherry

  4. DOption (d)

    Gujarat

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Gujarat

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Gujarat.

Key Points

  • The Saputara Monsoon Festival, also popularly known as Megh Malhar Parv, is a major cultural event organized annually in the state of Gujarat.
  • The festival is primarily held in Saputara, which is the only hill station in Gujarat, located in the Dang district.
  • It is organized by the Tourism Corporation of Gujarat Limited (TCGL) to promote tourism during the rainy season, typically spanning the months of August and September.
  • The event focuses on showcasing the vibrant tribal culture of the Dang region through traditional folk dances, music, and local art exhibitions.
  • The celebration aims to highlight the natural beauty of the Sahyadri mountain range when it is lush green during the monsoon.

Additional Information

  • Geographical Location: Saputara is situated at an elevation of about 875 meters above sea level on a plateau in the Dang forest area of the Sahyadri range. It is located near the Maharashtra-Gujarat border.
  • Etymology: The name Saputara literally translates to the "Abode of Serpents." Local tribes worship the Snake god on the banks of the river Sarpaganga, especially during festivals like Holi.
  • Tribal Heritage: The region is home to several indigenous tribes, including the Kukana, Bhil, and Warli communities. Their unique lifestyle, Warli paintings, and woodcraft are major attractions for visitors.
  • Major Attractions: Apart from the festival, tourists visit the Gira Falls, which is in its full glory during the monsoon, the Saputara Lake for boating, and Sunrise/Sunset points for panoramic views.
  • Environmental Significance: The area around Saputara is rich in biodiversity, featuring the Vansda National Park and the Purna Wildlife Sanctuary, which house various species of flora and fauna endemic to the Western Ghats.

Important Points

  • Tourism Impact: The Monsoon Festival has significantly boosted the local economy of the Dang district by providing employment to tribal artisans and local guides.
  • Accessibility: Saputara is well-connected by road from major cities like Surat (about 156 km) and Nashik (about 80 km). The nearest railway station is Waghai, though Bilimora is a more common junction.
  • Activities: During the month-long festival, activities such as paragliding, trekking, cultural parades, and craft workshops are organized to engage visitors of all age groups.
  • Climate: While the rest of Gujarat experiences high temperatures, Saputara remains cool throughout the year, with the monsoon bringing heavy rainfall that transforms the landscape into a misty retreat.

Question 38

In which year was the Netaji Subhas National Institute of Sports (NSNIS) established by the Government of India?

  1. AOption (a)

    1960

  2. BOption (b)

    1963

  3. COption (c)

    1961

  4. DOption (d)

    1962

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

1961

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 1961.

Key Points

  • The Netaji Subhas National Institute of Sports (NSNIS) was established by the Government of India on May 7, 1961. It was initially known as the National Institute of Sports (NIS). Hence, the statement regarding its establishment in 1961 is correct.
  • The institute is located in the city of Patiala, Punjab, and is housed in the palatial Moti Bagh Palace, which was the residence of the former Maharajas of Patiala.
  • The primary objective of the institute is to produce highly qualified coaches for different sports disciplines and to provide scientific orientation to the coaching process in India.
  • On January 23, 1973, which marks the birth anniversary of the great freedom fighter Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose, the institute was renamed the Netaji Subhas National Institute of Sports to honor his legacy.
  • The institute is widely regarded as the "Mecca" of Indian sports because it has produced some of the finest coaches and athletes who have represented the country at international levels, including the Olympics and Asian Games.

Additional Information

  • Organizational Structure:
  • In 1987, the NSNIS Patiala was merged with the Sports Authority of India (SAI) to streamline sports administration and training across the country.
  • The Executive Director is the administrative head of the institute, which functions as the academic wing of SAI.
  • Facilities and Infrastructure:
  • The campus is spread over a massive area of 268 acres and features world-class infrastructure, including synthetic tracks, indoor halls, swimming pools, and gymnasiums.
  • It houses a specialized Sports Science Center that focuses on Sports Medicine, Sports Psychology, Sports Sociology, and Exercise Physiology to enhance athlete performance.
  • Academic Courses:
  • The institute offers a prestigious Diploma in Sports Coaching in various disciplines such as Athletics, Boxing, Wrestling, Hockey, and Weightlifting.
  • It also conducts Master's Degrees in Sports Coaching and several certificate courses for physical education teachers and sports enthusiasts.
  • Significance in Indian Sports:
  • The National Coaching Camps for major international events are frequently held at this location due to its comprehensive features and elite training environment.
  • The institute serves as a hub for talent identification and data-driven training, utilizing modern applications of technology in biomechanics and nutrition.

Important Points

  • The decision to establish a centralized institute was a result of the All India Council of Sports identifying the need for professional coaching after India's performance in the 1950s international competitions.
  • The Moti Bagh Palace was purchased by the Government of India from the Patiala royalty to facilitate this project, making it one of the most historic locations for any sports institute in Asia.
  • The institute remains Asia's largest sports institute, catering not only to Indian participants but also to students and coaches from neighboring countries under various exchange programs.

Question 39

To which significant event is Odisha's Jagannath Puja festival related?

  1. AOption (a)

    Raja Festival

  2. BOption (b)

    Janmashtami

  3. COption (c)

    Rath Yatra

  4. DOption (d)

    Holi 

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Rath Yatra

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Rath Yatra.

Key Points

  • The Jagannath Puja festival in Odisha is most famously and significantly associated with the Rath Yatra, also known as the Chariot Festival.
  • This world-renowned event takes place in the holy city of Puri, Odisha, and is dedicated to Lord Jagannath (a manifestation of Lord Vishnu), his elder brother Lord Balabhadra, and their sister Goddess Subhadra.
  • The festival commemorates the annual journey of the three deities from the main Jagannath Temple to the Gundicha Temple, which is considered the home of their maternal aunt.
  • The Rath Yatra is celebrated on the second day (Dwitiya) of the Shukla Paksha (bright fortnight) of the Hindu month of Ashadha, which typically falls in June or July of the Gregorian calendar.
  • It is the only day when devotees who are not allowed inside the temple premises (as per traditional norms) can get a Darshan (glimpse) of the deities as they come out of the Sanctum Sanctorum.

Additional Information

  • Raja Festival:
  • Also known as Mithuna Sankranti, it is a three-day long festival celebrated in Odisha to honor womanhood and the Earth Mother.
  • It marks the onset of the monsoon and the agricultural year, usually occurring in mid-June.
  • Janmashtami:
  • This is a nationwide Hindu festival celebrating the birth of Lord Krishna, who is the eighth avatar of Vishnu.
  • While Lord Jagannath is identified with Krishna, the specific "Jagannath Puja" cultural identity of Odisha is more central to the Rath Yatra than the general celebration of Janmashtami.
  • Holi (Dola Purnima):
  • In Odisha, Holi is celebrated as Dola Purnima. During this time, the representative idols of the deities, known as Chalanti Pratima, are taken out in a procession to the Dolamandapa.
  • The festival signifies the end of winter and the arrival of spring.
  • Chariot Characteristics:
  • Nandighosha: The chariot of Lord Jagannath, which stands 45 feet high and has 16 wheels.
  • Taladhwaja: The chariot of Lord Balabhadra, which has 14 wheels and is wrapped in blue and red cloth.
  • Darpadalana: The chariot of Goddess Subhadra, which has 12 wheels and is wrapped in black and red cloth.

Important Points

  • Chhera Pahara Ritual: A unique feature of the Rath Yatra where the Gajapati King (the titular Maharaja of Puri) sweeps the floor of the chariots with a golden broom. This ritual reinforces the concept that all devotees are equal before the Lord, regardless of their social status.
  • Temple History: The Jagannath Temple in Puri was constructed by King Anantavarman Chodaganga Deva of the Eastern Ganga Dynasty in the 12th century. It is one of the Char Dham pilgrimage sites for Hindus.
  • Nabakalebara: This is a ritual of re-embodiment where the old wooden idols are replaced by new ones. This occurs every 8, 12, or 19 years when there are two months of Ashadha in a year (intercalary month). The new idols are carved from sacred Neem trees (Daru Brahma).
  • Kalinga Architecture: The temple is a classic example of Kalinga style architecture, characterized by its towering Shikhara (Deula) and intricate stone carvings.

Question 40

When was the 'Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill, 2024' passed in the Lok Sabha?

  1. AOption (a)

    Feb 2024 

  2. BOption (b)

    Aug 2024 

  3. COption (c)

    Apr 2024 

  4. DOption (d)

    Jun 2024 

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Feb 2024 

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Feb 2024.

Key Points

  • The Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill, 2024, was officially passed in the Lok Sabha on February 6, 2024, following its introduction on February 5, 2024. Hence, the statement regarding its passage in February 2024 is correct.
  • The bill was introduced by Dr. Jitendra Singh, who serves as the Union Minister of State for Personnel, Public Grievances, and Pensions.
  • The primary objective of this legislation is to curb unfair means and malpractices in public examinations conducted across the country to ensure transparency and credibility.
  • It targets organized groups and individuals involved in paper leaks and tampering with computer networks during competitive exams.
  • The bill covers several major recruitment and entrance bodies, including the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC), Staff Selection Commission (SSC), Railway Recruitment Boards (RRBs), Institute of Banking Personnel Selection (IBPS), and the National Testing Agency (NTA).

Additional Information

  • Definition of Unfair Means: The Act defines "unfair means" to include leakage of question papers, unauthorized possession of question papers or Optical Mark Recognition (OMR) sheets, providing solutions by unauthorized persons, and tampering with computer systems or networks.
  • Punishments and Penalties: For individuals resorting to unfair means, the Act prescribes imprisonment for a term between 3 to 5 years and a fine of up to Rs 10 lakh.
  • Organized Crime Penalties: If the offense is categorized as an organized crime (committed by a group or syndicate), the punishment is more severe, with imprisonment ranging from 5 to 10 years and a fine not less than Rs 1 crore.
  • Liability of Service Providers: If a service provider (private agency conducting the exam) is found involved in malpractices, they may be fined up to Rs 1 crore, and the cost of the examination will be recovered from them. Additionally, they may be barred from conducting public examinations for 4 years.
  • Cognizable Offenses: All offenses under this Act are cognizable, non-bailable, and non-compoundable, meaning the police can arrest without a warrant and the accused cannot be released on bail easily.

Important Points

  • Protection of Candidates: A crucial feature of the Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Act, 2024, is that it does not target students or candidates. Instead, they remain governed by the existing administrative provisions and rules of the respective examination authorities.
  • National Technical Committee: The Act proposes the formation of a High-level National Technical Committee on Computer-Based Tests (CBT). This committee will focus on developing protocols to secure digital platforms and enhance cybersecurity during exams.
  • Timeline of Approval: Following its passage in the Lok Sabha on February 6, the bill was passed by the Rajya Sabha on February 9, 2024. It received the Presidential Assent from President Droupadi Murmu on February 12, 2024.
  • Context of the Law: This central legislation was necessitated by the frequent cancellation of major recruitment exams in states like Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan, and Gujarat due to paper leaks, which affected the future of millions of youths and caused economic loss to the state exchequer.

Arithmetical Ability (20 questions)

Question 41

If 20% of a number is added to 360, the result will be that number. What is 50% of that number?

  1. AOption (a)

    337.5

  2. BOption (b)

    225

  3. COption (c)

    585

  4. DOption (d)

    245

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

225

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Let the total number be 100%.

If 20% is added to 360 to get 100%, then 360 must be 80%.

80% of the number = 360

1% of the number = 360 ÷ 80 = 4.5

50% of the number = 4.5 × 50 = 225

∴ Answer = 225

Alternate Method

Given:

20% of a number + 360 = The number itself

Formula used:

Value = (Percentage ÷ 100) × Total Number

20% 80% = 360 Total Number (100%) Number Breakdown

Calculations:

Let the number be x.

⇒ 20% of x + 360 = x

⇒ 360 = x − 0.20x

⇒ 360 = 0.80x

⇒ x = 360 ÷ 0.80 = 450

⇒ 50% of the number = 0.50 × 450

⇒ 50% of the number = 225

∴ The correct answer is 225 (Option 2).

Additional Information

Percentage to Fraction Conversion

To solve faster, use fractions: 20% = 1/5 and 50% = 1/2. The remaining part is 1 − 1/5 = 4/5.

Base Change Rule

If number A is x% more than B, then B is [x ÷ (100 + x)] × 100% less than A.

Successive Percentage Formula

If a number is increased by a% and then by b%, the net change is [a + b + (a × b ÷ 100)]%.

Question 42

A person travels from point A to B at a speed of 27 km/hr 27 \text{ km/hr} and returns to point A by the same route, increasing his previous speed by 16% 16\% . Find his average speed (in km/hr \text{km/hr} ) for the entire journey.

  1. AOption (a)

    31

  2. BOption (b)

    33

  3. COption (c)

    29

  4. DOption (d)

    25

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

29

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Speed from A to B (S1) = 27 km/hr

Speed from B to A (S2) = 27 × 1.16 = 31.32 km/hr

Average Speed = (2 × S1 × S2) ÷ (S1 + S2)

Average Speed = (2 × 27 × 31.32) ÷ (27 + 31.32) = 1691.28 ÷ 58.32 = 29 km/hr

∴ Answer = 29

Alternate Method

Given:

Speed (A to B) = 27 km/hr

Percentage increase in return speed = 16%

Formula used:

Average Speed = (2 × S1 × S2) ÷ (S1 + S2) [When distances are equal]

A B S1 = 27 km/hr S2 = 27 + 16% = 31.32 km/hr Average Speed = 29 km/hr

Calculations:

⇒ Return speed (S2) = 27 × (1 + 16/100) = 27 × 1.16

⇒ S2 = 31.32 km/hr

⇒ Average Speed = (2 × 27 × 31.32) ÷ (27 + 31.32)

⇒ Average Speed = 1691.28 ÷ 58.32

⇒ Average Speed = 29 km/hr

∴ The correct answer is 29 (Option 3).

Additional Information

Average Speed (General Case)

For any journey with different distances (d1, d2, ...) and different times (t1, t2, ...), Average Speed = (d1 + d2 + ...) ÷ (t1 + t2 + ...).

Relative Speed

When two objects move in opposite directions, relative speed = S1 + S2. In the same direction, relative speed = |S1 − S2|.

Unit Conversion

To convert speed from km/hr to m/s, multiply by 5/18. To convert from m/s to km/hr, multiply by 18/5.

Question 43

In what ratio should sugar costing Rs 16/kg be mixed with sugar costing Rs 75/kg so that a profit of 40% is made by selling the mixture at Rs 60.2/kg?

  1. AOption (a)

    29 : 33

  2. BOption (b)

    28 : 34

  3. COption (c)

    32 : 27

  4. DOption (d)

    25 : 34

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

32 : 27

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Mean CP of mixture = Selling Price ÷ (1 + Profit%)

Mean CP = 60.2 ÷ 1.4 = 43

Apply Alligation: (75 − 43) : (43 − 16)

Ratio = 32 : 27

∴ Answer = 32 : 27

Alternate Method

Given:

Cost of Sugar1 = Rs 16/kg

Cost of Sugar2 = Rs 75/kg

Selling Price (SP) of mixture = Rs 60.2/kg

Profit percentage = 40%

Formula used:

Cost Price (CP) = [100 ÷ (100 + Profit%)] × SP

Alligation Ratio = (CP2 − Mean CP) : (Mean CP − CP1)

CP1: 16 CP2: 75 Mean: 43 32 (75 − 43) 27 (43 − 16)

Calculations:

First, calculate the cost price of the mixture per kg:

⇒ Mean CP = (60.2 × 100) ÷ (100 + 40)

⇒ Mean CP = 6020 ÷ 140 = 43

Now, use the alligation rule to find the ratio:

⇒ Ratio = (Dearer Price − Mean Price) : (Mean Price − Cheaper Price)

⇒ Ratio = (75 − 43) : (43 − 16)

⇒ Ratio = 32 : 27

∴ The correct answer is 32 : 27.

Additional Information

Rule of Alligation

It states that (Quantity of Cheaper) ÷ (Quantity of Dearer) = (CP of Dearer − Mean Price) ÷ (Mean Price − CP of Cheaper).

Mean Price

The mean price is the cost price of a unit quantity of the mixture, always calculated as Total Cost ÷ Total Quantity.

Profit and Cost Price Relation

When SP and Profit% are given, CP = [100 ÷ (100 + P%)] × SP. Always ensure all values in the alligation are Cost Prices.

Question 44

What is the total surface area (in m2 m^{2} ) of a cube whose edges each measure 172 m?

  1. AOption (a)

    177510

  2. BOption (b)

    177540

  3. COption (c)

    177504

  4. DOption (d)

    177528

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

177504

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Total Surface Area of Cube = 6 × edge2

Calculate using unit digit: 6 × (2)2 = 6 × 4 = 24

The unit digit of the final result must be 4.

Checking the given options: (1) 177510, (2) 177540, (3) 177504, (4) 177528.

Only option (3) has 4 as the unit digit.

∴ Answer = 177504

Alternate Method

Given:

Edge of the cube (a) = 172 m

Formula used:

Total Surface Area of Cube = 6 × a2

   edge (a) = 172 m a = 172 m a = 172 m Cube: TSA = 6a²

Calculations:

Total Surface Area = 6 × (172)2

⇒ TSA = 6 × (172 × 172)

⇒ TSA = 6 × 29584

⇒ TSA = 177504 m2

∴ The correct answer is 177504.

Additional Information

Volume of a Cube

The total space occupied by the cube is given by the formula: Volume = a3, where a is the edge length.

Lateral Surface Area (LSA)

The area of the four vertical faces (excluding top and bottom) is: LSA = 4 × a2.

Diagonal of a Cube

The longest distance between two opposite corners of a cube is calculated as: Diagonal = a × √3.

Surface Area of a Cuboid

For a rectangular box with dimensions length (l), breadth (b), and height (h): TSA = 2(lb + bh + hl).

Question 45

The total wages of 5 workers for 2 days is ₹1,700. What is the daily wage (in ₹) of one worker?

  1. AOption (a)

    171

  2. BOption (b)

    340

  3. COption (c)

    341

  4. DOption (d)

    170

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

170

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Daily wage of one worker = Total Wages ÷ (Total Workers × Total Days)

Daily wage = 1700 ÷ (5 × 2)

Daily wage = 1700 ÷ 10

Daily wage = 170

∴ Answer = 170

Alternate Method

Given:

Total wages = ₹1,700, Number of workers = 5, Number of days = 2

Formula used:

Total Wages = (Number of Workers) × (Number of Days) × (Daily wage of one worker)

   W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 Day 1 Day 2 Total Blocks = 5 × 2 = 10 Units Total Wages = ₹1,700  1 Unit = Daily Wage

Calculations:

Total wage units = 5 workers × 2 days = 10 worker-days

⇒ 10 worker-days = ₹1,700

⇒ 1 worker-day (Daily wage) = 1700 ÷ 10

⇒ Daily wage = ₹170

∴ The correct answer is 170.

Additional Information

Chain Rule (MDH Formula)

The relationship between men (M), days (D), hours (H), and work (W) is given by (M1×D1×H1)/W1 = (M2×D2×H2)/W2. In wage problems, W represents the total wages earned.

Work and Wages Proportionality

Wages are always distributed in direct proportion to the amount of work done. If efficiencies are different, Wages ∝ Efficiency × Time.

Daily Wage Definition

Daily wage is the amount earned by a single person for one day of work. It is calculated as Total Wages ÷ (Number of Persons × Number of Days).

Question 46

A merchant offers a 19% discount on the marked price of an item. By how much percent should he mark the item above the cost price to make a profit of 19%?

(Round your answer to 2 decimal places.)

  1. AOption (a)

    45.41%

  2. BOption (b)

    46.91%

  3. COption (c)

    43.62%

  4. DOption (d)

    43.21%

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

46.91%

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Markup % above CP = [(Profit % + Discount %) ÷ (100 − Discount %)] × 100

Markup % = [(19 + 19) ÷ (100 − 19)] × 100

Markup % = [38 ÷ 81] × 100 ≈ 46.91%

In decimal form, 46.91% = 0.4691

∴ Answer = 0.4691

Alternate Method

Given:

Discount offered = 19%

Profit required = 19%

Formula used:

CP ÷ MP = (100 − Discount %) ÷ (100 + Profit %)

CP (81) SP (96.39) MP (119) +19% Profit −19% Discount Markup % = ?

Calculations:

Ratio of CP to MP:

⇒ CP ÷ MP = (100 − 19) ÷ (100 + 19)

⇒ CP ÷ MP = 81 ÷ 119

⇒ Let CP = 81 and MP = 119

⇒ Markup Amount = MP − CP = 119 − 81 = 38

⇒ Markup Percentage = (38 ÷ 81) × 100

⇒ Markup Percentage ≈ 46.9135%

⇒ In decimal notation = 46.9135 ÷ 100 ≈ 0.4691

∴ The correct answer is (2).

Additional Information

CP, MP and SP Relation

The relationship is governed by the equation: CP × (1 + Profit/100) = MP × (1 − Discount/100).

Markup Percentage

It is the percentage by which MP is greater than CP: Markup % = [(MP − CP) ÷ CP] × 100.

Successive Discounts

If two discounts x% and y% are given, the equivalent single discount is [x + y − (xy/100)]%.

Effective Profit with Markup and Discount

If an item is marked up by m% and then a discount of d% is given, Net Profit % = m − d − (md/100).

Question 47

5% of a number is what percent of 2% of the same number?

  1. AOption (a)

    35.71%

  2. BOption (b)

    71.43%

  3. COption (c)

    250%

  4. DOption (d)

    40%

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

250%

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Assume the common number is 100.

Value 1 = 5% of 100 = 5

Value 2 = 2% of 100 = 2

Required percentage = (Value 1 ÷ Value 2) × 100 = (5 ÷ 2) × 100 = 250%.

In the given options, the value 2.5 represents this ratio/percentage.

∴ Answer = 2.5

Alternate Method

Given:

Target value = 5% of a number; Base value = 2% of the same number.

Formula used:

Required Percentage = (Target Value ÷ Base Value) × 100

Percentage Comparison 2% of Number (Base Value = 2 units) 5% of Number (Target Value = 5 units) Ratio = 5 ÷ 2 = 2.5

Calculations:

Let the common number be x.

⇒ Target value = 5% of x = 0.05x

⇒ Base value = 2% of x = 0.02x

⇒ Required Percentage = (0.05x ÷ 0.02x) × 100

⇒ Percentage = (5 ÷ 2) × 100 = 2.5 × 100 = 250%

⇒ Converting the percentage to its decimal ratio value: 250 ÷ 100 = 2.5

∴ The correct answer is 2.5.

Additional Information

Percentage of a Number

To find P% of a number N, use the formula (P × N) ÷ 100.

Expressing x as what percent of y

When comparing two quantities x and y, the percentage is calculated as (x ÷ y) × 100.

Percentage to Decimal

To convert a percentage into a decimal factor, divide the percentage value by 100. For example, 250% = 2.5.

Question 48

A cosmetic product is available at an 11% discount on its marked price. If the shopkeeper charges ₹1,513, what is its marked price?

  1. AOption (a)

    ₹1,715

  2. BOption (b)

    ₹1,705

  3. COption (c)

    ₹1,700

  4. DOption (d)

    ₹1,712

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

₹1,700

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Discount = 11% → Selling Price = 89% of Marked Price

89% = ₹1,513

1% = 1,513 ÷ 89 = 17

Marked Price (100%) = 17 × 100 = ₹1,700

∴ Answer = ₹1,700

Alternate Method

Given:

Selling Price (SP) = ₹1,513

Discount percentage = 11%

Formula used:

Marked Price (MP) = SP × [100 ÷ (100 − Discount%)]

Marked Price (100 units) Selling Price = 89 units (₹1,513) Discount = 11 units  MP = SP × 100 ÷ 89

Calculations:

Let the Marked Price be MP.

⇒ SP = MP × (100 − 11) ÷ 100

⇒ 1,513 = MP × (89 ÷ 100)

⇒ MP = (1,513 × 100) ÷ 89

⇒ MP = 17 × 100

⇒ MP = 1,700

∴ The correct answer is ₹1,700.

Additional Information

Selling Price Formula

SP is the final price after discount: SP = MP − (Discount% × MP ÷ 100).

Successive Discounts

If two discounts d1% and d2% are given, total discount = [d1 + d2 − (d1 × d2 ÷ 100)]%.

Markup and Profit Relation

Relation between CP and MP: MP ÷ CP = (100 + Profit%) ÷ (100 − Discount%).

Question 49

If the radius of the base of a right circular cylinder is decreased by 19% and its height is increased by 129%, then what is the percentage increase (approximately) in its volume?

  1. AOption (a)

    28%

  2. BOption (b)

    50%

  3. COption (c)

    66%

  4. DOption (d)

    36%

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

50%

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Volume of cylinder is proportional to r2h.

New radius factor = 1 − 0.19 = 0.81

New height factor = 1 + 1.29 = 2.29

New Volume factor = (0.81)2 × 2.29 = 0.6561 × 2.29 = 1.502469

Increase in volume = 1.502469 − 1 = 0.502469 ≈ 0.5

∴ Answer = 0.5

Alternate Method

Given:

Percentage decrease in radius (r) = 19%

Percentage increase in height (h) = 129%

Formula used:

Volume of a right circular cylinder = πr2h

Original (V<sub>1</sub>) r = 100 h = 100    New (V<sub>2</sub>) r = 81 h = 229 Volume Increase ≈ 50%

Calculations:

Let initial radius r1 = 100 and initial height h1 = 100

⇒ Initial Volume V1 = π × (100)2 × 100 = 1,000,000π

⇒ New radius r2 = 100 − 19 = 81

⇒ New height h2 = 100 + 129 = 229

⇒ New Volume V2 = π × (81)2 × 229

⇒ V2 = π × 6561 × 229 = 1,502,469π

⇒ Increase in Volume = 1,502,469π − 1,000,000π = 502,469π

⇒ Percentage increase = (502,469π ÷ 1,000,000π) × 100 = 50.2469%

⇒ In decimal form, increase ≈ 0.5

∴ The correct answer is 0.5.

Additional Information

Volume of Cylinder

The volume of a cylinder is given by V = πr2h, where r is the base radius and h is the height.

Successive Percentage Change

If a value changes by x%, y%, and z% successively, the final multiplying factor is (1 + x/100)(1 + y/100)(1 + z/100).

Curved Surface Area (CSA)

The CSA of a cylinder is 2πrh. Percentage change in CSA depends on the first power of both radius and height.

Total Surface Area (TSA)

The TSA of a cylinder is 2πr(r + h). Percentage change here is more complex as it involves the sum of terms.

Question 50

A shopkeeper claims to sell his goods at a loss of 35%, but makes a profit of 10% by using a faulty balance. The actual weight (correct to one decimal place) he uses for 1 kg is _________.

  1. AOption (a)

    577.6 gm

  2. BOption (b)

    576.9 gm

  3. COption (c)

    590.9 gm

  4. DOption (d)

    568.8 gm

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

590.9 gm

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Net Profit Multiplier = Claimed Multiplier × Weight Multiplier

1.10 = 0.65 × (1000 ÷ Actual Weight)

Actual Weight = (0.65 × 1000) ÷ 1.10

Actual Weight = 650 ÷ 1.1 = 590.909...

∴ Answer = 590.9 gm

Alternate Method

Given:

Claimed Loss = 35%, Actual Profit = 10%, True Weight = 1000 gm

Formula used:

(100 + Profit%) ÷ (100 − Loss%) = True Weight ÷ Actual Weight

Actual Weight (x gm) Gap/Cheating Total: 1000 gm (True Weight) Claim: 35% Loss | Reality: 10% Profit Effective Gain Factor: 1.1 / 0.65

Calculations:

Let the actual weight used be x gm.

⇒ (100 + 10) ÷ (100 − 35) = 1000 ÷ x

⇒ 110 ÷ 65 = 1000 ÷ x

⇒ 11 ÷ 6.5 = 1000 ÷ x

⇒ x = (1000 × 6.5) ÷ 11

⇒ x = 6500 ÷ 11

⇒ x = 590.909... ≈ 590.9 gm

∴ The correct answer is 590.9 gm (Option 3).

Additional Information

Dishonest Dealer Profit Percentage

If a dealer sells at cost price but uses a false weight, Profit % = [Error ÷ (True Value − Error)] × 100.

Effective Ratio Method

For multiple conditions like markup, discount, and false weight, Net Ratio = (SP⁄CP)price × (True Weight⁄False Weight).

Markup with False Weight

If a dealer marks up by x% and uses y% less weight, Net Profit % = [(x + y) ÷ (100 − y)] × 100.

Question 51

Avi, Mahi, and Arul started a partnership business by investing in the ratio 4:3:6. At the end of the year, they earned a profit of ₹98,800, which is 38% of their total investment. How much did Arul invest?

  1. AOption (a)

    ₹80,000

  2. BOption (b)

    ₹1,00,000

  3. COption (c)

    ₹60,000

  4. DOption (d)

    ₹1,20,000

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

₹1,20,000

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Total Investment = (Profit ÷ Profit %) × 100 = (98,800 ÷ 38) × 100 = 2,60,000

Total ratio parts = 4 + 3 + 6 = 13 units

13 units → 2,60,000

1 unit → 20,000

Arul's investment (6 units) = 6 × 20,000 = 1,20,000

∴ Answer = ₹1,20,000

Alternate Method

Given:

Investment ratio (Avi : Mahi : Arul) = 4 : 3 : 6

Total Profit = ₹98,800

Profit percentage on investment = 38%

Formula used:

Total Investment = (Total Profit ÷ Profit %) × 100

Individual Investment = (Individual Ratio ÷ Total Ratio) × Total Investment

Avi (4) Mahi (3) Arul (6) Profit = ₹98,800 (38% of Total) Total Inv = 100% Sum of Ratio = 13

Calculations:

Total Investment = (98,800 ÷ 38) × 100

Sum of ratio parts = 4 + 3 + 6 = 13

⇒ Arul's investment = (6 ÷ 13) × 2,60,000

⇒ Arul's investment = 6 × 20,000 = ₹1,20,000

∴ The correct answer is ₹1,20,000.

Additional Information

Partnership Profit Distribution

In a partnership, the profit is distributed in the ratio of the product of capital and time period: P1 : P2 = C1 × T1 : C2 × T2.

Working and Sleeping Partners

A working partner manages the business and may receive a salary or additional commission before the remaining profit is divided based on investment ratios.

Capital Calculation

If time is constant, Capital Ratio = Profit Ratio. Capital = Profit ÷ (Rate of Return on Investment).

Question 52

If 2, 42, 24, and y are in proportion, find the value of y.

  1. AOption (a)

    511

  2. BOption (b)

    505

  3. COption (c)

    504

  4. DOption (d)

    503

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

504

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Ratio of the first two numbers = 2 : 42 = 1 : 21

The second pair 24 : y must follow the same ratio 1 : 21

y = 24 × 21

y = 504

∴ Answer = 504

Alternate Method

Given:

Four numbers in proportion: 2, 42, 24, and y

Formula used:

If a, b, c, and d are in proportion, then a ÷ b = c ÷ d (or a × d = b × c)

2 : 42 :: 24 : y Product of Extremes (2 × y) Product of Means (42 × 24)

Calculations:

Since 2, 42, 24, y are in proportion:

⇒ 2 ÷ 42 = 24 ÷ y

⇒ 2 × y = 42 × 24

⇒ y = (42 × 24) ÷ 2

⇒ y = 21 × 24

⇒ y = 504

∴ The correct answer is 504.

Additional Information

Mean Proportional

The mean proportional between two numbers a and b is calculated as x = √(a × b).

Third Proportional

If a, b, and c are in continued proportion (a:b :: b:c), then c is the third proportional, where c = b2 ÷ a.

Fourth Proportional

In the proportion a:b :: c:d, d is the fourth proportional and is given by d = (b × c) ÷ a.

Componendo and Dividendo

If a/b = c/d, then (a + b) / (a − b) = (c + d) / (c − d).

Question 53

Mr. Q travels 336 km, 925 km, and 432 km at speeds of 24 km/hr, 5 km/hr, and 12 km/hr, respectively. Find his average speed (in km/hr).

  1. AOption (a)

    846235 8 \frac{46}{235}

  2. BOption (b)

    748235 7 \frac{48}{235}

  3. COption (c)

    747235 7 \frac{47}{235}

  4. DOption (d)

    750235 7 \frac{50}{235}

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

748235 7 \frac{48}{235}

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Average Speed = Total Distance ÷ Total Time

Total Distance = 336 + 925 + 432 = 1693 km

Total Time = (336 ÷ 24) + (925 ÷ 5) + (432 ÷ 12) = 14 + 185 + 36 = 235 hours

Average Speed = 1693 ÷ 235 = 7 48/235 km/hr

∴ Answer = 7 48/235

Alternate Method

Given:

D1 = 336 km, S1 = 24 km/hr

D2 = 925 km, S2 = 5 km/hr

D3 = 432 km, S3 = 12 km/hr

Formula used:

Average Speed = (Total Distance) ÷ (Total Time)

Time = Distance ÷ Speed

  336 km 24 km/h 925 km 5 km/h 432 km 12 km/h Total Journey = 1693 km

Calculations:

Step 1: Calculate time taken for each segment.

⇒ T1 = 336 ÷ 24 = 14 hours

⇒ T2 = 925 ÷ 5 = 185 hours

⇒ T3 = 432 ÷ 12 = 36 hours

Step 2: Calculate total distance and total time.

⇒ Total Distance = 336 + 925 + 432 = 1693 km

⇒ Total Time = 14 + 185 + 36 = 235 hours

Step 3: Calculate average speed.

⇒ Average Speed = 1693 ÷ 235

⇒ Average Speed = 7 (with remainder 48) → 7 48/235 km/hr

∴ The correct answer is option (2).

Additional Information

Average Speed for Two Equal Distances

If a person covers two equal distances at speeds x and y, the average speed is given by 2xy ÷ (x + y).

Relative Speed

When two objects move in the same direction, relative speed = S1 − S2. In opposite directions, relative speed = S1 + S2.

Unit Conversion

To convert km/hr to m/s, multiply the speed by 5/18. To convert m/s to km/hr, multiply by 18/5.

Question 54

If ₹83,300 is deposited for 2 years at 3% per annum interest, then find the difference (rounded off to one decimal place) between the compound interest (when interest is compounded annually) and the simple interest.

  1. AOption (a)

    ₹83.9

  2. BOption (b)

    ₹76.9

  3. COption (c)

    ₹75.0

  4. DOption (d)

    ₹79.4

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

₹75.0

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

For 2 years, Difference (D) = Principal × (Rate/100)2

D = 83300 × (3/100) × (3/100)

D = 833 × 0.09

D = 74.97

Rounding to one decimal place ≈ 75.0

∴ Answer = ₹75.0

Alternate Method

Given:

Principal (P) = ₹83,300

Rate (R) = 3% per annum

Time (T) = 2 years

Formula used:

Difference (D) between CI and SI for 2 years = P × (R ÷ 100)2

 Year 0 Year 1 Year 2 P = ₹83,300  SI = 3%  SI = 3%  Extra CI: 3% of 1<sup>st</sup> year interest Diff = ₹74.97

Calculations:

Interest for the first year = 3% of 83300 = 2499

⇒ Simple Interest for 2 years = 2499 × 2 = 4998

⇒ Compound Interest for 2 years = 2499 (Year 1) + 2499 (Year 2) + 3% of 2499

⇒ Difference = 3% of 2499

⇒ Difference = (3 ÷ 100) × 2499 = 0.03 × 2499 = 74.97

⇒ Rounded off to one decimal place, the difference is 75.0

∴ The correct answer is (3).

Additional Information

Difference for 3 Years

The difference between CI and SI for 3 years is given by D = P(R/100)2 × (3 + R/100).

Effective Rate of Interest

For CI at a rate of R% for 2 years, the effective rate is R + R + (R × R)/100 %.

Compounding Periods

If interest is compounded half-yearly, the rate becomes R/2 and the time period becomes 2n in the formula A = P(1 + r/100)t.

Simple Interest Formula

The SI is calculated uniformly on the principal amount: SI = (P × R × T) ÷ 100.

Question 55

Atul borrowed ₹300,000 from a bank to start a business. How much simple interest (in ₹) will he pay after 3 years at 4% per annum?

  1. AOption (a)

    37000

  2. BOption (b)

    35000

  3. COption (c)

    3,36,000

  4. DOption (d)

    36000

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

36000

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Total Interest Percentage = Rate × Time

Effective Interest = 4% × 3 = 12%

Simple Interest = 12% of 300,000

Simple Interest = 300,000 × 0.12 = 36,000

∴ Answer = 36000

Alternate Method

Given:

Principal (P) = ₹300,000, Rate (R) = 4% p.a., Time (T) = 3 years

Formula used:

Simple Interest (SI) = (P × R × T) ÷ 100

Principal (P) = ₹300,000 0 yr 1 yr 2 yr 3 yr 4% 4% 4% Total Interest Period = 3 Years

Calculations:

SI = (300,000 × 4 × 3) ÷ 100

⇒ SI = 3,000 × 12

⇒ SI = 36,000

∴ The correct answer is 36000.

Additional Information

Total Amount Formula

The total amount (A) to be paid after the time period is the sum of Principal and Simple Interest: A = P + SI.

Compound Interest vs SI

Simple interest is calculated only on the principal, while Compound Interest (CI) is calculated on the principal plus the accumulated interest of previous periods.

Difference Formula (2 Years)

The difference between CI and SI for a period of 2 years is given by: D = P(R ÷ 100)2.

SI for Months or Days

If time is in months, divide by 12. If time is in days, divide by 365. Formula: SI = (P × R × d) ÷ (100 × 365).

Question 56

A and B, working alone, can complete a task in 20 days and 25 days, respectively. They work on alternate days, with A and B starting on the first and second days, respectively. How long will it take them to complete the task?

  1. AOption (a)

    2215 22 \frac{1}{5} days

  2. BOption (b)

    22 days

  3. COption (c)

    23 days

  4. DOption (d)

    11 days

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

2215 22 \frac{1}{5} days

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Total Work = LCM(20, 25) = 100 units.

Efficiencies: A = 100 ÷ 20 = 5 units/day, B = 100 ÷ 25 = 4 units/day.

Work done in 1 cycle (2 days) = 5 + 4 = 9 units.

In 11 cycles (22 days), work completed = 11 × 9 = 99 units.

Remaining work = 100 − 99 = 1 unit, done by A on 23rd day in 1/5 day.

∴ Answer = 22 1/5 days

Alternate Method

Given:

Time taken by A = 20 days

Time taken by B = 25 days

Working pattern = Alternate days starting with A

Formula used:

Total Work = LCM of all given days

Efficiency = Total Work ÷ Number of Days

PersonNumber of DaysTotal WorkEfficiency
A20100 (LCM)5
B254

Work in 2 days (A + B) = 5 + 4 = 9 units

For 100 units: 100 ÷ 9 = 11 cycles with 1 unit remaining

Calculations:

Work done in 11 cycles (11 × 2 days) = 11 × 9 = 99 units

⇒ Remaining work = 100 − 99 = 1 unit

⇒ Time taken by A to do 1 unit = Work ÷ Efficiency = 1/5 day

⇒ Total time = 22 + 1/5 = 22 1/5 days

∴ The correct answer is 22 1/5 days.

Additional Information

Alternate Day Concept

In alternate work, tasks are done in cycles. If A starts, Day 1 is A, Day 2 is B. The total work done in 2 days forms one complete cycle efficiency.

Work and Wages

Wages are always distributed in the ratio of the actual work done by each individual, not necessarily their efficiency ratio if they work for different durations.

Pipes and Cisterns

Similar logic applies where filling pipes have positive efficiency and emptying pipes (leaks) have negative efficiency. Total capacity is the LCM of time.

Efficiency-Time Relation

Efficiency is inversely proportional to the time taken. If the ratio of time taken by A and B is x:y, then the ratio of their efficiencies is y:x.

Question 57

What is the smallest number to be added to 29767 so that the sum is exactly divisible by 39?

  1. AOption (a)

    29

  2. BOption (b)

    30

  3. COption (c)

    34

  4. DOption (d)

    26

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

29

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Divide the number 29767 by 39 to find the remainder.

29767 ÷ 39 → Quotient = 763, Remainder = 10.

Smallest number to add = Divisor − Remainder.

Required addition = 39 − 10 = 29.

∴ Answer = 29

Alternate Method

Given:

Dividend = 29767

Divisor = 39

Formula used:

Smallest number to be added = Divisor − Remainder

29757 (39 × 763) 29767 29796 (39 × 764) Add 29 Remainder = 10 Result: 29

Calculations:

Divide 29767 by 39:

⇒ 297 ÷ 39 = 7 (Remainder = 24)

⇒ 246 ÷ 39 = 6 (Remainder = 12)

⇒ 127 ÷ 39 = 3 (Remainder = 10)

⇒ The remainder is 10.

⇒ Required number to be added = 39 − 10 = 29.

∴ The correct answer is option (1).

Additional Information

Smallest Number to Subtract

To make a number perfectly divisible by another, the smallest number to subtract is always the remainder (R).

Division Algorithm

Dividend = (Divisor × Quotient) + Remainder. This can be used to verify the division result.

Divisibility by 39

A number is divisible by 39 if it is divisible by both 3 (sum of digits rule) and 13 (oscillator method or long division).

Question 58

A class of 30 students took an exam. The average score of 12 students was 70, and the average score of the remaining students was 62. Find the average score of the class.

  1. AOption (a)

    63.2

  2. BOption (b)

    64.2

  3. COption (c)

    65.2

  4. DOption (d)

    66.2

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

65.2

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Ratio of students in two groups = 12 : (30 − 12) = 12 : 18 = 2 : 3

Assume base average = 62

Deviation of group 1 from base = 70 − 62 = +8

Net deviation for the whole class = (2 × 8) ÷ (2 + 3) = 16 ÷ 5 = 3.2

Required Average = 62 + 3.2 = 65.2

∴ Answer = 65.2

Alternate Method

Given:

Total number of students = 30

Number of students in first group = 12, Average = 70

Number of students in second group = 30 − 12 = 18, Average = 62

Formula used:

Total Average = (Sum of all observations) ÷ (Total number of observations)

12 Students Avg: 70 18 Students Avg: 62 Total Average = ?

Calculations:

Sum of scores of 12 students = 12 × 70 = 840

⇒ Sum of scores of remaining 18 students = 18 × 62 = 1116

⇒ Total sum of scores for 30 students = 840 + 1116 = 1956

⇒ Average of the class = 1956 ÷ 30

⇒ Average = 195.6 ÷ 3 = 65.2

∴ The correct answer is 65.2.

Additional Information

Weighted Average Formula

The average of combined groups is given by Aw = (n1A1 + n2A2) ÷ (n1 + n2), where n is the number of items and A is the average.

Deviation Method

New Average = Assumed Average + (Total Deviation ÷ Total Number). This saves calculation time during exams.

Effect of Operations

If every value in a set is increased, decreased, multiplied, or divided by a constant k, the average also changes by the same operation with k.

Question 59

Find the value of 4096312964×348×90 \frac{\sqrt[3]{4096}}{\sqrt[4]{1296}} \times \frac{3}{48} \times 90 .

  1. AOption (a)

    12

  2. BOption (b)

    21

  3. COption (c)

    6

  4. DOption (d)

    15

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

15

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

³√4096 = 16 and &sup4;√1296 = 6

Expression = (16 ÷ 6) × (3 ÷ 48) × 90

Cancel 16 and 48: 16 ÷ 48 = 1 ÷ 3

Expression = (1 ÷ 6) × (3 ÷ 3) × 90 = 90 ÷ 6

∴ Answer = 15

Alternate Method

Given:

Term 1 = ³√4096 / &sup4;√1296, Term 2 = 3 / 48, Term 3 = 90

Formula used:

Value = (Numerator1 ÷ Denominator1) × (Numerator2 ÷ Denominator2) × Multiplier

³√4096 16 ÷ &sup4;√1296 6 × 3/48 1/16 × 90 Result: (16/6) × (1/16) × 90 = 15

Calculations:

Simplify individual terms:

⇒ ³√4096 = ³√(163) = 16

⇒ &sup4;√1296 = √(√1296) = √36 = 6

⇒ 3 ÷ 48 = 1 ÷ 16

Substitute values back into the expression:

⇒ (16 ÷ 6) × (1 ÷ 16) × 90

⇒ (16 ÷ 16) × (1 ÷ 6) × 90

⇒ 1 × 15 = 15

∴ The correct answer is 15.

Additional Information

Power and Roots Table

Memorizing cubes up to 20 (e.g., 163 = 4096) and fourth powers up to 10 (e.g., 64 = 1296) saves significant time in exams.

Fraction Simplification

Always reduce fractions like 3/48 to their simplest form (1/16) before performing multi-step multiplication to avoid large numbers.

Rule of Radicals

The nth root of a number a can be written as a1/n. For higher roots, use factorization: 4√x = √(√x).

Question 60

Study the following table carefully and answer the question given below.

The table shows the number of candidates who appeared for the examination from different institutes in different years and the percentage of students who passed.

InstitutesPQRST
YearAppeared for the examPassed (in %)Appeared for the examPassed (in %)Appeared for the examPassed (in %)Appeared for the examPassed (in %)Appeared for the examPassed (in %)
20115507064050400757406070055
20126206053080450707205068080
20135307059080480606806078080
20145007570085550807008582070
20155806067060500858007580058
20166505055070600788507055060
20176006857070570708208066070

What is the total percentage of students who passed from institute R over all the years (rounded off to the nearest integer)?

  1. AOption (a)

    74% 74\%

  2. BOption (b)

    73% 73\%

  3. COption (c)

    75% 75\%

  4. DOption (d)

    72% 72\%

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

74% 74\%

Why this answer is correct

Shortcut Trick

Total students appeared from Institute R = 400 + 450 + 480 + 550 + 500 + 600 + 570 = 3550

Total students passed from Institute R = (75% of 400) + (70% of 450) + (60% of 480) + (80% of 550) + (85% of 500) + (78% of 600) + (70% of 570)

Total Passed = 300 + 315 + 288 + 440 + 425 + 468 + 399 = 2635

Total % = (2635 ÷ 3550) × 100 = 74.22% ≈ 74%

∴ Answer = 74%

Alternate Method

Given:

Appeared students and Pass % for Institute R (2011 to 2017) as per the table.

Formula used:

Total Pass % = (Total Passed Students ÷ Total Appeared Students) × 100

Total Appeared: 3550 students (100%) Total Passed: 2635 students Aggregate Percentage ≈ 74%

Calculations:

Sum of Appeared Students (R) = 400 + 450 + 480 + 550 + 500 + 600 + 570 = 3550

⇒ Passed in 2011 = 400 × 75/100 = 300

⇒ Passed in 2012 = 450 × 70/100 = 315

⇒ Passed in 2013 = 480 × 60/100 = 288

⇒ Passed in 2014 = 550 × 80/100 = 440

⇒ Passed in 2015 = 500 × 85/100 = 425

⇒ Passed in 2016 = 600 × 78/100 = 468

⇒ Passed in 2017 = 570 × 70/100 = 399

⇒ Total Passed = 300 + 315 + 288 + 440 + 425 + 468 + 399 = 2635

⇒ Total Pass % = (2635 ÷ 3550) × 100 = 74.225%

∴ The correct answer is 74% (Option 1).

Additional Information

Aggregate Percentage Rule

When data consists of different base values, the total percentage is the sum of raw quantities divided by the sum of bases, not the average of the given percentages.

Weighted Average Formula

Overall Average = (n1w1 + n2w2 + ... + nkwk) ÷ (n1 + n2 + ... + nk), where n is the base and w is the percentage/weight.

Nearest Integer Rounding

If the fractional part is 0.5 or more, round up to the next integer; if less than 0.5, round down to the current integer.

English Language (20 questions)

Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

Incorporating right-brain creative processes into traditionally left-brain-dominated fields such as engineering and finance can offer numerous benefits, but it also presents challenges that must be carefully managed. The benefits are innovation and problem-solving, Right-brain creative processes can drive innovation in engineering by encouraging engineers to explore unconventional solutions. For example, creative brainstorming might lead to the development of a more efficient design or a novel application of existing technology. In finance, creativity can lead to innovative financial products or strategies that differentiate a firm from its competitors. Enhanced Design Thinking, right-brain thinking, can improve the aesthetics and user experience of products. Engineers who engage in creative thinking might develop products that are not only functional but also visually appealing and user-friendly. In finance, creative thinking can lead to more engaging and effective communication of complex financial data, making it more accessible to clients. Improved adaptability and creative thinking help professionals in left-brain-dominated fields become more adaptable. For instance, engineers who are comfortable with creative processes may be better equipped to handle unexpected challenges or pivot when a project requires a new approach. Similarly, finance professionals who think creatively may be more adept at developing strategies to navigate market volatility. Successfully incorporating right-brain creative processes into these fields requires a balance between innovation and the rigorous standards that define these professions.

Question 61

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a benefit of incorporating right-brain creative processes into traditionally left-brain-dominated fields?

  1. AOption (a)

    Enhanced visual appeal and aesthetics in design

  2. BOption (b)

    Improved adaptability in handling challenges

  3. COption (c)

    Innovation and problem-solving

  4. DOption (d)

    Increased focus on traditional methodologies and standards

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Increased focus on traditional methodologies and standards

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Option 4'.

 

Key Points

  • A) Innovation and Problem-Solving.
  • The passage explicitly states that one of the primary benefits is "innovation and problem-solving," noting that right-brain processes can lead to more efficient designs in engineering and innovative products in finance.
  • B) Enhanced Design Thinking and Aesthetics.
  • The text mentions that creative thinking can "improve the aesthetics and user experience of products," leading to results that are visually appealing and user-friendly.
  • C) Improved Adaptability.
  • The passage notes that creative thinking helps professionals "become more adaptable," allowing them to handle unexpected challenges or market volatility more effectively.

Therefore, the correct answer is Increased focus on traditional methodologies and standards.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: This is mentioned as a benefit under "Enhanced Design Thinking."
  • Option 2: This is mentioned as a benefit under "Improved adaptability."
  • Option 3: This is mentioned as the first major benefit in the passage.
  • Option 4: This is incorrect because the passage suggests that traditional methodologies and standards are something to be "balanced" with innovation, not that right-brain thinking causes an increase in focus on them. In fact, right-brain thinking is used to move beyond strictly traditional left-brain dominance.

Question 62

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

The passage discusses the challenges of incorporating right-brain creative processes into engineering and finance. Which of the following statements best describes these challenges?

  1. AOption (a)

    The challenge lies in finding a balance between innovation and the rigorous standards of these professions.

  2. BOption (b)

    The challenge lies in encouraging professionals to rely solely on left-brain processes.

  3. COption (c)

    The challenge is in limiting creativity to only visual aspects of design.

  4. DOption (d)

    The challenge is that right-brain thinking often leads to more predictable outcomes.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

The challenge lies in finding a balance between innovation and the rigorous standards of these professions.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Option 1'.

 

Key Points

  • A) Balancing Innovation and Standards.
  • The passage concludes by stating that successfully incorporating right-brain processes "requires a balance between innovation and the rigorous standards that define these professions." This highlights the difficulty of being creative while maintaining the precision required in engineering and finance.
  • B) Managing Professional Rigor.
  • Engineering and finance are described as "traditionally left-brain-dominated fields." The challenge is not just being creative, but doing so without compromising the accuracy and strict methodologies inherent to those fields.
  • C) Integration of Cognitive Processes.
  • The text notes that while these processes offer benefits, they present challenges that "must be carefully managed," specifically referring to the tension between unconventional exploration and professional standards.

Therefore, the correct answer is The challenge lies in finding a balance between innovation and the rigorous standards of these professions.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: Incorrect because the goal is to integrate right-brain thinking, not to encourage professionals to stay limited to left-brain processes.
  • Option 3: Incorrect because while aesthetics are mentioned, the passage does not describe "limiting" creativity as the primary challenge.
  • Option 4: Incorrect because the passage suggests right-brain thinking leads to "unconventional" and "novel" solutions, which are the opposite of predictable outcomes.

Question 63

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

Which of the following best describes the tone of the passage?

  1. AOption (a)

    Critical and disapproving

  2. BOption (b)

    Pessimistic and cautionary

  3. COption (c)

    Optimistic and inspiring

  4. DOption (d)

    Analytical and balanced

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Analytical and balanced

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Option 4'.

 

Key Points

  • A) Objective Examination of the Subject.
  • An analytical tone is characterized by a logical, methodical examination of a topic. The passage breaks down the incorporation of right-brain processes into specific categories like "Innovation," "Design Thinking," and "Adaptability," providing examples for both engineering and finance.
  • B) Inclusion of Both Pros and Cons.
  • The passage is balanced because it does not purely praise the idea. It starts by acknowledging that while there are "numerous benefits," the process "also presents challenges." This dual perspective avoids bias.
  • C) Neutral and Professional Language.
  • The language used (e.g., "requires a balance," "must be carefully managed," "can offer") is informative and professional rather than emotional or persuasive, which is a hallmark of a balanced, analytical piece.

Therefore, the correct answer is Analytical and balanced.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Incorrect because the author does not express disapproval; in fact, the author lists many positive outcomes of the proposed change.
  • Option 2: Incorrect because while it mentions "challenges," the overall message is one of constructive integration rather than a warning of failure or a gloomy outlook.
  • Option 3: Incorrect because the passage is too structured and factual to be considered "inspiring." It focuses on professional application and management rather than emotional motivation.

Question 64

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

Select the most appropriate title for the passage.

  1. AOption (a)

    Balancing Creativity with Structure in Professional Fields

  2. BOption (b)

    The Role of Right-Brain Thinking in Traditional Professions

  3. COption (c)

    Challenges in Engineering and Finance

  4. DOption (d)

    Overcoming Left-Brain Limitations

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Balancing Creativity with Structure in Professional Fields

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Option 1'.

 

Key Points

  • A) Comprehensive Scope.
  • A perfect title must reflect both the benefits and the challenges discussed. Option 1 captures the "Creativity" (the benefits) and the "Structure" (the rigorous standards/left-brain dominance) mentioned throughout the passage.
  • B) Central Thesis.
  • The passage explicitly concludes that the key to success in these fields is finding a "balance between innovation and the rigorous standards." This title perfectly mirrors the author's primary conclusion.
  • C) Subject Matter Accuracy.
  • By using the term "Professional Fields," it covers the specific examples of engineering and finance while acknowledging the broader application of the left-brain vs. right-brain debate presented by the author.

Therefore, the correct answer is Balancing Creativity with Structure in Professional Fields.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: While relevant, it focuses primarily on the "role" (the benefits) and does not sufficiently highlight the "management" and "balance" aspects emphasized in the passage's opening and closing.
  • Option 3: This is too narrow; the passage spends more time discussing the advantages and the concept of cognitive integration than just listing challenges.
  • Option 4: This title is somewhat misleading, as the passage does not frame left-brain thinking as a "limitation" to be overcome, but rather as a rigorous foundation that should be complemented by right-brain processes.

Question 65

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the word 'adaptability' given in the passage.

  1. AOption (a)

    Rigidity

  2. BOption (b)

    Innovation

  3. COption (c)

    Reccurence

  4. DOption (d)

    Flexibility

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Rigidity

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is: Option 1 i.e. rigidity.

Key Points

  • The word "adaptability" refers to the ability to adjust to new conditions or changes.
  • Example: Her adaptability to different work environments has been a key factor in her success.
  • Rigidity is the antonym of "adaptability," as it denotes an inability or unwillingness to change or adapt.
  • The other options, such as innovation, recurrence, and flexibility, do not serve as direct opposites of "adaptability."

Therefore, the most appropriate antonym of the word 'adaptability' given in the passage is: rigidity.

Additional Information

Here are the other options and their meanings:

  • Innovation (नवाचार): The act of introducing new ideas, devices, or methods.
  • Recurrence (पुनरावृत्ति): The act of occurring or happening again, especially at regular intervals.
  • Flexibility (लचीलापन): The quality of bending easily without breaking, or the ability to adapt to different circumstances.

Question 66

Select the INCORRECTLY spelt word.

  1. AOption (a)

    Quixotic

  2. BOption (b)

    Pachydermus

  3. COption (c)

    Kaffeeklatsch

  4. DOption (d)

    Obfuscation

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Pachydermus

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is option 2.

Key Points

The misspelled word is 'Pachydermus'.

  • The correct spelling would be 'Pachydermatous'.
  • The word 'Pachydermatous' is an adjective which means '(of a person) thick-skinned; (of an animal) relating to a pachyderm'. (मोटी खाल वाला / ढीठ)
  • For Example -
  • To survive in politics, one needs to be somewhat pachydermatous.

Therefore, the correct answer would be 'Pachydermus'.

Additional Information

Let's understand the meanings of the other marked words - 

  • Quixotic - exceedingly idealistic, unrealistic, and impractical (विलक्षण / कल्पनायुक्त)
  • Kaffeeklatsch - an informal social gathering at which coffee is served and gossip is exchanged (कॉफी के साथ गपशप वाली बैठक)
  • Obfuscation - the action of making something obscure, unclear, or unintelligible (अस्पष्टता / अंधेरा करना)

Question 67

Select the option that can be used as a one-word substitute for the underlined group of words in the given sentence.

He decided that he would not take the award because he was required to make a speech about the emerging trends in his field of study, and he had an excessive fear of public speaking.

  1. AOption (a)

    anatidaephobia

  2. BOption (b)

    taphephobia

  3. COption (c)

    aibohphobia

  4. DOption (d)

    glossophobia

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

glossophobia

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is: Option 4 i.e. Glossophobia.

Key Points

  • Glossophobia refers to the excessive fear of public speaking. (सार्वजनिक बोलने का अत्यधिक डर)
  • Example: He avoided all events requiring a speech due to his glossophobia.
  • The given sentence mentions a person who decided not to accept an award due to the fear of public speaking. Hence, the correct word to describe this fear is "glossophobia." (सार्वजनिक बोलने का डर)
  • Example: Many people suffer from glossophobia and find it difficult to speak in front of a large audience.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is: Option 4 i.e. Glossophobia.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Anatidaephobia (बतख से डर): The fear that somewhere, somehow, a duck is watching you.
  • Example: She laughed when she learned about anatidaephobia, a rather strange and rare fear.
  • Taphephobia (जिंदा दफन होने का डर): The fear of being buried alive.
  • Example: His taphephobia made him avoid cemeteries at all costs.
  • Aibohphobia (पलिंड्रोम से डर): An irrational fear of palindromes (words or phrases that read the same backward and forward).
  • Example: Aibohphobia is itself a humorous example of a palindrome.

Question 68

Select the most appropriate conjunctions to fill in the blanks.

The company launched a new product line __________ the market was saturated, __________ it targeted a niche audience, __________ the sales surpassed expectations.

  1. AOption (a)

    because ; however ; so

  2. BOption (b)

    despite ; and ; but

  3. COption (c)

    unless ; or ; while

  4. DOption (d)

    although ; yet ; consequently

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

although ; yet ; consequently

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is '4'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence demonstrates the use of multiple conjunctions to connect ideas logically and cohesively.
  • The correct combination of conjunctions is "although," "yet," and "consequently," as they appropriately convey contrast, addition, and result.
  • Option 4 aligns with the intended meaning of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Complete Sentence: "The company launched a new product line although the market was saturated, yet it targeted a niche audience, consequently the sales surpassed expectations."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "because; however; so" is incorrect as it does not maintain the flow or intended meaning of the sentence.
  • Option 2: "despite; and; but" is incorrect as the conjunctions do not fit the logical relationship between the clauses.
  • Option 3: "unless; or; while" is incorrect as the conjunctions do not align with the sentence's context and intended meaning.

Question 69

Select the INCORRECTLY spelt word.

  1. AOption (a)

    Character

  2. BOption (b)

    Sufficient

  3. COption (c)

    Possible

  4. DOption (d)

    Proggres

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Proggres

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is option 4.

Key Points

The misspelled word is 'Proggres'.

  • The correct spelling would be 'Progress'.
  • The word 'Progress' is a noun or verb which means 'forward or onward movement towards a destination' or 'to advance or develop'. (प्रगति / उन्नति)
  • For Example -
  • We are making steady progress toward finishing the project on time.

Therefore, the correct answer would be 'Proggres'.

Additional Information

Let's understand the meanings of the other marked words - 

  • Character - the mental and moral qualities distinctive to an individual (चरित्र / स्वभाव)
  • Sufficient - enough; adequate for a particular purpose (पर्याप्त / काफ़ी)
  • Possible - able to be done or achieved (संभव)

Question 70

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blanks.

_________ National Testing Agency (NTA) released ______ answer keys for CUET-UG 2024 on Sunday.

  1. AOption (a)

    The ; an

  2. BOption (b)

    A ; an

  3. COption (c)

    The ; a

  4. DOption (d)

    The ; the

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

The ; the

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is '4' i.e. 'The ; the'.

 

Key Points

  • The definite article "the" is used when referring to specific or known entities. Here, "National Testing Agency (NTA)" and "answer keys" are specific references.
  • The structure of the sentence implies that both blanks require the definite article "the" to maintain grammatical accuracy and context.
  • Options 1, 2, and 3 are incorrect because they either use indefinite articles or mix definite and indefinite articles, which does not fit the context of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Complete Sentence: "The National Testing Agency (NTA) released the answer keys for CUET-UG 2024 on Sunday."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "The ; an" is incorrect because "an" is used before singular, non-specific nouns starting with a vowel sound, which doesn't apply here.
  • Option 2: "A ; an" is incorrect because "a" and "an" are indefinite articles, which are unsuitable for specific references like "National Testing Agency" and "answer keys."
  • Option 3: "The ; a" is incorrect because "a" is an indefinite article, which doesn't fit the specific context of "answer keys."

Question 71

Select the most appropriate conjunctions to fill in the blanks.

The artist experimented with new techniques __________ maintaining her signature style, __________ her recent work was both familiar __________ innovative.

  1. AOption (a)

    unless ; as ; or

  2. BOption (b)

    although ; but ; since

  3. COption (c)

    while ; so ; yet

  4. DOption (d)

    yet ; because ; but

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

while ; so ; yet

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is '3'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence requires conjunctions that appropriately connect the clauses logically and grammatically.
  • Option 3: "while," "so," and "yet" fit perfectly to maintain the sentence's coherence and meaning:
  • "While" indicates simultaneous actions (experimenting with techniques while maintaining signature style).
  • "So" explains the resulting impact (her recent work being both familiar and innovative).
  • "Yet" provides a contrast between familiarity and innovation.
  • Options 1, 2, and 4 do not maintain the logical flow of the sentence and are therefore incorrect.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Complete Sentence: "The artist experimented with new techniques while maintaining her signature style, so her recent work was both familiar yet innovative."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "unless," "as," and "or" do not fit the logical connections required in the sentence.
  • Option 2: "although," "but," and "since" create grammatical inconsistencies in the sentence.
  • Option 4: "yet," "because," and "but" fail to maintain the intended meaning and contrast.

Question 72

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

The book you’re looking for is right there, ___ the table next to the lamp.

  1. AOption (a)

    below

  2. BOption (b)

    on

  3. COption (c)

    in

  4. DOption (d)

    at

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

on

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'on'.

 

Key Points

  • The correct preposition to use when referring to an object placed on the surface of something is "on."
  • The sentence states that the book is placed on the table, which indicates a position on a surface.
  • Options 1, 3, and 4 are incorrect:
  • "Below" would indicate something underneath the table, which is not the case here.
  • "In" is used for enclosed spaces, which does not apply to the table's surface.
  • "At" refers to a general location but not placement on a surface.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Complete Sentence: "The book you’re looking for is right there, on the table next to the lamp."

 

Additional Information

  • Usage of Prepositions:
  • "On" is used to indicate a position on a surface (e.g., on the table).
  • "Below" is used to indicate a position underneath something (e.g., below the table).
  • "In" is used for enclosed spaces (e.g., in the box).
  • "At" is used to indicate a specific location or point (e.g., at the door).

Question 73

Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.

A. First, it increases efficiency at the workplace.

B. There are several advantages of using Information Communication Technology in Education.

C. ICT can also help in communication quite effectively as it takes only a few seconds to send large files and database to far off places.

D. Second, the chances of errors through ICT are much less.

E. Many complex operations which cannot be done by human beings can be easily performed by the computer.

F. Whether it is management of students' records, conducting online admissions or preparation of examination results.

  1. AOption (a)

    ACEDFB

  2. BOption (b)

    BEAFDC

  3. COption (c)

    FACEDB

  4. DOption (d)

    BADEFC

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

BEAFDC

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a logical progression, starting with a general introduction of the topic followed by specific, sequenced benefits.
  • Sentence B is the first sentence because it introduces the central theme of the paragraph: the advantages of ICT in Education.
  • "There are several advantages of using Information Communication Technology in Education."
  • Sentence E follows as it provides a general explanation of why ICT is beneficial (performing tasks humans cannot) before listing specific points.
  • "Many complex operations which cannot be done by human beings can be easily performed by the computer."
  • Sentence A is the third sentence as it introduces the "first" specific point regarding efficiency.
  • "First, it increases efficiency at the workplace."
  • Sentence F follows A as it lists the specific workplace tasks (records, admissions, results) that benefit from the efficiency mentioned in A.
  • "Whether it is management of students' records, conducting online admissions or preparation of examination results."
  • Sentence D is the fifth sentence as it introduces the "second" distinct point regarding the reduction of errors.
  • "Second, the chances of errors through ICT are much less."
  • Sentence C is the final sentence because it adds a third benefit regarding communication speed to conclude the paragraph.
  • "ICT can also help in communication quite effectively as it takes only a few seconds to send large files and database to far off places."
  • The correct sequence is BEAFDC.

 

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

"There are several advantages of using Information Communication Technology in Education. Many complex operations which cannot be done by human beings can be easily performed by the computer. First, it increases efficiency at the workplace. Whether it is management of students' records, conducting online admissions or preparation of examination results. Second, the chances of errors through ICT are much less. ICT can also help in communication quite effectively as it takes only a few seconds to send large files and database to far off places."

Question 74

Select the most appropriate substitute for the underlined segment in the given sentence.

James is a person who talks excessively about his achievements, constantly boasting about his successes and never missing a chance to highlight his own accomplishments.

  1. AOption (a)

    on execution

  2. BOption (b)

    an altruist

  3. COption (c)

    on spinsterhood

  4. DOption (d)

    a braggart

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

a braggart

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is: Option 4, i.e., a braggart.

Key Points

  • The word "braggart" refers to a person who talks excessively about their achievements, often in a boastful or self-centered manner. (Hindi: शेखीबाज़)
  • Example: John is such a braggart; he never misses a chance to talk about his promotions and awards.
  • In the given sentence, James is described as someone who constantly boasts about his accomplishments, making the word "braggart" the most appropriate substitute for the underlined segment.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Option 4, i.e., a braggart.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • On execution (Hindi: कार्यान्वयन पर): Refers to the act or process of carrying out or accomplishing a plan, task, or decision.
  • Example: The success of the project depends on its proper execution.
  • An altruist (Hindi: परहितवादी): A person who is selflessly concerned for the well-being of others.
  • Example: Mother Teresa was a renowned altruist who dedicated her life to helping the poor.
  • On spinsterhood (Hindi: कुंवारी स्त्री का जीवन): Refers to the state of being an unmarried woman, especially one who is older.
  • Example: She was content with her spinsterhood and did not feel the need to marry.

Question 75

Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the underlined word in the given sentence.

She believes the earth is flat, making her the ultimate heretic.

  1. AOption (a)

    Oddball

  2. BOption (b)

    Conformist

  3. COption (c)

    Aberrant

  4. DOption (d)

    Kook

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Conformist

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is: 2) Conformist.

Key Points

  • The word "heretic" refers to a person who holds beliefs or opinions that are contrary to the accepted norms, especially in the context of religion or established doctrines. (विधर्मी)
  • Example: Galileo was considered a heretic for challenging the idea that the Earth was the center of the universe.
  • "Conformist" refers to someone who conforms to accepted norms, practices, or standards, often without questioning them. It is the antonym of "heretic." (अनुरूपवादी)
  • Example: As a conformist, she always followed the traditional customs without questioning their relevance.
  • Since "conformist" represents the opposite of someone who challenges or rejects norms (heretic), it is the correct antonym in this context.

Therefore, the correct answer is: 2) Conformist.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Oddball (अजीब व्यक्ति): Refers to someone who behaves in a strange or unconventional way.
  • Example: He was known as the oddball of the group due to his quirky sense of humor.
  • Aberrant (विचलित): Refers to something that deviates from the normal or expected behavior.
  • Example: His aberrant behavior at the meeting raised a lot of questions.
  • Kook (सनकी): Refers to someone who is considered eccentric or crazy.
  • Example: Everyone thought he was a kook for believing in conspiracy theories.

Question 76

Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the right order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.

A. In a mere fraction of a second, I suffered a devastating impact that resulted in a severely broken nose and multiple, complex skull fractures that would require extensive medical attention.

B. However, due to the shock and trauma of the incident, I was completely oblivious to the gravity of my injuries and the potentially long-term consequences they might entail.

C. Unfortunately, my memory of the precise moment of impact is completely obliterated, leaving me with no recollection of the traumatic event that had just transpired.

D. As my classmate, in a moment of carelessness, took a full swing with the bat, it suddenly and unexpectedly slipped out of his grasp, sending the bat flying uncontrollably towards me with immense force.

E. On the final day of my sophomore year of high school, in a freak and terrifying accident, I was violently struck in the face with a baseball bat, an incident that would have a profound impact on my life.

  1. AOption (a)

    EDACB

  2. BOption (b)

    DCBAE

  3. COption (c)

    BCADE

  4. DOption (d)

    EBDCA

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

EDACB

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological and narrative structure, starting from the introduction of the incident to the specific mechanics of the accident, and finally the immediate physical and mental aftermath.
  • Sentence E is the first sentence because it sets the scene (the final day of sophomore year) and introduces the central event (being struck by a baseball bat).
  • "On the final day of my sophomore year of high school, in a freak and terrifying accident, I was violently struck in the face with a baseball bat..."
  • Sentence D follows as it provides the specific details of how the accident occurred, describing the classmate's actions and the bat's trajectory.
  • "As my classmate, in a moment of carelessness, took a full swing with the bat, it suddenly and unexpectedly slipped out of his grasp..."
  • Sentence A is the third sentence as it describes the immediate physical consequences and the severity of the injuries resulting from that impact.
  • "In a mere fraction of a second, I suffered a devastating impact that resulted in a severely broken nose and multiple, complex skull fractures..."
  • Sentence C follows by adding a detail about the narrator's memory of that specific moment of impact mentioned in sentence A.
  • "Unfortunately, my memory of the precise moment of impact is completely obliterated, leaving me with no recollection of the traumatic event..."
  • Sentence B is the final sentence as it describes the narrator's state of mind (shock and obliviousness) immediately following the incident, concluding the narrative sequence.
  • "However, due to the shock and trauma of the incident, I was completely oblivious to the gravity of my injuries..."
  • The correct sequence is EDACB.

 

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

"On the final day of my sophomore year of high school, in a freak and terrifying accident, I was violently struck in the face with a baseball bat, an incident that would have a profound impact on my life. As my classmate, in a moment of carelessness, took a full swing with the bat, it suddenly and unexpectedly slipped out of his grasp, sending the bat flying uncontrollably towards me with immense force. In a mere fraction of a second, I suffered a devastating impact that resulted in a severely broken nose and multiple, complex skull fractures that would require extensive medical attention. Unfortunately, my memory of the precise moment of impact is completely obliterated, leaving me with no recollection of the traumatic event that had just transpired. However, due to the shock and trauma of the incident, I was completely oblivious to the gravity of my injuries and the potentially long-term consequences they might entail."

Question 77

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blanks. If no article is required, select the option with ‘No article required’.

During our trip, we visited _____ Eiffel Tower and enjoyed an amazing view of Paris from _____ top.

  1. AOption (a)

    an ; No article required

  2. BOption (b)

    a ; No article required

  3. COption (c)

    a ; the

  4. DOption (d)

    the ; the

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

the ; the

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is '4'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence refers to a specific landmark, the Eiffel Tower, which requires the definite article "the" because it is a unique and well-known structure.
  • Similarly, "the top" is used because we are talking about a specific part of the Eiffel Tower, making the definite article necessary again.
  • Options 1, 2, and 3 are incorrect because they either omit the required definite article or use an indefinite article, which is inappropriate here.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Complete Sentence: "During our trip, we visited the Eiffel Tower and enjoyed an amazing view of Paris from the top."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "an; No article required" is incorrect because "an" is used before singular nouns that begin with a vowel sound, which is not applicable here.
  • Option 2: "a; No article required" is incorrect because "a" is used before singular nouns that begin with a consonant sound, which is not appropriate for a unique landmark.
  • Option 3: "a; the" is incorrect because the Eiffel Tower requires the definite article "the" instead of the indefinite article "a."

Question 78

Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the underlined word in the given sentence.

His behaviour was impeccable during the meeting.

  1. AOption (a)

    Frightening

  2. BOption (b)

    Bewildered

  3. COption (c)

    Inadequate

  4. DOption (d)

    Combative

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Inadequate

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is: 3) Inadequate.

Key Points

  • The word "impeccable" refers to something that is flawless, perfect, or free from fault or blame. (त्रुटिहीन)
  • Example: Her performance in the play was impeccable, leaving the audience in awe.
  • The word "inadequate" refers to something that is insufficient, not enough, or below the required standard. (अपर्याप्त)
  • Example: The funding provided for the project was inadequate to cover all the expenses.
  • Hence, the opposite of 'impeccable' is 'inadequate', as it conveys a lack of perfection or sufficiency.

Therefore, the correct answer is: 3) Inadequate.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Frightening (डरावना): Something that causes fear or alarm.
  • Example: The loud thunderstorm was quite frightening for the children.
  • Bewildered (भ्रमित): Confused or perplexed.
  • Example: He looked bewildered when he couldn’t find his way back to the hotel.
  • Combative (लड़ाकू): Ready or eager to argue, fight, or be aggressive.
  • Example: The player’s combative attitude on the field often led to conflicts with opponents.

Question 79

Select the most appropriate meaning of the underlined idiom.

When Sheena turned fifty, she decided to live her life in the fast lane.

  1. AOption (a)

    To start performing better

  2. BOption (b)

    A life filled with excitement

  3. COption (c)

    Directly from the person involved

  4. DOption (d)

    To go insane

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

A life filled with excitement

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is: Option 2 i.e. A life filled with excitement.

Key Points

  • The idiom "to live life in the fast lane" refers to living a lifestyle filled with excitement, adventure, and often risk. (रोमांच और जोखिम भरी जीवनशैली)
  • Example: After becoming a famous celebrity, she started living life in the fast lane, attending parties and traveling the world.
  • Here, the sentence indicates Sheena decided to adopt a more exciting and adventurous lifestyle after she turned fifty.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Option 2 i.e. A life filled with excitement.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Option 1: To start performing better (बेहतर प्रदर्शन करना शुरू करना)
  • Example: After months of practice, she finally started performing better in her exams.
  • Option 3: Directly from the person involved (संबंधित व्यक्ति से सीधे)
  • Example: She got the information directly from the person involved in the project.
  • Option 4: To go insane (पागल हो जाना)
  • Example: If this chaos continues, I might just go insane.

Question 80

Select the most appropriate meaning of the underlined idiom.

Shyam is a chip off the old block and sings just like his father used to.

  1. AOption (a)

    Intentionally investing one's time or money on a particular project or task

  2. BOption (b)

    To be extremely happy

  3. COption (c)

    Being similar in behaviour or actions to one's parents

  4. DOption (d)

    Being a disgrace to one's family

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Being similar in behaviour or actions to one's parents

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is: Option 3 i.e. Being similar in behaviour or actions to one's parents.

Key Points

  • The idiom "a chip off the old block" refers to someone who closely resembles their parent in terms of behaviour, appearance, or actions. (अपने माता-पिता के समान व्यवहार या कार्य करने वाला व्यक्ति)
  • Example: Rahul is a chip off the old block; he has inherited his father’s love for cooking and gardening.
  • In the given sentence, "Shyam is a chip off the old block and sings just like his father used to," it means that Shyam has inherited his father's singing talent or behavior. (श्याम अपने पिता जैसा गाता है, जो यह बताता है कि वह अपने पिता के समान है।)

Therefore, the correct answer is: Option 3.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Option 1: Intentionally investing one’s time or money on a particular project or task (जानबूझकर किसी विशेष परियोजना या कार्य पर समय या पैसा लगाना)
  • Example: She is intentionally focusing all her time on building her business.
  • Option 2: To be extremely happy (बहुत खुश होना)
  • Example: He was on cloud nine when he got his dream job.
  • Option 4: Being a disgrace to one’s family (अपने परिवार के लिए शर्मिंदगी का कारण बनना)
  • Example: His actions brought disgrace to the entire family.

Hindi Language (20 questions)

दिए गए गद्यांंश के आधार पर निम्नांकित प्रश्नों के उत्तर दीजिए--

शराब और तम्बाकू वह नहीं लेता था। शराब पीकर किसी से न मिलना बड़ा कष्टदायक है। दूसरे साल वह सिर्फ क्लासिक्स पढ़ता रहा। चार साल तक। पांचवें साल फिर संगीत सुनाई दिया। और उसने शराब भी मांगनी शुरू की। जो लोग छोटी खिड़की से उसे देखते, उन्होंने बताया वह सारा दिन शराब पीता, बिस्तर पर पड़ा रहता, अपने आप से गुस्से में बतियाता, पढ़ता नहीं, रात भर कुछ लिखता रहता और सुबह उसे फाड़ देता। बहुत बार उसके रोने की आवाज़ भी सुनाई देती। छठे साल बाद उसने भाषाएं पढ़नी शुरू की। चार वर्ष बाद व्यापारी को छः भाषाओं में लिखा हुआ खत मिला। दसवें वर्ष के बाद उसने धर्म की, इतिहास की और अन्य किताबें पढ़ीं। आखिरी दो सालों में गणित, विज्ञान के इलावा बहुत से विषयों पर बहुत सी किताबें पढ़ीं। लेकिन कल सुबह पन्द्रह वर्ष पूरे हो जाएंगे। व्यापारी बर्बाद हो जाएगा। उसने सोचा उसकी कोठरी में जाकर उसे समाप्त कर दिया जाये। किसी को कानों-कान खबर भी नहीं होगी। कोठरी में वह चुपचाप घुसा। उसने देखी एक कृशकाय मानव आकृति, जिसे पहचाना भी नहीं जा सकता।

Question 81

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

उपरोक्त गद्यांश के आधार पर उत्तर दें।

गद्यांश में कुल कितने वर्ष के समय को प्रस्तुत किया गया है?

  1. AOption (a)

    पंद्रह वर्ष

  2. BOption (b)

    सोलह वर्ष

  3. COption (c)

    दस वर्ष

  4. DOption (d)

    बारह वर्ष

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

पंद्रह वर्ष

Why this answer is correct

गद्यांश में वर्णित कुल समय अवधि का सही उत्तर है- पंद्रह वर्ष

Key Points

  • गद्यांश की अंतिम पंक्तियों में स्पष्ट रूप से उल्लेख किया गया है कि "लेकिन कल सुबह पन्द्रह वर्ष पूरे हो जाएंगे।"
  • गद्यांश में व्यक्ति के पन्द्रह वर्षों के एकांतवास और उसके द्वारा विभिन्न वर्षों में किए गए कार्यों का वर्णन है।
  • गद्यांश के अनुसार, वह व्यक्ति कल सुबह अपनी पन्द्रह वर्ष की अवधि पूरी करने वाला है।
  • उदाहरण के लिए: गद्यांश में पहले, दूसरे, पांचवें, छठे, दसवें और आखिरी दो वर्षों का क्रमवार विवरण दिया गया है जो कुल मिलाकर 15 वर्ष की अवधि को दर्शाता है।

अन्य विकल्प -

विकल्पगद्यांश के अनुसार स्थितिनिष्कर्ष
सोलह वर्षगद्यांश में कहीं भी सोलह वर्ष का उल्लेख नहीं है।गलत विकल्प
दस वर्षदसवें वर्ष में उसने धर्म और इतिहास की किताबें पढ़ी थीं, यह कुल समय नहीं है।गलत विकल्प
बारह वर्षगद्यांश में बारह वर्ष की किसी विशिष्ट कुल अवधि का उल्लेख नहीं है।गलत विकल्प

Important Points 

 अपठित गद्यांश के प्रश्नों को हल करने के मुख्य चरण-

  1. गद्यांश को कम से कम दो बार ध्यानपूर्वक पढ़ना।
  2. पूछे गए प्रश्न के मुख्य शब्दों (Keywords) को गद्यांश में खोजना।
  3. गद्यांश में दी गई जानकारी के आधार पर ही उत्तर देना, अपने विवेक या बाहरी ज्ञान का प्रयोग न करना।

Additional Information

वर्षों का विवरणगतिविधि/कार्यविवरण
पाँचवाँ वर्षसंगीत और शराब का सेवन।संगीत = सुना शराब = पीना शुरू किया
छठा वर्षभाषाओं का अध्ययन।अध्ययन = भाषाएं परिणाम = छः भाषाओं में पत्र

Question 82

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

उपरोक्त गद्यांश के आधार पर उत्तर दें।

कितने वर्ष तक व्यक्ति ने शराब नहीं माँगी?

  1. AOption (a)

    चार वर्ष तक

  2. BOption (b)

    दसवें वर्ष तक

  3. COption (c)

    दूसरे वर्ष तक

  4. DOption (d)

    तीन वर्ष तक

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

चार वर्ष तक

Why this answer is correct

गद्यांश के अनुसार व्यक्ति द्वारा शराब न माँगने के समय का सही उत्तर है- चार वर्ष तक

Key Points

  • गद्यांश की पंक्तियों के अनुसार, व्यक्ति ने पहले चार वर्षों तक केवल अध्ययन किया और वह शराब एवं तम्बाकू नहीं लेता था।
  • गद्यांश में स्पष्ट रूप से उल्लेख है कि "चार साल तक... पांचवें साल उसने शराब भी मांगनी शुरू की"। अतः प्रथम 4 वर्षों तक उसने शराब नहीं माँगी।
  • उदाहरण के लिए: गद्यांश में व्यक्ति के समय के सदुपयोग और फिर मानसिक स्थिति में आए बदलाव को दर्शाया गया है।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
दसवें वर्ष तकगद्यांश के अनुसार दसवें वर्ष के बाद उसने धर्म और इतिहास की पुस्तकें पढ़ीं।तथ्यात्मक अशुद्धि
दूसरे वर्ष तकदूसरे साल वह सिर्फ क्लासिक्स पढ़ता रहा।आंशिक सत्य
तीन वर्ष तकगद्यांश में चार वर्ष का पूर्ण कालखंड दिया गया है।संख्यात्मक अशुद्धि

Important Points 

 गद्यांश के मुख्य चरण-

  1. प्रारंभिक 4 वर्ष: केवल अध्ययन (शराब का अभाव)।
  2. 5वाँ वर्ष: संगीत और शराब की मांग का प्रारंभ।
  3. 6वाँ वर्ष और उसके बाद: भाषाओं, धर्म और विज्ञान का अध्ययन।

Additional Information

प्रकार/भेदपरिभाषाउदाहरण
तथ्यात्मक प्रश्नवे प्रश्न जिनके उत्तर गद्यांश में सीधे तौर पर उपलब्ध होते हैं।शराब न माँगना = 4 वर्ष तक भाषाओं का ज्ञान = 6 वर्ष बाद

Question 83

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

निम्नलिखित में से कृशकाय शब्द का पर्यायवाची शब्द पहचानें।

  1. AOption (a)

    विशाल

  2. BOption (b)

    अद्वितीय

  3. COption (c)

    दुर्बल

  4. DOption (d)

    विशिष्ट

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

दुर्बल

Why this answer is correct

गद्यांश के अनुसार 'कृशकाय' शब्द का सही पर्यायवाची उत्तर है- दुर्बल

Key Points

  • गद्यांश के अंत में 'कृशकाय मानव आकृति' का प्रयोग किया गया है,
  • जो पंद्रह वर्षों के एकांतवास के कारण शरीर के दुबले-पतले और कमजोर होने की स्थिति को दर्शाता है।
  • 'कृशकाय' शब्द दो शब्दों के मेल से बना है: 'कृश' (दुबला/क्षीण) और 'काय' (शरीर)।
  • अतः इसका शाब्दिक अर्थ है - 'क्षीण शरीर वाला' या 'दुबला-पतला'।
  • व्याकरणिक दृष्टि से 'कृशकाय' एक विशेषण शब्द है।
  • उदाहरण: 1. लम्बी बीमारी के बाद वह कृशकाय हो गया है। 2. तपस्या में लीन साधु का शरीर कृशकाय दिखाई दे रहा था।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
विशालजो आकार में बहुत बड़ा या विस्तृत हो।विशेषण (आकारवाचक)
अद्वितीयजिसके समान दूसरा कोई न हो।विशेषण (गुणवाचक)
विशिष्टजो साधारण न होकर विशेष या मुख्य हो।विशेषण (गुणवाचक)

Important Points

पर्यायवाची शब्द के भेद-

  1. पूर्ण पर्याय: जब एक शब्द के स्थान पर दूसरा शब्द बिना अर्थ बदले पूरी तरह फिट हो जाए।
  2. पूर्णापूर्ण पर्याय: जो शब्द एक प्रसंग में तो पर्यायवाची हों किंतु दूसरे प्रसंग में समान अर्थ न दें।
  3. अपूर्ण पर्याय: जिनके अर्थ में सूक्ष्म अंतर होता है, जैसे 'जल' और 'पानी' का अलग-अलग संदर्भों में प्रयोग।

Additional Information

शब्दपर्यायवाची शब्द
आनंदमोदी, प्रमोद, हर्ष, आमोद, सुख, प्रसन्नता, आह्लाद, उल्लास।
अतिथिअभ्यागत, आगंतुक, पाहुन, मेहमान।
इच्छाआकांक्षा, चाह, अभिलाषा, कामना, ईप्सा, मनोरथ, स्पृहा, ईहा, वांछा।
ईश्वरप्रभु, परमेश्वर, भगवान, परमात्मा, जगदीश, अन्तर्यामी।
मनुष्यमनुज, नर, मानव, मर्त्य, आदमी।
उन्नतिउत्थान, उत्कर्ष, उन्नयन, विकास, वृद्धि, अभ्युदय।

Question 84

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

निम्नलिखित में से कष्ट शब्द का विलोम शब्द पहचानें।

  1. AOption (a)

    राहत

  2. BOption (b)

    समस्या

  3. COption (c)

    दुःख

  4. DOption (d)

    अवहेलना

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

राहत

Why this answer is correct

उपरोक्त गद्यांश के आधार पर 'कष्ट' शब्द का सही विलोम उत्तर है- राहत

Key Points

  • 'कष्ट' का अर्थ शारीरिक या मानसिक पीड़ा होता है, जबकि 'राहत' का अर्थ उस पीड़ा या व्याकुलता से मुक्ति अथवा चैन मिलना होता है।
  • व्याकरण के अनुसार, जो शब्द किसी शब्द का विपरीत या उल्टा अर्थ प्रकट करते हैं, उन्हें विलोम शब्द कहते हैं।
  • विलोम शब्द के अन्य उदाहरण: सुख - दुःख, लाभ - हानि।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थविलोम शब्द
समस्यावह स्थिति जिसे सुलझाना कठिन हो।समाधान
दुःखमन की अशांति या वेदना (कष्ट का समानार्थी)।सुख
अवहेलनाकिसी की बात या आज्ञा का तिरस्कार करना।सम्मान / अनुपालन

Important Points 

 विलोम शब्द बनाने के मुख्य आधार-

  1. उपसर्ग जोड़कर (जैसे: न्याय - अन्याय)
  2. लिंग परिवर्तन द्वारा (जैसे: राजा - रानी)
  3. विभिन्न जाति के शब्दों द्वारा (जैसे: अधम - उत्तम)
  4. उपसर्ग परिवर्तन द्वारा (जैसे: सुलभ - दुर्लभ)

Additional Information

शब्दविलोम शब्द
अतिवृष्टिअनावृष्टि
आमिषनिरामिष
उत्कर्षअपकर्ष
उन्मूलनरोपण
जंगमस्थावर
तिमिरआलोक
नूतनपुरातन
पाश्चात्यपौरस्त्य / पौर्वात्य
मुख्यगौण
ह्रासविकास / वृद्धि
क्षणभंगुरशाश्वत

Question 85

Based on Passage: View directions & passage

उपरोक्त गद्यांश के आधार पर चिन्हित शब्द का उचित शब्दार्थ बताएं।

उसने सोचा उसकी कोठरी में जाकर उसे समाप्त कर दिया जाये।

  1. AOption (a)

    हत्या करना

  2. BOption (b)

    पुस्तक पढ़ना

  3. COption (c)

    कोठरी का बचा हुआ काम समाप्त करना

  4. DOption (d)

    शर्त समाप्त करना

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

हत्या करना

Why this answer is correct

उपरोक्त गद्यांश के अनुसार 'समाप्त' शब्द का सही अर्थ है- हत्या करना

Key Points

  • गद्यांश के संदर्भ में, व्यापारी अपनी आर्थिक बर्बादी को रोकने के लिए कोठरी में बंद व्यक्ति को गुप्त रूप से खत्म करने की योजना बनाता है।
  • यहाँ "समाप्त कर दिया जाए" का अर्थ किसी कार्य को पूरा करना नहीं, बल्कि उस व्यक्ति के जीवन का अंत करना अर्थात् हत्या करना है।
  • साहित्यिक भाषा में कई बार व्यंजना शब्द शक्ति का प्रयोग किया जाता है, जहाँ शब्द का साधारण अर्थ न लेकर प्रसंग के अनुसार अर्थ लिया जाता है।
  • यहाँ 'समाप्त' शब्द मार डालने के भाव को व्यक्त कर रहा है।
  • उदाहरण 1: पुलिस ने मुठभेड़ में अपराधी को समाप्त कर दिया (मार गिराया)।
  • उदाहरण 2: उसने अपनी सारी समस्याओं को जड़ से समाप्त करने का निश्चय किया।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
पुस्तक पढ़नाकिसी लिखित सामग्री का वाचन करना या उसे आत्मसात करना।सामान्य क्रिया
कोठरी का कामकिसी स्थान विशेष की साफ-सफाई या मरम्मत का कार्य पूरा करना।भौतिक कार्य
शर्त समाप्त करनादो पक्षों के बीच हुए अनुबंध या होड़ को खत्म करना।विधिक/तार्किक अंत

Important Points 

 प्रसंगानुसार शब्दार्थ के मुख्य भेद-

  1. अभिधा: शब्द का सीधा और मुख्य अर्थ।
  2. लक्षणा: मुख्य अर्थ में बाधा होने पर रूढ़ि या प्रयोजन के आधार पर लिया गया अर्थ।
  3. व्यंजना: प्रसंग और परिस्थिति के अनुसार निकलने वाला गूढ़ अर्थ (जैसे यहाँ 'समाप्त' का अर्थ 'हत्या' है)।

Additional Information

प्रकार/शब्दपरिभाषा/समानार्थीउदाहरण
समाप्त (अनेकार्थी)इसके विभिन्न अर्थ प्रसंगानुसार बदलते हैं, जैसे - पूर्ण, खत्म, मृत, बीता हुआ।कार्य समाप्त = कार्य पूरा हुआ जीवन समाप्त = मृत्यु

Question 86

रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति के लिए उपयुक्त 'कारक' चिह्न का चयन करें-

कपिल ______ कलम से पत्र लिखा गया।

  1. AOption (a)

    से

  2. BOption (b)

    में द्वारा

  3. COption (c)

    के द्वारा

  4. DOption (d)

    की द्वारा

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

के द्वारा

Why this answer is correct

रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति के लिए उपयुक्त 'कारक' चिह्न का सही उत्तर है- के द्वारा

Key Points

  • ​पूर्ण वाक्य: कपिल के द्वारा कलम से पत्र लिखा गया।
  • उपर्युक्त वाक्य 'कर्मवाच्य' का उदाहरण है, जहाँ क्रिया का सीधा संबंध कर्म (पत्र) से है और कर्ता (कपिल) के साथ 'के द्वारा' कारक चिह्न का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
  • जब क्रिया का संपादन किसी के माध्यम से होता है या वाक्य कर्मवाच्य में हो, तो वहाँ करण कारक के परसर्ग 'से, के द्वारा' का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
  • अन्य उदाहरण:
  • राम के द्वारा रावण मारा गया।
  • डाकिए के द्वारा पत्र प्राप्त हुआ।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
सेक्रिया के साधन या अलगाव का बोध कराने के लिए।करण/अपादान कारक
में द्वारायह एक अशुद्ध शब्द युग्म है, इसका प्रयोग व्याकरण में नहीं होता।त्रुटिपूर्ण
की द्वारालिंग के आधार पर अशुद्ध रूप, 'द्वारा' के साथ 'के' का प्रयोग होता है।त्रुटिपूर्ण

Important Points 

 कारक -

  • ​संज्ञा या सर्वनाम के जिस रूप से वाक्य के अन्य शब्दों,
  • विशेषकर क्रिया से उनका संबंध (काम करने वाला, साधन, उद्देश्य आदि) पता चलता है, उसे कारक कहते हैं।
  • हिंदी में कारक के आठ भेद होते हैं, जिन्हें विभक्ति या परसर्ग (जैसे- ने, को, से) के माध्यम से पहचाना जाता है।

Additional Information

कारक का नामविभक्ति चिह्नलक्षण (पहचान)उदाहरण
कर्तानेक्रिया को करने वाला।राम ने पत्र लिखा।
कर्मकोजिस पर क्रिया का फल पड़े।माँ बच्चे को सुला रही है।
करणसे, के द्वाराक्रिया करने का साधन।वह कलम से लिखता है।
संप्रदानको, के लिएजिसके लिए क्रिया की जाए।मैंने भाई के लिए उपहार खरीदा।
अपादानसे (अलग होना)जिससे कोई वस्तु अलग हो।पेड़ से पत्ता गिरा।
संबंधका, के, कीअन्य शब्दों से रिश्ता बताना।यह सोहन का घर है।
अधिकरणमें, परक्रिया का आधार (स्थान/समय)।मेज पर पुस्तक रखी है।
संबोधनहे! अरे! ओ!किसी को पुकारना या बुलाना।हे राम! मेरी रक्षा करो।

Question 87

रिक्त स्थान के लिए उपयुक्त विकल्प का चयन करें-

तुम्हें बच्चों......राशन लेकर आना है।

  1. AOption (a)

    के लिए

  2. BOption (b)

    पर

  3. COption (c)

    को

  4. DOption (d)

    के

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

के लिए

Why this answer is correct

'तुम्हें बच्चों......राशन लेकर आना है।' रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति के लिए विभक्ति चिह्न का सही उदाहरण/उत्तर है- के लिए

Key Points

  • दिए गए वाक्य में रिक्त स्थान पर 'के लिए' का प्रयोग करने से वाक्य पूर्ण और अर्थपूर्ण बनता है: 'तुम्हें बच्चों के लिए राशन लेकर आना है।'
  • यहाँ राशन लाने की क्रिया 'बच्चों' के हित या उद्देश्य के लिए की जा रही है, अतः यहाँ सम्प्रदान कारक का प्रयोग हुआ है।
  • जहाँ कर्ता किसी के लिए कार्य करे या किसी को कुछ दे, उसे सम्प्रदान कारक कहते हैं। इसकी मुख्य विभक्ति 'के लिए' है।
  • सम्प्रदान कारक के अन्य उदाहरण:
  1. वह मेरे लिए फल लाया है।
  2. भिखारी को रोटी दो।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
परक्रिया के आधार (स्थान/समय) का बोध कराता है।अधिकरण कारक
कोजिस पर क्रिया का फल पड़ता है।कर्म कारक
केदो संज्ञाओं के बीच सम्बन्ध बताने हेतु प्रयुक्त होता है।सम्बन्ध कारक

Important Points 

 कारक -

  • ​संज्ञा या सर्वनाम के जिस रूप से वाक्य के अन्य शब्दों,
  • विशेषकर क्रिया से उनका संबंध (काम करने वाला, साधन, उद्देश्य आदि) पता चलता है, उसे कारक कहते हैं।
  • हिंदी में कारक के आठ भेद होते हैं, जिन्हें विभक्ति या परसर्ग (जैसे- ने, को, से) के माध्यम से पहचाना जाता है।

Additional Information

कारक का नामविभक्ति चिह्नउदाहरण
कर्तानेप्रशासकों ने नई नियमावली लागू कर दी।
कर्मकोअंतरिक्ष यात्री सितारों को निहार रहे हैं।
करणसे, के द्वाराउसने ईमेल के द्वारा अपनी बात स्पष्ट की।
संप्रदानके लिए, कोसरकार ने बाढ़ पीड़ितों को सहायता राशि भेजी।
अपादानसे (अलग)पर्वतारोही चोटी से नीचे उतर रहे हैं।
संबंधका, के, कीयह आधुनिक युग की सबसे बड़ी समस्या है।
अधिकरणमें, परपक्षी वृक्षों की शाखाओं पर चहचहा रहे हैं।
संबोधनहे! अरे! ओ!हे वीरों! मातृभूमि की रक्षा करो।

Question 88

रिक्त स्थान के लिए उपयुक्त विकल्प का चयन करें-

आप मेरे भाई......मिलने आए थे।

  1. AOption (a)

    पर

  2. BOption (b)

    में

  3. COption (c)

    का

  4. DOption (d)

    से

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

से

Why this answer is correct

रिक्त स्थान 'आप मेरे भाई से मिलने आए थे' का सही उत्तर है- से

Key Points

  • दिए गए वाक्य में 'से' परसर्ग (विभक्ति) का प्रयोग सबसे उपयुक्त है क्योंकि यहाँ 'मिलने' की क्रिया के लिए संबंध स्थापित किया जा रहा है।
  • वाक्य में संज्ञा या सर्वनाम का क्रिया के साथ संबंध बताने वाले चिह्नों को कारक या परसर्ग कहते हैं। यहाँ 'से' का प्रयोग किसी व्यक्ति से मिलने के संदर्भ में हुआ है।
  • उदाहरण:
  • मैं आज अपने अध्यापक से मिला।
  • राम ने शाम से बात की।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
परयह क्रिया के आधार (ऊपर) को दर्शाता है। जैसे: छत पर।अधिकरण कारक
मेंयह क्रिया के भीतर होने के स्थान को दर्शाता है। जैसे: घर में।अधिकरण कारक
कायह संज्ञा का दूसरी संज्ञा से संबंध जोड़ने के लिए प्रयुक्त होता है। जैसे: भाई का घर।संबंध कारक

Important Points 

 कारक के मुख्य 8 भेद-

  1. कर्ता कारक (ने)
  2. कर्म कारक (को)
  3. करण कारक (से, के द्वारा)
  4. सम्प्रदान कारक (को, के लिए)
  5. अपादान कारक (से - अलग होने के अर्थ में)
  6. संबंध कारक (का, की, के, रा, री, रे)
  7. अधिकरण कारक (में, पर)
  8. संबोधन कारक (हे, अरे, ओ)

Additional Information

प्रकार/भेदपरिभाषाउदाहरण
करण कारकजिस साधन से क्रिया की जाए, उसे करण कारक कहते हैं। इसका चिह्न 'से' या 'के द्वारा' है।कलम से लिखना = साधन बस द्वारा यात्रा = साधन
अपादान कारकसंज्ञा के जिस रूप से किसी वस्तु के अलग होने का भाव प्रकट हो। इसका चिह्न भी 'से' है।पेड़ से पत्ता गिरा = पृथकता हिमालय से गंगा निकलती है = उद्गम

Question 89

निम्नलिखित वाक्य को उचित क्रम में लिखें।

हमारी हम आ रही, मौसी उनके साथ घूमने जाएंगे।

  1. AOption (a)

    साथ हमारी आ रही हैं, हम उनके घूमने हम जाएंगे मौसी।

  2. BOption (b)

    हमारी उनके मौसी रही हैं, साथ हम आ घूमने जाएंगे।

  3. COption (c)

    हमारी मौसी आ रही हैं, हम उनके साथ घूमने जाएंगे।

  4. DOption (d)

    जाएंगे मौसी आ रही हैं, हम उनके साथ घूमने हमारी।

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

हमारी मौसी आ रही हैं, हम उनके साथ घूमने जाएंगे।

Why this answer is correct

दिए गए अव्यवस्थित वाक्य को उचित क्रम में लिखने का सही उत्तर है- हमारी मौसी आ रही हैं, हम उनके साथ घूमने जाएंगे।

Key Points

  • सही उत्तर "हमारी मौसी आ रही हैं, हम उनके साथ घूमने जाएंगे" है क्योंकि यह वाक्य व्याकरणिक दृष्टि से शुद्ध है और एक पूर्ण सार्थक अर्थ प्रकट करता है।
  • वाक्य में शब्दों का एक निश्चित क्रम होता है जिसे पदक्रम कहा जाता है। हिंदी में सामान्यतः पदक्रम कर्ता + कर्म + क्रिया के अनुसार होता है।
  • प्रश्नगत वाक्य में 'हमारी मौसी' कर्ता है और 'आ रही हैं' क्रिया है, जो सही क्रम में हैं।
  • उचित पदक्रम के अन्य उदाहरण:
  • बच्चे मैदान में खेल रहे हैं। (शुद्ध)
  • आज बहुत गर्मी है। (शुद्ध)

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
विकल्प 1साथ हमारी आ रही हैं... (इसमें पदों का क्रम पूरी तरह अव्यवस्थित है।)अशुद्ध वाक्य
विकल्प 2हमारी उनके मौसी रही हैं... (इसमें सर्वनाम और संज्ञा का स्थान गलत है।)अशुद्ध वाक्य
विकल्प 4जाएंगे मौसी आ रही हैं... (वाक्य का अंत हमारी पर हो रहा है, जो व्याकरणिक रूप से गलत है।)अशुद्ध वाक्य

Important Points 

 वाक्य के मुख्य अंग-

  1. उद्देश्य : जिसके बारे में कुछ कहा जाए (जैसे - हमारी मौसी)।
  2. विधेय : उद्देश्य के बारे में जो कुछ कहा जाए (जैसे - आ रही हैं)।

Additional Information

अशुद्ध वाक्यशुद्ध वाक्य
एक फूलों की माला ले आइए।फूलों की एक माला ले आइए।
बच्चे को काटकर फल खिलाओ।बच्चे को फल काटकर खिलाओ।
गरम भैंस का दूध पीना चाहिए।भैंस का गरम दूध पीना चाहिए।
कई बैंकों के कर्मचारियों ने हड़ताल की।बैंकों के कई कर्मचारियों ने हड़ताल की।
ध्यानपूर्वक विद्यार्थी को पढ़ना चाहिए।विद्यार्थी को ध्यानपूर्वक पढ़ना चाहिए।

Question 90

निम्नलिखित वाक्यांश हेतु सार्थक शब्द का चुनाव करें।

जो आजतक से संबन्धित हो___

  1. AOption (a)

    आवश्यक

  2. BOption (b)

    मुख्य

  3. COption (c)

    अद्यतन

  4. DOption (d)

    प्रमुख

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

अद्यतन

Why this answer is correct

"जो आजतक से संबन्धित हो" वाक्यांश हेतु सार्थक शब्द का सही उत्तर है- अद्यतन

Key Points

  • 'अद्यतन' शब्द का अर्थ है - 'आज तक का' या 'वर्तमान समय तक का'। यह 'अद्य' (आज) शब्द से व्युत्पन्न है।
  • हिंदी व्याकरण में कम से कम शब्दों में अधिक से अधिक अर्थ प्रकट करने के लिए वाक्यांश के लिए एक शब्द का प्रयोग किया जाता है।
  • अन्य उदाहरण: जो पहले कभी न हुआ हो - अभूतपूर्व; जिसकी गहराई का पता न लग सके - अथाह।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पवाक्यांश के लिए एक शब्दभेद/प्रकार
आवश्यकजिसकी जरूरत या अपेक्षा हो।विशेषण
मुख्यजो सबसे ऊपर या प्रधान हो।विशेषण
प्रमुखजो सबसे महत्वपूर्ण या विशिष्ट हो।विशेषण

Important Points 

 वाक्यांश के लिए एक शब्द के कुछ महत्वपूर्ण उदाहरण-

  • जो सब कुछ जानता हो - सर्वज्ञ
  • जिसका कोई शत्रु न हो - अजातशत्रु
  • मोक्ष की इच्छा रखने वाला - मुमुक्षु
  • जिसकी उपमा न दी जा सके - अनुपम
  • जो व्यय न किया जा सके- अव्यय
  • जीने की प्रबल इच्छा- जिजीविषा
  • दोपहर के बाद का समय - अपराह्न
  • जो अभी-अभी पैदा हुआ हो - नवजात

Question 91

रिक्त स्थान के लिए उपयुक्त विकल्प का चयन करें-

.........सुना नहीं क्या?

  1. AOption (a)

    अरे!

  2. BOption (b)

    में

  3. COption (c)

    की

  4. DOption (d)

    को

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

अरे!

Why this answer is correct

दिए गए वाक्य '.........सुना नहीं क्या?' में रिक्त स्थान के लिए उपयुक्त विकल्प का सही उत्तर है- अरे!

Key Points

  • रिक्त स्थान में 'अरे!' का प्रयोग करने पर वाक्य पूर्ण और अर्थपूर्ण बनता है: 'अरे! सुना नहीं क्या?'
  • 'अरे!' एक विस्मयादिबोधक अव्यय है जिसका प्रयोग संबोधन करने या ध्यान आकर्षित करने के लिए किया जाता है।
  • व्याकरण के अनुसार, जिन शब्दों से हर्ष, शोक, आश्चर्य, घृणा या संबोधन का भाव प्रकट होता है, उन्हें विस्मयादिबोधक कहते हैं।
  • इस प्रकार के अन्य उदाहरण:
  • अरे! तुम यहाँ कैसे?
  • अरे! यह क्या हो गया?

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
मेंयह आधार या स्थान का बोध कराता है।अधिकरण कारक
कीयह दो संज्ञाओं के बीच संबंध स्थापित करता है।संबंध कारक
कोयह क्रिया के प्रभाव या उद्देश्य को दर्शाता है।कर्म/सम्प्रदान कारक

Important Points 

 विस्मयादिबोधक अव्यय के प्रमुख भेद-

  1. संबोधनबोधक (अरे, ओ, हे आदि)
  2. हर्षबोधक (वाह, अहा, शाबाश आदि)
  3. शोकबोधक (हाय, आह, उफ आदि)
  4. आश्चर्यबोधक (क्या, ओहो, हैं आदि)
  5. तिरस्कारबोधक (छी, धिक्, हट आदि)

Additional Information

कारक का नामविभक्ति चिह्नलक्षण (काम)उदाहरण
कर्तानेक्रिया को करने वाला।राम ने खाना खाया।
कर्मकोजिस पर क्रिया का फल पड़े।माँ बच्चे को सुला रही है।
करणसे, के द्वाराक्रिया करने का साधन।वह कलम से लिखता है।
संप्रदानके लिए, कोजिसके लिए क्रिया की जाए।उसने भाई के लिए कमीज खरीदी।
अपादानसे (अलग होन���)जिससे कोई वस्तु अलग हो।पेड़ से फल गिरा।
संबंधका, के, कीअन्य शब्दों से संबंध बताना।यह राहुल का घर है।
अधिकरणमें, परक्रिया का आधार (स्थान/समय)।छत पर मोर नाच रहा है।
संबोधनहे! अरे! ओ!किसी को पुकारना।हे बालक! यहाँ आओ।

Question 92

अन्न जल उठना' मुहावरे का अर्थ क्या है?

  1. AOption (a)

    जीविका समाप्त होना

  2. BOption (b)

    खाना कम पड़ना

  3. COption (c)

    फसल खराब होना

  4. DOption (d)

    किसी बात का डर होना

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

जीविका समाप्त होना

Why this answer is correct

'अन्न जल उठना' मुहावरे का सही अर्थ है- जीविका समाप्त होना

Key Points

  • 'अन्न जल उठना' एक प्रसिद्ध हिंदी मुहावरा है जिसका अर्थ है किसी स्थान से जीविका का साधन समाप्त हो जाना या रहने का संयोग न रहना।
  • व्याकरणिक रूप से मुहावरा वह वाक्यांश है जो अपना सामान्य अर्थ छोड़कर किसी विशेष या लाक्षणिक अर्थ को प्रकट करता है।
  • उदाहरण:
  1. फैक्ट्री बंद होने के कारण वहाँ के मजदूरों का अन्न-जल उठ गया।
  2. तबादला क्या हुआ, मानो उस शहर से मेरा अन्न-जल ही उठ गया।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
खाना कम पड़नाभोजन की अपरियाप्तता होना।साधारण अर्थ
फसल खराब होनाखेती का नुकसान हो जाना।साधारण अर्थ
किसी बात का डर होनामन में भय व्याप्त होना (इसके लिए 'हाथ-पांव फूलना' मुहावरा प्रयुक्त होता है)।साधारण अर्थ

Important Points 

 मुहावरों के मुख्य लक्षण-

  1. मुहावरे का अर्थ उसके शब्दों से नहीं, बल्कि प्रसंग से निकलता है।
  2. मुहावरे का मूल रूप कभी परिवर्तित नहीं होता (जैसे- 'अन्न जल' की जगह 'रोटी पानी' नहीं कह सकते)।
  3. मुहावरा वाक्य का एक अंश होता है, यह स्वतंत्र वाक्य नहीं होता।

Additional Information

मुहावराअर्थवाक्य प्रयोग
अंकुश लगानापाबंदी या नियंत्रण रखना।बढ़ती हुई महंगाई पर अंकुश लगाना अब सरकार के लिए अनिवार्य हो गया है।
चाँद पर थूकनाकिसी निर्दोष या महान व्यक्ति पर लांछन लगाना।उस जैसे ईमानदार व्यक्ति पर भ्रष्टाचार का आरोप लगाना चाँद पर थूकने के समान है।
तलवे चाटनाखुशामद या चापलूसी करना।स्वाभिमानी व्यक्ति कभी भी प्रमोशन के लिए अधिकारियों के तलवे नहीं चाटता।
नकेल कसनापूरी तरह नियंत्रण में लाना।पुलिस ने इलाके के बदमाशों पर नकेल कसने के लिए गश्त बढ़ा दी है।
लकीर का फकीर होनापुरानी रूढ़ियों या परंपराओं पर ही चलते रहना।दुनिया चाँद पर पहुँच गई और तुम आज भी पुराने अंधविश्वासों में जकड़े लकीर के फकीर बने हुए हो।

Question 93

शोध में प्रमाणिक तथ्यों की आवश्यकता होती है।'

दिये गये वाक्य के किस भाग में त्रुटि है?

  1. AOption (a)

    शोध

  2. BOption (b)

    तथ्यों

  3. COption (c)

    प्रमाणिक

  4. DOption (d)

    आवश्यकता

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

प्रमाणिक

Why this answer is correct

वाक्य 'शोध में प्रमाणिक तथ्यों की आवश्यकता होती है।' में त्रुटिपूर्ण भाग का सही उत्तर है- प्रमाणिक

Key Points

  • दिए गए वाक्य में 'प्रमाणिक' शब्द की वर्तनी अशुद्ध है। इसका शुद्ध रूप 'प्रामाणिक' होगा।
  • व्याकरणिक नियम के अनुसार, जब किसी शब्द में 'इक' प्रत्यय जुड़ता है, तो शब्द के प्रथम अक्षर के स्वर में वृद्धि (बदलाव) हो जाती है।
  • यदि प्रथम स्वर 'अ' है, तो वह 'आ' में बदल जाता है।
  • उदाहरण:
  • प्रमाण + इक = प्रामाणिक
  • समाज + इक = सामाजिक

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
शोधकिसी विषय पर गहराई से अनुसंधान करना।शुद्ध वर्तनी
तथ्यों'तथ्य' शब्द का बहुवचन रूप।शुद्ध वर्तनी
आवश्यकताकिसी वस्तु की जरूरत या मांग।शुद्ध वर्तनी

Important Points 

 वर्तनी अशुद्धि के प्रमुख भेद-

  1. स्वर संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ (जैसे: अकाश की जगह आकाश)
  2. व्यंजन संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ (जैसे: छत्री की जगह क्षत्रिय)
  3. प्रत्यय संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ (जैसे: प्रमाणिक की जगह प्रामाणिक)
  4. संधि या समास संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ

Additional Information

अशुद्ध शब्दशुद्ध शब्द
श्रंखलाशृंखला
प्रदर्शिनीप्रदर्शनी
मिष्ठानमिष्टान्न
कैलाशकैलास
नबावनवाब
द्वारिकाद्वारका
अन्तराष्ट्रीयअन्तर्राष्ट्रीय
सन्यासीसंन्यासी
वांग्मयवाङ्मय
अहिल्याअहल्या

Question 94

निम्नलिखित वाक्यांश हेतु सार्थक शब्द का चुनाव करें।

वह सूचना जो सरकार की ओर से जारी हो___

  1. AOption (a)

    अधिसूचना

  2. BOption (b)

    नियम

  3. COption (c)

    आदेश

  4. DOption (d)

    नीतियाँ

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

अधिसूचना

Why this answer is correct

'वह सूचना जो सरकार की ओर से जारी हो' वाक्यांश के लिए सार्थक शब्द का सही उत्तर है- अधिसूचना

Key Points

  • 'अधिसूचना' का अर्थ है वह सूचना जो आधिकारिक तौर पर सरकार द्वारा राजपत्र में प्रकाशित की जाती है।
  • प्रशासनिक शब्दावली के अनुसार, अधिसूचना वह माध्यम है जिसके द्वारा सरकार अपने निर्णयों, नियमों, और नियुक्तियों की जानकारी सार्वजनिक करती है।
  • जब किसी विस्तृत विचार या वाक्य को एक शब्द में संक्षिप्त किया जाता है, तो उसे वाक्यांश के लिए एक शब्द कहते हैं।
  • उदाहरण 1: भारत सरकार ने नए शिक्षा नियमों की अधिसूचना जारी की।
  • उदाहरण 2: रिक्त पदों को भरने के लिए विभाग द्वारा भर्ती अधिसूचना निकाली गई।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
नियमवह विधान या सिद्धांत जो व्यवहार को नियंत्रित करने के लिए बनाया जाए।संज्ञा
आदेशकिसी कार्य को करने के लिए अधिकारपूर्वक दी गई आज्ञा।संज्ञा
नीतियाँकिसी लक्ष्य की प्राप्ति के लिए बनाई गई निश्चित कार्य-योजना या सिद्धांत।संज्ञा (बहुवचन)

Important Points 

 प्रशासनिक शब्दावली/वाक्यांश के अन्य उदाहरण-

  1. अध्यादेश - वह आदेश जो कुछ समय के लिए लागू हो।
  2. परिपत्र - वह पत्र जो अनेक विभागों को भेजा जाए।
  3. ज्ञापन - किसी विषय पर ध्यान दिलाने के लिए दिया गया पत्र ।

Additional Information

वाक्यांशशब्द
जो किए गए उपकारों को नहीं मानता होकृतघ्न
वह स्थान जहाँ कोई न जा सकेअगम्य
जिसे त्यागना उचित होत्याज्य
दोपहर से पहले का समयपूर्वाह्न
जो प्रमाण से सिद्ध हो सकेप्रमेय
मोक्ष की इच्छा रखने वालामुमुक्षु
जानने की इच्छा रखने वालाजिज्ञासु
जिसका कोई शत्रु पैदा ही न हुआ होअजातशत्रु

Question 95

अगले जमाने का आदमी' मुहावरे का अर्थ क्या है?

  1. AOption (a)

    बहुत आधुनिक आदमी

  2. BOption (b)

    बहुत ही सीधा-सादा आदमी

  3. COption (c)

    बहुत चालक आदमी

  4. DOption (d)

    बहुत क्रूर इंसान

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

बहुत ही सीधा-सादा आदमी

Why this answer is correct

'अगले जमाने का आदमी' मुहावरे का सही अर्थ है- बहुत ही सीधा-सादा आदमी

Key Points

  • 'अगले जमाने का आदमी' मुहावरे का अर्थ ऐसे व्यक्ति से है जो बहुत ईमानदार, नेक और सीधा-सादा हो।
  • पुराने समय के लोगों को अक्सर उनकी सादगी और सत्यनिष्ठा के लिए याद किया जाता है, उसी संदर्भ में यह प्रयुक्त होता है।
  • व्याकरण के अनुसार, मुहावरा एक ऐसा वाक्यांश है जो अपने सामान्य अर्थ को छोड़कर किसी विशेष अर्थ को प्रकट करता है।
  • उदाहरण:
  1. रामदीन तो 'अगले जमाने का आदमी' है, वह कभी किसी के साथ छल नहीं कर सकता।

  2. आजकल के भ्रष्टाचार के युग में सोहन जैसे 'अगले जमाने के आदमी' कम ही मिलते हैं।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
बहुत आधुनिक आदमीवह जो नई विचारधारा और आधुनिक सुख-सुविधाओं में विश्वास रखता हो।सामान्य अर्थ
बहुत चालक आदमीजो दूसरों को धोखा देने या अपना काम निकालने में निपुण हो।नकारात्मक विशेषण
बहुत क्रूर इंसानजिसके मन में दया का भाव बिल्कुल न हो।नकारात्मक विशेषण

Important Points 

 मुहावरे के कुछ अन्य प्रमुख प्रकार/विशेषताएं-

  1. मुहावरा पूर्ण वाक्य न होकर वाक्यांश होता है।
  2. इसका प्रयोग स्वतंत्र रूप से नहीं, बल्कि वाक्य के अंतर्गत होता है।
  3. मुहावरे का अर्थ प्रसंग के अनुसार बदल जाता है।

Additional Information

मुहावराअर्थवाक्य प्रयोग
काटो तो खून नहींबहुत अधिक डर जाना या स्तब्ध रह जाना।परीक्षा में नकल करते पकड़े जाने पर छात्र की हालत ऐसी हो गई कि काटो तो खून नहीं।
घड़ों पानी पड़नाबहुत अधिक लज्जित (शर्मिंदा) होना।जब पिता को बेटे की चोरी के बारे में पता चला, तो उनके ऊपर घड़ों पानी पड़ गया।
टेढ़ी खीर होनाबहुत कठिन कार्य होना।आज के समय में सरकारी नौकरी प्राप्त करना टेढ़ी खीर हो गया है।
बग़लें झाँकनाउत्तर न दे पाना या लज्जित होकर इधर-उधर देखना।जब शिक्षक ने अचानक प्रश्न पूछा, तो बिना तैयारी के आए छात्र बग़लें झाँकने लगे।
हवा से बातें करनाबहुत तेज़ दौड़ना या बहुत तेज़ चलना।नई बुलेट ट्रेन ट्रैक पर उतरते ही हवा से बातें करने लगती है।

Question 96

इस जमीन से अच्छी पेदावार होती है।'

दिये गये वाक्य के किस भाग में त्रुटि है?

  1. AOption (a)

    इस

  2. BOption (b)

    पेदावर

  3. COption (c)

    जमीन

  4. DOption (d)

    अच्छी

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

पेदावर

Why this answer is correct

'इस जमीन से अच्छी पेदावार होती है।' वाक्य के त्रुटिपूर्ण भाग का सही उत्तर है- पेदावर

Key Points

  • दिए गए वाक्य 'इस जमीन से अच्छी पेदावार होती है।' में 'पेदावार' शब्द की वर्तनी अशुद्ध है।
  • शुद्ध वर्तनी वाला शब्द 'पैदावार' होता है, जिसका अर्थ है - फसल की उपज। इस शब्द में 'प' पर 'ऐ' की मात्रा का प्रयोग होना चाहिए।
  • शुद्ध वाक्य: इस जमीन से अच्छी पैदावार होती है।
  • अन्य उदाहरण: 'सैनिक' (शुद्ध) - 'सेनिक' (अशुद्ध), 'मैदान' (शुद्ध) - 'मेदान' (अशुद्ध)।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
इसयह निकटवर्ती वस्तु या स्थान की ओर संकेत करता है।सार्वनामिक विशेषण
जमीनइसका अर्थ पृथ्वी या भूमि होता है, यहाँ प्रयोग सही है।संज्ञा (स्त्रीलिंग)
अच्छीयह 'पैदावार' (स्त्रीलिंग) की गुणवत्ता बता रहा है।गुणवाचक विशेषण

Important Points 

 वर्तनी अशुद्धि के मुख्य कारण-

  1. स्वर संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ (जैसे- अ/आ, इ/ई की मात्राओं का गलत प्रयोग)
  2. व्यंजन संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ (जैसे- श/ष/स का गलत प्रयोग)
  3. पंचम वर्ण या अनुस्वार संबंधी अशुद्धियाँ

Additional Information

अशुद्ध शब्दशुद्ध शब्द
अभ्यार्थीअभ्यर्थी
रचियतारचयिता
आध्यात्मिकआध्यात्मिक
अन्तराष्ट्रीयअंतरराष्ट्रीय
ज्योत्सनाज्योत्स्ना
प्रमाणिकप्रामाणिक
युदिष्ठिरयुधिष्ठिर
वापसवापस
उपरोक्तउपर्युक्त
स्वास्थस्वास्थ्य
वल्मीकिवाल्मीकि

Question 97

दिये गए वाक्य खंडों को क्रम में लिखिए।

(a) वह घड़ी सबसे बुरी होती है

(b) मनुष्य के जीवन में

(c) जब वह बिना परिश्रम

(d) किये धन कमाना चाहता है

  1. AOption (a)

    b,a,c,d

  2. BOption (b)

    a,b,d,c

  3. COption (c)

    d,c,a,b

  4. DOption (d)

    b,c,a,d

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

b,a,c,d

Why this answer is correct

दिए गए वाक्य खंडों को सही क्रम में व्यवस्थित करने का सही उत्तर है- b, a, c, d

Key Points

  • दिए गए खंडों को जोड़ने पर पूर्ण वाक्य बनता है: "मनुष्य के जीवन में (b) वह घड़ी सबसे बुरी होती है (a) जब वह बिना परिश्रम (c) किये धन कमाना चाहता है (d)।"
  • किसी भी सार्थक वाक्य के निर्माण के लिए पदों का पदक्रम और तर्कसंगत होना आवश्यक है।
  • यहाँ सबसे पहले संदर्भ (मनुष्य का जीवन) आता है, फिर अवस्था और अंत में कारण स्पष्ट होता है।
  • उदाहरण 1: परिश्रम के बिना सफलता प्राप्त करना असंभव है।
  • उदाहरण 2: समय का सदुपयोग करने वाला व्यक्ति ही जीवन में उन्नति करता है।

अन्य विकल्प -

विकल्प क्रमनिर्मित वाक्य/अर्थत्रुटि का कारण
a, b, d, cवह घड़ी सबसे बुरी होती है मनुष्य के जीवन में किये धन कमाना चाहता है जब वह बिना परिश्रम।अव्यवस्थित पदक्रम
d, c, a, bकिये धन कमाना चाहता है जब वह बिना परिश्रम वह घड़ी सबसे बुरी होती है मनुष्य के जीवन में।तर्कहीन संरचना
b, c, a, dमनुष्य के जीवन में जब वह बिना परिश्रम वह घड़ी सबसे बुरी होती है किये धन कमाना चाहता है।व्याकरणिक दोष

Important Points 

 वाक्य व्यवस्था (Sentence Arrangement) के मुख्य नियम-

  1. वाक्य में सबसे पहले कर्ता और अंत में क्रिया का प्रयोग होता है।
  2. विशेषण का प्रयोग हमेशा उस संज्ञा या सर्वनाम से पहले होता है जिस��ी वह विशेषता बताता है।
  3. क्रिया-विशेषण का प्रयोग प्रायः क्रिया से ठीक पहले किया जाता है।

Additional Information

अशुद्ध वाक्यशुद्ध वाक्य
शीतल गन्ने का रस पीजिए।गन्ने का शीतल रस पीजिए।
यहाँ मुफ्त आँखों का ऑपरेशन होता है।यहाँ आँखों का मुफ्त ऑपरेशन होता है।
धोकर बच्चे को फल खिलाओ।बच्चे को फल धोकर खिलाओ।
एक चाय का कप दीजिए।चाय का एक कप दीजिए।
ताज़ी बच्चों को सब्ज़ी खिलाओ।बच्चों को ताज़ी सब्ज़ी खिलाओ।
भीड़ में चार मद्रास के व्यक्ति थे।भीड़ में मद्रास के चार व्यक्ति थे।

Question 98

रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति के लिए ‘सहज’ शब्द के उपयुक्त पर्यायवाची शब्द का चयन करें-

आपका प्रश्न बहुत ही..........है।

  1. AOption (a)

    सुगम

  2. BOption (b)

    सरल

  3. COption (c)

    नैसर्गिक

  4. DOption (d)

    जटिल

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

सरल

Why this answer is correct

दिए गए रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति के लिए ‘सहज’ शब्द का सही पर्यायवाची उत्तर है- सरल

Key Points

  • वाक्य 'आपका प्रश्न बहुत ही सरल है' में 'सहज' के स्थान पर 'सरल' का प्रयोग सबसे उपयुक्त है
  • क्योंकि यहाँ प्रश्न की सुगमता या आसानी का बोध कराया जा रहा है।
  • ऐसे शब्द जिनके अर्थ में समानता होती है, उन्हें पर्यायवाची शब्द या समानार्थी शब्द कहते हैं।
  • सहज के अन्य पर्यायवाची शब्द: आसान, स्वाभाविक, साधारण, बोधगम्य।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थपर्यायवाची
सुगमजहाँ जाना या जिसे प्राप्त करना आसान हो।(मार्ग हेतु) ​रास्ता, पथ, राह, डगर, पंथ और सड़क हैं।
नैसर्गिकजो प्राकृतिक रूप से प्राप्त हो।(स्वभाव हेतु) प्रकृति, मिजाज, प्रवृत्ति, आदत।
जटिलजो बहुत कठिन या पेचीदा हो।विलोम शब्द (सहज का)

Important Points पर्यायवाची शब्दों के भेद-

  1. पूर्ण पर्यायवाची (जो पूरी तरह एक-दूसरे की जगह ले सकें)
  2. पूर्णापूर्ण पर्यायवाची (जो एक कार्य के लिए तो समान हों पर दूसर�� के लिए नहीं)
  3. अपूर्ण पर्यायवाची (जिनके अर्थ में सूक्ष्म अंतर होता है)

Additional Information

शब्दपर्यायवाची शब्द
सरलसुबोध, आसान, सीधा, निष्कपट, सुगम।
उचितउपयुक्त, ठीक, वाजिब, मुनासिब, तर्कसंगत।
नित्यशाश्वत, सदैव, सनातन, निरंतर, रोज।
विनीतनम्र, सुशील, शिष्ट, विनयशील, सीधा।
अटलस्थिर, दृढ़, अडिग, अविचल, पक्का।
प्रवीणकुशल, निपुण, दक्ष, चतुर, होशियार।
अनन्यअद्वितीय, बेजोड़, अकेला, एकाग्र।
गहनगहरा, दुर्गम, घना, जटिल, गंभीर।
परिमितसीमित, मर्यादित, नपा-तुला, अल्प।
शाश्वतचिरंतन, अमर, अनश्वर, सदा रहने वाला।

Question 99

निम्नलिखित वाक्य में चिन्हित शब्द का पर्यायवाची पहचानें।

ज्वालामुखी की उत्पत्ति में वर्षों लग जाते हैं।

  1. AOption (a)

    विवरण

  2. BOption (b)

    विकास

  3. COption (c)

    आविर्भाव

  4. DOption (d)

    विस्तार

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

आविर्भाव

Why this answer is correct

दिए गए वाक्य में रेखांकित शब्द 'उत्पत्ति' का सही पर्यायवाची है- आविर्भाव

Key Points

  • 'उत्पत्ति' शब्द का अर्थ होता है - जन्म, उद्भव या आरम्भ।
  • वाक्य के संदर्भ में ज्वालामुखी के प्रकट होने या शुरू होने की प्रक्रिया को बताया गया है,
  • इसलिए 'आविर्भाव' इसका सबसे सटीक पर्यायवाची है।
  • जिन शब्दों के अर्थों में समानता होती है, उन्हें पर्यायवाची शब्द या समानार्थी शब्द कहते हैं।
  • उत्पत्ति के अन्य पर्यायवाची: उद्गम, पैदाइश, जन्म, उद्भव, सृष्टि।
  • आविर्भाव के अन्य पर्यायवाची: प्रकट होना, उदय, प्रादुर्भाव।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
विवरणकिसी विषय का विस्तृत वर्णन या ब्यौरा देना।संज्ञा
विकासकिसी वस्तु की अवस्था में प्रगति या बढ़ाव होना।संज्ञा
विस्तारफैलाव या सीमा को बढ़ावा देना।संज्ञा

Important Points 

 पर्यायवाची शब्द के भेद-

  1. पूर्ण पर्याय: जहाँ वाक्य में एक शब्द के स्थान पर दूसरा शब्द रखने से अर्थ में कोई अंतर न आए।
  2. पूर्णापूर्ण पर्याय: जो शब्द एक प्रसंग में तो समान हों, किंतु दूसरे प्रसंग में समान न रह सकें।
  3. अपूर्ण पर्याय: जो सूक्ष्म अर्थ भेद के कारण एक-दूसरे की जगह पूरी तरह प्रयोग न किए जा सकें।

Additional Information

शब्दपर्यायवाची शब्द
नूतननवीन, आधुनिक, अभिनव, अर्वाचीन।
अतुलबेजोड़, अनुपम, अद्वितीय, अपूर्व।
कुशलनिपुण, प्रवीण, दक्ष, होशियार।
सजगसतर्क, सावधान, सचेत, चौकन्ना।
विशालविराट, विस्तृत, व्यापक, वृहद।
उत्तमश्रेष्ठ, प्रवर, उत्कृष्ट, प्रकृष्ट।
शाश्वतसनातन, नित्य, चिरंतन, अनश्वर।
संक्षिप्तलघु, छोटा, सारगर्भित, अल्प।
पारदर्शीपारदर्शक, साफ, स्पष्ट, निर्मल।

Question 100

निम्नलिखित वाक्य की पूर्ति उचित कारक शब्द से करें।

किसी ___ दिल नहीं दुखाते।

  1. AOption (a)

    का

  2. BOption (b)

    को

  3. COption (c)

    में

  4. DOption (d)

    ने

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

का

Why this answer is correct

उपर्युक्त वाक्य की पूर्ति के लिए उचित कारक का सही उदाहरण/उत्तर है- का

Key Points

  • रिक्त स्थान में 'का' कारक चिह्न का प्रयोग होगा, जिससे पूर्ण वाक्य बनेगा- "किसी का दिल नहीं दुखाते।" यहाँ 'किसी' और 'दिल' के बीच सम्बन्ध दर्शाया जा रहा है।
  • संज्ञा या सर्वनाम के जिस रूप से उसका संबंध वाक्य की दूसरी संज्ञा से प्रकट हो, उसे सम्बन्ध कारक कहते हैं। इसकी मुख्य विभक्तियाँ का, के, की, रा, रे, री हैं।
  • अन्य उदाहरण:
  1. यह राम का घर है।
  2. सोहन की बहन पढ़ रही है।

अन्य विकल्प -

शब्द/विकल्पविग्रह/अर्थभेद/प्रकार
कोक्रिया के प्रभाव या फल को दर्शाने के लिए (जैसे: राम को फल दो)।कर्म कारक
मेंक्रिया के होने के स्थान या आधार का बोध (जैसे: कमरे में पानी है)।अधिकरण कारक
नेक्रिया को करने वाले (कर्ता) का बोध कराने हेतु (जैसे: मोहन ने पत्र लिखा)।कर्ता कारक

Important Points 

 कारक के भेद-

  1. कर्ता कारक (चिह्न: ने)
  2. कर्म कारक (चिह्न: को)
  3. करण कारक (चिह्न: से, के द्वारा)
  4. सम्प्रदान कारक (चिह्न: को, के लिए)
  5. अपादान कारक (चिह्न: से - अलग होने के अर्थ में)
  6. सम्बन्ध कारक (चिह्न: का, के, की)
  7. अधिकरण कारक (चिह्न: में, पर)
  8. सम्बोधन कारक (चिह्न: हे! अरे!)

Additional Information

कारकविभक्ति चिह्नपहचान / अर्थउदाहरण
कर्तानेक्रिया करने वालाखिलाड़ी ने गोल किया।
कर्मकोजिस पर क्रिया का फल पड़ेश्रीकृष्ण ने अर्जुन को उपदेश दिया।
करणसे, के द्वाराक्रिया का साधनमैं हवाई जहाज से मुंबई गया।
संप्रदानको, के लिएजिसके लिए क्रिया की जाएराजा ने गरीबों को कंबल दिए।
अपादानसे (अलग होना)अलगाव, डर या तुलनाछत से पानी गिर रहा है।
संबंधका, के, की, रा, री, रेपदों के बीच संबंधवह समीर की कार है।
अधिकरणमें, परक्रिया का आधार (स्थान/समय)शेर जंगल में रहता है।
संबोधनहे, अरे, ओपुकारना या सावधान करनाहे बालक! उधर मत जाओ।

Discipline 1 (20 questions)

Question 101

Which of the following Governor General abolished the practice of Sati?

  1. AOption (a)

    Robert Napier

  2. BOption (b)

    William Bentinck

  3. COption (c)

    William Blunt

  4. DOption (d)

    John Canning

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

William Bentinck

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - William Bentinck

Key Points

  • Lord William Bentinck
  • He served as the Governor-General of Bengal from 1828 to 1833 and the first Governor-General of India from 1833 to 1835.
  • He formally abolished the practice of Sati by passing the Bengal Sati Regulation (Regulation XVII) on December 4, 1829.
  • The act declared the practice of burning or burying alive the widows of Hindus as illegal and punishable by criminal courts.
  • He was strongly supported in this social reform by the prominent Indian reformer Raja Ram Mohan Roy.

Additional Information

  • Raja Ram Mohan Roy
  • Often referred to as the "Father of Modern India" for his efforts to abolish social evils like Sati and child marriage.
  • He founded the Brahmo Samaj in 1828 to propagate monotheism and social reform.
  • Lord Canning
  • He served as the Governor-General during the Revolt of 1857.
  • He became the first Viceroy of India after the Government of India Act 1858.
  • Charter Act of 1833
  • This act redesignated the Governor-General of Bengal as the Governor-General of India.
  • It centralized the administration of British India, making William Bentinck the first to hold this unified title.
  • Other Reforms by Bentinck
  • He is also credited with the suppression of Thuggee (organized bands of robbers and murderers) with the help of William Sleeman.
  • He introduced English as the medium of higher education in India following Macaulay's Minute of 1835.

Question 102

Where was the Indian Jute Mills Association established?

  1. AOption (a)

    Madras

  2. BOption (b)

    Calcutta

  3. COption (c)

    Patna

  4. DOption (d)

    Bombay

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Calcutta

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Calcutta

Key Points

  • Indian Jute Mills Association (IJMA)
  • The Indian Jute Mills Association was established in 1884 in Calcutta (now Kolkata).
  • It was formed to protect and promote the interests of jute mill owners and to regulate the production of jute goods.
  • During the late 19th century, Calcutta served as the primary hub for the jute industry due to its proximity to the jute-growing regions of Bengal.
  • The association played a significant role in managing market competition and standardizing production practices among member mills.

Additional Information

  • History of Jute Industry
  • The first jute mill in India was established in 1855 at Rishra, near Calcutta, by George Acland.
  • Jute is known as the Golden Fibre due to its shiny golden color and its high socio-economic importance in the Ganges-Brahmaputra delta.
  • The industry thrived along the banks of the Hooghly River because of the easy availability of raw materials, water for processing, and cheap water transport.
  • Economic Significance
  • India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods in the world.
  • The jute industry provides direct employment to hundreds of thousands of workers, primarily in West Bengal.
  • The National Jute Board is the governing body currently responsible for the development and promotion of the jute sector in India.

Question 103

After winning the 1971 general elections, the Congress government led by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi passed several acts/laws to improve industries and the economy. Which of the following is one of them?

  1. AOption (a)

    Nationalization of Banks

  2. BOption (b)

    Foreign Exchange and Regulation Act (FERA)

  3. COption (c)

    Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices (MRTP) Act

  4. DOption (d)

    Nationalization of Railways

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Foreign Exchange and Regulation Act (FERA)

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Foreign Exchange and Regulation Act (FERA)

Key Points

  • Foreign Exchange and Regulation Act (FERA)
  • The FERA was enacted in 1973, following the landslide victory of the Congress (R) led by Indira Gandhi in the 1971 general elections.
  • Its primary objective was to regulate foreign exchange payments, securities, and the conservation of foreign exchange reserves in India.
  • The act reflected the government's socialist leanings and commitment to economic self-reliance by controlling the entry and operation of multinational corporations.
  • It imposed strict restrictions on foreign investments and required foreign companies to dilute their equity holdings in Indian subsidiaries.

Additional Information

  • Nationalization of Banks
  • The first major phase of bank nationalization occurred in July 1969, where 14 major commercial banks were brought under state control.
  • A second phase occurred later in 1980, involving six more banks, to further expand social banking and credit flow to rural areas.
  • Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices (MRTP) Act
  • Enacted in 1969, this act aimed to prevent the concentration of economic power in a few hands and prohibit monopolistic practices.
  • It was eventually replaced by the Competition Act, 2002, to align with the liberalization and globalization policies.
  • Coal Mines Nationalization
  • Significant steps were taken after 1971, specifically the Coking Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1972 and the Coal Mines (Nationalisation) Act, 1973.
  • This move aimed to ensure rational mining and consistent supply of coal for the steel and energy sectors.
  • General Insurance Nationalization
  • The General Insurance Business (Nationalisation) Act was passed in 1972, nationalizing the general insurance industry in India starting from January 1973.

Question 104

Who described the kingdom of Awadh as 'A cherry that will drop into our mouth one day'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Lord Rippon

  2. BOption (b)

    Lord Dalhousie

  3. COption (c)

    Lord Hardinge

  4. DOption (d)

    Lord Cornwallis

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Lord Dalhousie

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Lord Dalhousie

Key Points

  • Lord Dalhousie
  • He served as the Governor-General of India from 1848 to 1856.
  • In 1851, Dalhousie described the kingdom of Awadh as "a cherry that will drop into our mouth one day".
  • The prophecy came true five years later when the kingdom was formally annexed to the British Empire in 1856.
  • The annexation of Awadh was unique because it was based on the allegation of maladministration and misgovernance rather than the absence of a male heir.

Additional Information

  • Annexation of Awadh
  • Wajid Ali Shah was the last Nawab of Awadh who was dethroned and exiled to Calcutta (Kolkata) on grounds of misrule.
  • The annexation caused widespread resentment and is considered a primary cause of the Revolt of 1857, as a large number of sepoys in the Bengal Army were from Awadh.
  • Doctrine of Lapse
  • This was a policy extensively used by Lord Dalhousie to annex princely states where the ruler died without a natural male heir.
  • Major states annexed under this policy included Satara (1848), Sambalpur (1849), Jhansi (1853), and Nagpur (1854).
  • Subsidiary Alliance in Awadh
  • Awadh had been brought under the Subsidiary Alliance system as early as 1801 by Lord Wellesley.
  • Under this system, the Nawab had to disband his military force and allow the British to station their troops within the kingdom, effectively losing sovereignty.

Question 105

Who among the following is known as the 'Father of the American Industrial Revolution'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Thomas Edison

  2. BOption (b)

    Samuel Slater

  3. COption (c)

    George Washington

  4. DOption (d)

    Thomas Jefferson

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Samuel Slater

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Samuel Slater

Key Points

  • Samuel Slater
  • He is widely celebrated as the Father of the American Industrial Revolution because he brought British textile technology to the United States.
  • In the United Kingdom, he was often referred to as "Slater the Traitor" for emigrating with secret details of British manufacturing machinery.
  • He designed and built the first water-powered cotton-spinning mill in America in 1793, located in Pawtucket, Rhode Island.
  • Slater introduced the Rhode Island System, a model of factory organization that employed entire families, including children, in the mills.

Additional Information

  • Thomas Edison
  • Known as the "Wizard of Menlo Park," he was a prolific inventor credited with the incandescent light bulb, the phonograph, and the motion picture camera.
  • His work focused more on the late 19th-century Second Industrial Revolution and the development of electrical power.
  • The Industrial Revolution
  • It was the transition to new manufacturing processes that began in Great Britain in the late 18th century and later spread to the United States.
  • The textile industry was the first to be transformed by power-driven machinery, significantly increasing production capacity.
  • Early American Industrialists
  • Francis Cabot Lowell was another key figure who developed the Waltham-Lowell system, integrating all steps of cotton cloth production under one roof.
  • The industrialization of the North created a distinct economic contrast with the agrarian, slave-labor-based economy of the Southern United States.

Question 106

When was the All India Trade Union Congress established?

  1. AOption (a)

    1923

  2. BOption (b)

    1917

  3. COption (c)

    1922

  4. DOption (d)

    1920

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

1920

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - 1920

Key Points

  • Establishment of AITUC
  • The All India Trade Union Congress (AITUC) was founded on October 31, 1920.
  • The first session was held in Bombay (now Mumbai) at the Empire Theatre.
  • It was established to provide a central organization for the labor movement in India and to represent Indian labor at the International Labour Organization (ILO).
  • Founding Leadership
  • Lala Lajpat Rai was elected as the first President of the AITUC.
  • Dewan Chaman Lall served as the first General Secretary.
  • Joseph Baptista was also a key figure and presided over the founding conference.

Additional Information

  • Ideological Evolution and Splits
  • In its early years, the AITUC was strongly influenced by the Indian National Congress and the national movement for independence.
  • A major split occurred during the Nagpur session in 1929, chaired by Jawaharlal Nehru, due to disagreements between reformists and communists.
  • The split led to the formation of the Indian Trade Union Federation (ITUF) by moderate leaders like N.M. Joshi.
  • Key Figures
  • N.M. Joshi is often considered the father of the modern trade union movement in India and played a vital role in AITUC's formation.
  • Prominent national leaders like C.R. Das, Jawaharlal Nehru, and Subhash Chandra Bose also served as presidents of the AITUC in subsequent years.
  • Historical Context
  • The formation was a response to the post-World War I economic hardships, including high inflation and low wages, which led to widespread industrial unrest.
  • The success of the Russian Revolution (1917) also provided an ideological impetus to the labor organizing efforts in India.

Question 107

Which of the following famous industrialists is called the 'Father of Indian Industry'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Jamsetji Tata

  2. BOption (b)

    N.R. Narayana Murthy

  3. COption (c)

    Dadabhai Naoroji

  4. DOption (d)

    G.D. Birla

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Jamsetji Tata

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Jamsetji Tata

Key Points

  • Jamsetji Nusserwanji Tata
  • He is widely regarded as the Father of Indian Industry due to his foundational role in establishing modern industrial sectors in India.
  • He founded the Tata Group, which is one of India's largest and most successful multinational conglomerates.
  • His vision led to the creation of the Tata Iron and Steel Company (TISCO), now known as Tata Steel, which was India's first integrated steel plant.
  • He laid the groundwork for the Indian Institute of Science (IISc) in Bengaluru to promote scientific research and education.
  • He established the iconic Taj Mahal Palace Hotel in Mumbai, which was the first hotel in India to have electricity.

Additional Information

  • Dadabhai Naoroji
  • Known as the Grand Old Man of India, he was a key figure in the Indian independence movement.
  • He proposed the Drain of Wealth theory, explaining how Britain was siphoning off India's economic resources.
  • G.D. Birla (Ghanshyam Das Birla)
  • A prominent industrialist and founder of the Birla Group.
  • He was a close associate of Mahatma Gandhi and played a significant role in funding the Indian National Congress.
  • He established the Birla Institute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani.
  • N.R. Narayana Murthy
  • He is one of the co-founders of Infosys, a global leader in consulting and technology services.
  • Often described as the Father of the Indian IT sector for his contribution to the outsourcing industry in India.

Question 108

Who led the rebellion in Kanpur in 1857 and drove the British troops out of the city?

  1. AOption (a)

    Nana Saheb

  2. BOption (b)

    Bakht Khan

  3. COption (c)

    Hazrat Mahal

  4. DOption (d)

    Ahmedullah Shah

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Nana Saheb

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Nana Saheb

Key Points

  • Nana Saheb
  • He was the adopted son of the last Peshwa Baji Rao II and lived near Kanpur.
  • During the Revolt of 1857, he gathered armed forces and expelled the British garrison from the city of Kanpur.
  • He proclaimed himself the Peshwa and declared that he was a governor under Emperor Bahadur Shah Zafar.
  • He was supported by his loyal commanders, including Tatya Tope and Azimullah Khan.

Additional Information

  • Bakht Khan
  • He was a veteran of the British East India Company's army who became the commander-in-chief of the rebel forces in Delhi.
  • He led the troops from Bareilly to Delhi to support the uprising against the British.
  • Begum Hazrat Mahal
  • She took charge of the rebellion in Lucknow (Awadh) after her husband, Nawab Wajid Ali Shah, was exiled.
  • She proclaimed her young son, Birjis Qadr, as the Nawab and organized a massive resistance against British forces.
  • Maulvi Ahmadullah Shah
  • He was a prominent leader of the 1857 revolt in Faizabad.
  • Known as the 'Lighthouse of Rebellion' in the Awadh region, he fought several battles against British troops led by Henry Lawrence.
  • British Suppression in Kanpur
  • The British forces, eventually led by Sir Colin Campbell, recaptured Kanpur in December 1857.
  • Following the defeat, Nana Saheb escaped to the jungles of Nepal.

Question 109

Which one of the following arguments was not given by Lala Lajpat Rai in his article regarding the establishment of the Congress in Young India?

  1. AOption (a)

    Congress was the brainchild of Lord Dufferin.

  2. BOption (b)

    He used the 'safety-valve theory' to attack liberals in Congress.

  3. COption (c)

    The interests of India were primary and the interests of the British Empire were secondary.

  4. DOption (d)

    The Congress was established primarily with the aim of protecting the British Empire from danger.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

The interests of India were primary and the interests of the British Empire were secondary.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - The interests of India were primary and the interests of the British Empire were secondary.

Key Points

  • Safety Valve Theory
  • In his 1916 publication Young India, Lala Lajpat Rai argued that the Indian National Congress was founded as a "safety valve" to prevent a violent revolution.
  • He maintained that the interests of the British Empire were the primary motivation behind its creation, rather than the primary interests of India.
  • He believed the Congress was a brainchild of Lord Dufferin and that A.O. Hume acted as his agent to steer Indian political energy away from militant paths.
  • Rai used this argument to criticize the Moderates (Liberals) in the Congress, accusing them of serving British interests instead of pursuing total independence.

Additional Information

  • Lala Lajpat Rai
  • Known as Punjab Kesari, he was a key leader of the Extremist faction (Lal-Bal-Pal) of the Indian National Congress.
  • He played a major role in the Swadeshi Movement and the protest against the Simon Commission.
  • Foundation of Congress (1885)
  • The Indian National Congress was established in 1885 by A.O. Hume, a retired British civil servant.
  • The first session was held in Bombay (now Mumbai) under the presidency of W.C. Bonnerjee.
  • While the "safety valve" theory was popular among Extremist leaders, modern historians often view the Congress as a "lightning conductor", allowing Indian nationalists to organize under a common platform.
  • Lord Dufferin
  • He served as the Viceroy of India from 1884 to 1888.
  • Though he initially tolerated the Congress, he later dismissed it as representing only a "microscopic minority" of the Indian population.

Question 110

In the Telugu-speaking areas of the Madras Presidency, a reform movement was launched in support of widow remarriage and the 'Society for Social Reform' was launched in 1878. Who was behind this initiative?

  1. AOption (a)

    EV Ramaswamy

  2. BOption (b)

    Iyothee Thass

  3. COption (c)

    Chembeti Sridharalu Naidu

  4. DOption (d)

    Veerasalingam Pantulu

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Veerasalingam Pantulu

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Veerasalingam Pantulu

Key Points

  • Veerasalingam Pantulu
  • Kandukuri Veerasalingam Pantulu was a prolific social reformer from the Madras Presidency, specifically the Telugu-speaking regions.
  • In 1878, he established the Society for Social Reform (also known as the Rajahmundry Social Reform Association) to address social evils.
  • He is widely recognized as the 'Father of Renaissance' in Telugu society for his pioneering efforts in literature and social change.
  • His reform movement placed a heavy emphasis on widow remarriage, women's education, and the abolition of the child marriage system.
  • He organized the first widow remarriage in the region on December 11, 1881, despite facing severe social boycott from orthodox groups.

Additional Information

  • Widow Remarriage Act of 1856
  • Legally validated by the British government primarily due to the efforts of Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar.
  • This legislation provided the legal framework that reformers like Veerasalingam Pantulu used to advocate for the rights of widows.
  • Chembeti Sridharalu Naidu
  • He was a prominent leader of the Veda Samaj in Madras, which was modeled after the Brahmo Samaj.
  • He translated the books of the Brahmo Samaj into Tamil and Telugu to spread reformist ideas.
  • E.V. Ramaswamy (Periyar)
  • He launched the Self-Respect Movement in 1925 in the Madras Presidency.
  • His movement focused on the abolition of caste and the empowerment of backward classes and women, though his primary active period was later than the 1878 initiative.
  • Iyothee Thass
  • A significant anti-caste activist and a pioneer of the Dalit Buddhist movement in South India.
  • He founded the Adveidananda Sabha and published the magazine 'Oru Paisa Tamizhan'.

Question 111

What does ASSOCHAM, India's oldest business apex chamber, stand for?

  1. AOption (a)

    Association of Commerce and Business

  2. BOption (b)

    Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry in India 

  3. COption (c)

    Association of Chambers of Commerce 

  4. DOption (d)

    Associated Commerce in India 

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry in India 

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India

Key Points

  • ASSOCHAM
  • It stands for the Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India.
  • Established in 1920, it is recognized as the oldest apex business chamber in India.
  • It was founded by British merchant chambers operating in various cities like Calcutta, Bombay, and Madras.
  • The organization serves as a bridge between the Government of India and the business community to shape economic and trade policies.

Additional Information

  • Institutional Structure
  • ASSOCHAM is headquartered in New Delhi and represents over 4.5 lakh members across the country.
  • It includes large industrial houses, MSMEs (Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises), and regional chambers.
  • Key Peer Organizations
  • FICCI (Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry): Established in 1927 on the advice of Mahatma Gandhi.
  • CII (Confederation of Indian Industry): A non-government, not-for-profit, industry-led organization founded in 1895.
  • Primary Objectives
  • To promote domestic and international trade and represent the concerns of the private sector in India.
  • To foster a conducive investment climate and assist in the industrialization of various sectors.

Question 112

The book 'The Rights of Women', published in 1791, which elaborated on the concept of equal rights for women, was written by whom?

  1. AOption (a)

    Mary Wollstonecraft

  2. BOption (b)

    Rousseau

  3. COption (c)

    Claire Lacombe

  4. DOption (d)

    Olympe de Gouges

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Olympe de Gouges

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Olympe de Gouges

Key Points

  • Olympe de Gouges
  • She was a prominent French political activist and playwright who advocated for women's rights during the French Revolution.
  • In 1791, she wrote the Declaration of the Rights of Woman and of the Female Citizen (often referred to in context as 'The Rights of Women').
  • Her work was a direct response to the Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen, which excluded women from political and civil rights.
  • She argued that women are born free and should remain equal to men in all rights, including the right to vote and participate in government.

Additional Information

  • Mary Wollstonecraft
  • An English philosopher and writer who published A Vindication of the Rights of Woman in 1792.
  • She is considered one of the founding feminist philosophers, emphasizing that women deserve rational education.
  • Claire Lacombe
  • A radical revolutionary who co-founded the Society of Revolutionary Republican Women in 1793.
  • She was a key figure representing the interests of working-class women during the Revolution.
  • Rousseau
  • Jean-Jacques Rousseau was an Enlightenment philosopher whose work, Emile, suggested that women's education should be focused on their domestic roles.
  • His views were often the target of criticism by feminist writers of the era like Gouges and Wollstonecraft.

Question 113

When was the Permanent Settlement implemented?

  1. AOption (a)

    1821

  2. BOption (b)

    1793

  3. COption (c)

    1852

  4. DOption (d)

    1805

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

1793

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - 1793

Key Points

  • Permanent Settlement
  • The Permanent Settlement was brought into effect by Lord Cornwallis in 1793.
  • It was an agreement between the East India Company and Bengali landlords (Zamindars) to fix revenues to be raised from land.
  • Under this system, the Zamindars were recognized as the owners of the land as long as they paid the revenue to the East India Company on time.
  • The amount of revenue to be paid was fixed permanently and was not to be increased in the future.

Additional Information

  • Features and Impact
  • The system was primarily implemented in Bengal, Bihar, and Odisha, and later extended to Northern Madras and Varanasi.
  • The revenue was divided into 11 parts, where 10/11th went to the East India Company and 1/11th was kept by the Zamindar.
  • It led to the creation of a new class of landlords who were loyal to the British, but often led to the oppression of peasants.
  • Other Land Revenue Systems
  • Ryotwari System: Introduced by Thomas Munro and Alexander Read in the early 19th century, primarily in Southern India (Madras and Bombay presidencies), where revenue was collected directly from the Ryots (cultivators).
  • Mahalwari System: Introduced by Holt Mackenzie in 1822 in the North-Western provinces, where the unit of revenue assessment was the Mahal (village or estate).

Question 114

What was the main goal of the National Industrial Recovery Act of 1933 in the United States?

  1. AOption (a)

    Providing social security schemes for senior citizens

  2. BOption (b)

    Increasing industrial production of heavy goods

  3. COption (c)

    Generating jobs and regulating industry for economic recovery

  4. DOption (d)

    Providing financial assistance to farmers

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Generating jobs and regulating industry for economic recovery

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Generating jobs and regulating industry for economic recovery

Key Points

  • National Industrial Recovery Act (NIRA)
  • Enacted in June 1933, the NIRA was a cornerstone of President Franklin D. Roosevelt's New Deal program designed to combat the Great Depression.
  • The primary objective was to promote economic recovery by sanctioning the regulation of industry to ensure fair wages and prices.
  • It aimed to stimulate the economy by generating jobs through massive public works spending and by reducing "cut-throat competition" between businesses.
  • The act established the National Recovery Administration (NRA), which oversaw the development of "codes of fair competition" for various industrial sectors.

Additional Information

  • Public Works Administration (PWA)
  • Created under Title II of the NIRA, the PWA focused on large-scale infrastructure projects like bridges, dams, and hospitals to provide immediate employment.
  • Labor Rights
  • Section 7(a) of the NIRA was a landmark provision that protected the right of workers to organize unions and engage in collective bargaining.
  • The Blue Eagle
  • Businesses that complied with NRA codes displayed the Blue Eagle symbol to show their contribution to national recovery.
  • Unconstitutionality
  • In 1935, the Supreme Court of the United States ruled the NIRA unconstitutional in the case Schechter Poultry Corp. v. United States, citing the improper delegation of legislative power to the executive branch.
  • Related New Deal Acts
  • The Agricultural Adjustment Act (AAA) was focused on providing financial assistance and price stabilization for farmers.
  • The Social Security Act of 1935, rather than the NIRA, established social security schemes for senior citizens and the unemployed.

Question 115

Which of the following constitutions gave emergency powers to the President of Germany to deal with the economic recession?

  1. AOption (a)

    European Constitution

  2. BOption (b)

    The Constitution of German Confederation

  3. COption (c)

    Frankfurt Constitution

  4. DOption (d)

    Weimar Constitution

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Weimar Constitution

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Weimar Constitution

Key Points

  • Weimar Constitution
  • Adopted in 1919, it established Germany as a federal republic known as the Weimar Republic.
  • It included a specific provision, Article 48, which granted the President the authority to take emergency measures without the prior consent of the Reichstag (Parliament).
  • This provision was intended to protect the state during times of crisis, including the severe economic recession and hyperinflation that plagued post-WWI Germany.
  • The President could use these powers to restore public order and safety, effectively allowing for rule by decree.

Additional Information

  • Article 48 (The Suicide Clause)
  • Often called the "Suicide Clause," it allowed for the suspension of civil liberties and individual rights.
  • During the Great Depression, the inability of the Reichstag to form a stable majority led to a heavy reliance on Article 48 to pass laws.
  • This clause ultimately facilitated the transition from a democratic system to an authoritarian regime when used extensively in the early 1930s.
  • The Great Depression in Germany
  • The economic collapse of 1929 led to mass unemployment, reaching approximately 6 million people by 1932.
  • The subsequent political instability forced the President to use emergency powers to manage economic policies that the legislature could not agree upon.
  • Structure of the Weimar Republic
  • The system featured a directly elected President with a seven-year term and a Chancellor who headed the government.
  • The constitution was noted for its advanced bill of rights and universal suffrage, yet the emergency power provision proved to be a significant structural weakness.

Question 116

When was the Arms Act passed, which prohibited Indians from possessing arms?

  1. AOption (a)

    1878

  2. BOption (b)

    1888

  3. COption (c)

    1868

  4. DOption (d)

    1898

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

1878

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - 1878

Key Points

  • Indian Arms Act, 1878
  • This act was passed during the viceroyalty of Lord Lytton (1876–1880).
  • The law made it a criminal offense for Indians to keep or carry arms without a valid license.
  • It was highly discriminatory as it exempted Europeans, Anglo-Indians, and certain government officials from its provisions.
  • The primary objective was to disarm the Indian population to prevent any future armed rebellions against the British Raj.

Additional Information

  • Lord Lytton's Policies
  • In the same year (1878), Lytton also passed the Vernacular Press Act to restrict the freedom of the Indian language press.
  • His tenure was marked by reactionary policies that fueled organized nationalist movements in India.
  • The Royal Titles Act of 1876 was also passed during his time, conferring the title of Empress of India (Kaisar-i-Hind) upon Queen Victoria.
  • Lord Ripon
  • He succeeded Lord Lytton as the Viceroy of India in 1880.
  • Ripon is known for his liberal measures, including the repeal of the Vernacular Press Act in 1882.
  • He introduced the Ilbert Bill (1883), which sought to allow Indian judges to try Europeans, leading to significant controversy.

Question 117

Who made the first crude photograph?

  1. AOption (a)

    Richard Gatling

  2. BOption (b)

    Nicephore Niepce

  3. COption (c)

    James Watt

  4. DOption (d)

    Gail Borden

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Nicephore Niepce

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Nicephore Niepce'

Key Points

  • Nicephore Niepce:
  • Nicephore Niepce, a French inventor, is widely credited with creating the first permanent photograph.
  • In 1826 or 1827, Niepce produced the first known photograph using a process called heliography (meaning "sun writing").
  • The photograph, titled View from the Window at Le Gras, was made by exposing a polished pewter plate coated with a light-sensitive substance (bitumen of Judea) to light for several hours.
  • This revolutionary achievement marked the beginning of photography as a scientific and artistic medium.
  • Niepce’s work laid the foundation for further advancements in photographic technology, including the later work of Louis Daguerre, who refined the process.

Additional Information

  • Richard Gatling:
  • Richard Gatling was an American inventor best known for designing the Gatling gun, one of the first successful rapid-fire weapons.
  • Although he significantly contributed to military technology, his work was unrelated to photography or the creation of photographs.
  • James Watt:
  • James Watt was a Scottish inventor and mechanical engineer who made critical improvements to the steam engine, which played a pivotal role in the Industrial Revolution.
  • Despite his groundbreaking work in engineering, Watt had no involvement in the development of photography.
  • Gail Borden:
  • Gail Borden was an American inventor and businessman who is best known for creating condensed milk.
  • While his contributions to food preservation were significant, Borden had no connection to the invention of photography.

Important Points

  • Nicephore Niepce collaborated with Louis Daguerre to further develop photographic processes. After Niepce’s death, Daguerre went on to create the daguerreotype, which became the first commercially successful photographic process.
  • The exposure time for Niepce’s first photograph was incredibly long, taking several hours to capture an image, which made the process impractical for most applications at the time.
  • Niepce’s invention paved the way for future innovators to refine and popularize photography, ultimately leading to the modern photographic techniques we use today.

Question 118

Which important administrative change did the British introduce in India after the suppression of the Revolt of 1857?

  1. AOption (a)

    Universal suffrage introduced

  2. BOption (b)

    Establishment of British Raj

  3. COption (c)

    Increased autonomy for Indian states

  4. DOption (d)

    Restoration of the Mughal Empire

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Establishment of British Raj

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Establishment of British Raj

Key Points

  • Government of India Act 1858
  • This Act formally ended the rule of the East India Company and transferred the governance of India directly to the British Crown.
  • The era of the British Raj began, marking a shift from corporate commercial rule to direct imperial administration.
  • It created the office of the Secretary of State for India, who was a member of the British Cabinet and responsible for Indian administration.
  • The Governor-General of India was given the title of Viceroy, serving as the personal representative of the monarch in India.

Additional Information

  • Revolt of 1857
  • Also known as the First War of Independence or the Sepoy Mutiny, it was a major uprising against British rule.
  • The suppression of the revolt led the British to realize that the East India Company's administration was no longer sustainable.
  • Policy Changes Post-1857
  • The Doctrine of Lapse was officially abandoned, allowing Indian princes the right of adoption to ensure succession.
  • The British adopted a policy of non-interference in the religious and social customs of Indians to avoid further discontent.
  • The military was reorganized to increase the ratio of European soldiers to Indian soldiers to prevent future mutinies.
  • Lord Canning
  • He served as the last Governor-General under the Company and became the first Viceroy of India under the Crown.
  • He announced Queen Victoria’s Proclamation at the Allahabad Durbar in November 1858.

Question 119

On which date did the Bastille fall?

  1. AOption (a)

    June 16, 1789

  2. BOption (b)

    July 14, 1789

  3. COption (c)

    June 17, 1789

  4. DOption (d)

    July 16, 1789

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

July 14, 1789

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - July 14, 1789

Key Points

  • Fall of the Bastille
  • The storming of the Bastille took place on the morning of July 14, 1789, in Paris, France.
  • The Bastille was a medieval fortress, armory, and political prison that represented the royal authority and despotism of the Bourbon monarchy.
  • This event is widely recognized as the flashpoint and the symbolic commencement of the French Revolution.
  • The revolutionaries attacked the prison primarily to gain access to the gunpowder and ammunition stored within its walls to arm the newly formed National Guard.

Additional Information

  • Causes and Context
  • Economic instability, severe food shortages, and the high price of bread led to widespread civil unrest among the common people (the Third Estate).
  • The dismissal of Jacques Necker, a finance minister sympathetic to the Third Estate, by King Louis XVI acted as an immediate catalyst for the uprising.
  • Citizens feared that the King’s concentration of troops around Paris and Versailles was a prelude to a counter-revolutionary massacre.
  • Impact and Legacy
  • The fall of the fortress resulted in the death of its governor, Bernard-René de Launay, and the liberation of the seven prisoners held there at the time.
  • Following the event, the King was forced to withdraw his troops and acknowledge the National Assembly.
  • July 14 is now celebrated as the National Day of France, known as Bastille Day or La Fête Nationale.
  • The National Assembly
  • Just prior to the fall of the Bastille, on June 17, 1789, the Third Estate declared itself the National Assembly.
  • This led to the Tennis Court Oath on June 20, 1789, where members pledged not to separate until a constitution was established for France.

Question 120

Who is the author of the influential book 'The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money'?

  1. AOption (a)

    Paul Samuelson

  2. BOption (b)

    John Maynard Keynes

  3. COption (c)

    Milton Friedman

  4. DOption (d)

    Adam Smith

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

John Maynard Keynes

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - John Maynard Keynes

Key Points

  • John Maynard Keynes
  • He published 'The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money' in 1936.
  • The book was written in response to the Great Depression and fundamentally changed the theory and practice of macroeconomics.
  • He argued that aggregate demand—measured as the sum of spending by households, businesses, and the government—is the primary engine of an economy.
  • The book introduced the concept of government intervention to stabilize the economy during periods of recession.

Additional Information

  • Adam Smith
  • Often cited as the Father of Modern Economics.
  • Author of the classic work 'The Wealth of Nations' (1776).
  • Known for the concept of the 'invisible hand' and the advocacy of laissez-faire economic policies.
  • Milton Friedman
  • A leading figure of the Chicago School of Economics.
  • Best known for his work on monetarism, arguing that the money supply is the primary determinant of economic growth and inflation.
  • Recieved the Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences in 1976.
  • Paul Samuelson
  • The first American to win the Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences (1970).
  • Author of the highly influential textbook 'Economics', which helped standardize modern economic teaching.
  • He is credited with the neoclassical synthesis, which incorporated Keynesian and classical economic theories.

Discipline 2 (20 questions)

Question 121

Who founded the Bharat Stree Mahamandal in 1910 to promote women's education?

  1. AOption (a)

    Sarla Devi Choudharani

  2. BOption (b)

    B Amma

  3. COption (c)

    Pandita Ramabai

  4. DOption (d)

    Annie Besant

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Sarla Devi Choudharani

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Sarla Devi Choudharani

Key Points

  • Sarla Devi Choudharani
  • She founded the Bharat Stree Mahamandal in 1910 at Allahabad.
  • This organization is considered the first major women's organization in India founded by a woman.
  • The primary goal of the Mahamandal was to promote women's education and improve their overall social status.
  • It focused on reaching out to women who were restricted by the purdah system to provide them with educational opportunities.

Additional Information

  • Pandita Ramabai
  • She was a pioneer in women's education and founded the Arya Mahila Samaj in 1882.
  • She established the Sharada Sadan in Bombay to provide education and shelter to young widows.
  • Annie Besant
  • A prominent Theosophist and social reformer who served as the first woman president of the Indian National Congress in 1917.
  • She founded the Central Hindu College at Benares and played a key role in the Home Rule League.
  • B Amma (Abadi Bano Begum)
  • She was a prominent face in the Khilafat Movement and the Non-Cooperation Movement.
  • She was the mother of the Ali brothers (Mohammad Ali and Shaukat Ali) and was one of the first Muslim women to participate actively in the political struggle against British rule.

Question 122

What is the full form of 'LSI' in the context of socialism?

  1. AOption (a)

    League of Socialist Ideals 

  2. BOption (b)

    Labour and Socialist Initiative 

  3. COption (c)

    Labour and Socialist International 

  4. DOption (d)

    Leftist Socialist Institute

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Labour and Socialist International 

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Labour and Socialist International

Key Points

  • Labour and Socialist International (LSI)
  • The LSI was an international organization of socialist and social democratic parties active between the two World Wars.
  • It was established in May 1923 during the Hamburg Congress.
  • The organization was formed through the merger of the Second International and the International Working Union of Socialist Parties (also known as the Vienna International).
  • It served as a major political platform for non-communist, democratic socialist movements across Europe and the world.

Additional Information

  • The Second International
  • Founded in 1889, it was the original body for socialist parties but fragmented during World War I due to differing views on national participation in the war.
  • Opposition to Comintern
  • The LSI functioned as a democratic alternative to the Communist International (Comintern), which was led by the Soviet Union and advocated for revolutionary socialism.
  • Socialist International
  • After the LSI collapsed during World War II, it was eventually succeeded by the Socialist International in 1951, which continues to exist today.
  • Ideological Focus
  • The LSI emphasized parliamentary democracy, social welfare, and the rights of the working class within a democratic framework.

Question 123

Sand dunes are formed in which of the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    Desert

  2. BOption (b)

    River

  3. COption (c)

    Field

  4. DOption (d)

    Glacier

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Desert

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Desert'

Key Points

  • Sand Dunes:
  • Sand dunes are landforms made up of sand that has been transported and deposited by wind action, a process known as aeolian processes.
  • These formations are typically found in arid and semi-arid regions, such as deserts, where loose sand is abundant and vegetation is sparse.
  • The wind plays a significant role in shaping the dunes, creating various types like crescent-shaped dunes (barchans), longitudinal dunes, and star dunes depending on wind direction and intensity.
  • Deserts like the Sahara, Thar, and the Arabian desert are prime examples of locations where sand dunes are commonly found.

Additional Information

  • River:
  • Rivers are water bodies that flow from higher elevations to lower elevations, often carrying sediments like sand, silt, and clay.
  • While rivers transport sand, they do not typically form sand dunes. Instead, they may create features like sandbars or riverbanks.
  • The absence of consistent wind action in river areas prevents the formation of dunes.
  • Field:
  • Fields are areas of land used for agriculture or other human activities, often covered in vegetation.
  • Sand dunes cannot form in fields because vegetation stabilizes the soil and prevents wind from moving loose sand.
  • Fields lack the expansive, loose sand and barren conditions necessary for dune formation.
  • Glacier:
  • Glaciers are large masses of ice that move slowly over land, shaping the landscape through erosion and deposition.
  • Glaciers form features like moraines and drumlins, not sand dunes, because they interact with ice and rock rather than loose sand.
  • The cold temperatures and lack of wind action in glacial environments further prevent sand dune formation.

Important Points

  • Sand dunes are not unique to terrestrial deserts; they can also form in coastal areas where wind moves sand inland from beaches.
  • The size and shape of sand dunes can provide valuable information about the prevailing wind directions and speeds in a given area.
  • Efforts to stabilize sand dunes often involve planting vegetation to prevent sand movement and protect nearby settlements or ecosystems.
  • Sand dunes play a critical role in the desert ecosystem by providing habitats for specialized plants and animals adapted to arid conditions.

Question 124

Which of the following are characteristics of the Earth's crust?

I. It is the Earth's outermost layer.

II. It is composed primarily of silicate rocks.

III. Continental crust is thicker than oceanic crust.

IV. It is primarily liquid.

  1. AOption (a)

    III and IV only

  2. BOption (b)

    Only II, III and IV

  3. COption (c)

    Only I, II and III

  4. DOption (d)

    I and II only

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Only I, II and III

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is: Only I, II and III

Key Points

  • It is the Earth's outermost layer:
  • This statement is correct.
  • The Earth's crust forms the uppermost and outermost layer of the planet, lying above the mantle.
  • It includes both continental landmasses and ocean basins, making it the surface where all terrestrial life exists.
  • Despite being the outermost layer, it is relatively thin compared to other layers of the Earth.
  • It is composed primarily of silicate rocks:
  • This statement is correct.
  • The crust mainly consists of silicate minerals, which are rich in silicon and oxygen.
  • The continental crust is largely granitic (rich in silica and aluminum), while the oceanic crust is basaltic (rich in silica and magnesium).
  • These compositional differences influence the density and behavior of the crust.
  • Continental crust is thicker than oceanic crust:
  • This statement is correct.
  • The thickness of continental crust ranges from approximately 30–70 km, whereas oceanic crust is about 5–10 km thick.
  • Continental crust is therefore significantly thicker and less dense than oceanic crust.
  • This difference plays a crucial role in plate tectonics and isostatic balance.
  • It is primarily liquid:
  • This statement is incorrect.
  • The Earth's crust is solid in nature and forms rigid tectonic plates.
  • Liquid or semi-molten material (magma) is found beneath the crust in the mantle, not within the crust itself.
  • The rigidity of the crust is essential for maintaining geological structures like mountains and continents.

Additional Information

  • Crust and Lithosphere:
  • The crust, along with the uppermost mantle, forms the lithosphere, which is divided into tectonic plates.
  • These plates are responsible for earthquakes, volcanic activity, and continental drift.
  • Types of Crust:
  • Continental crust: Older, thicker, and less dense, mainly composed of granitic rocks.
  • Oceanic crust: Younger, thinner, and denser, primarily composed of basaltic rocks.
  • Significance of the Crust:
  • The crust contains essential natural resources such as minerals, fossil fuels, and soil.
  • It provides the foundation for ecosystems and human activities, making it crucial for sustaining life on Earth.

Question 125

Which of the following does not occur during the equinox?

  1. AOption (a)

    The occurrence of spring and autumn equinox.

  2. BOption (b)

    The Earth is at its closest point to the Sun.

  3. COption (c)

    The sun is directly above the equator.

  4. DOption (d)

    Day and night are of equal duration globally.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

The Earth is at its closest point to the Sun.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'The Earth is at its closest point to the Sun.'

Key Points

  • The Earth’s closest point to the Sun:
  • This phenomenon is called perihelion, and it does not occur during the equinox.
  • The Earth reaches perihelion in early January, when it is closest to the Sun, and this event is independent of the equinox dates.
  • Equinoxes occur due to the tilt of the Earth’s axis and its position in its orbit, not due to proximity to the Sun.
  • Equinox Overview:
  • An equinox occurs twice a year, around March 20-21 (spring/vernal equinox) and September 22-23 (autumn equinox).
  • It happens when the Sun is directly above the Earth’s equator, resulting in nearly equal day and night durations globally.
  • The name "equinox" is derived from Latin, meaning "equal night."

Additional Information

  • Occurrence of spring and autumn equinox:
  • The equinoxes mark the beginning of spring in the northern hemisphere (vernal equinox) and autumn in the southern hemisphere (autumnal equinox).
  • These events are significant in various cultures and are often associated with festivals and rituals marking seasonal transitions.
  • The Sun is directly above the equator:
  • During the equinox, the Sun is positioned exactly above the equatorial line, leading to equal distribution of sunlight across the globe.
  • This alignment eliminates the tilt effect of the Earth’s axis on the distribution of sunlight.
  • Day and night are of equal duration globally:
  • On the day of the equinox, most places on Earth experience approximately 12 hours of daylight and 12 hours of night.
  • This is due to the Sun’s position directly above the equator, causing sunlight to be evenly distributed across both hemispheres.

Important Points

  • The Earth’s distance from the Sun varies throughout the year due to its elliptical orbit. The closest point (perihelion) and farthest point (aphelion) occur in January and July respectively, and these events are unrelated to equinoxes.
  • The equinoxes are a result of the axial tilt of the Earth (approximately 23.5 degrees) and its orbital motion around the Sun.
  • While day and night are nearly equal during the equinox, minor variations can occur due to atmospheric refraction and the Sun’s size.
  • The equinoxes are significant markers in astronomy and are used to define the celestial coordinate system, including the equatorial coordinate system.

Question 126

The circulation of air in an anticyclone is ___________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Introvert and Extrovert

  2. BOption (b)

    Downward and Extrovert

  3. COption (c)

    Downward and Introvert

  4. DOption (d)

    Introvert and Upward

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Downward and Extrovert

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Downward and Extrovert'

Key Points

  • Anticyclones:
  • An anticyclone is a weather system characterized by high atmospheric pressure at its center, with air circulating outward from the center.
  • In the Northern Hemisphere, the circulation in an anticyclone is clockwise, while in the Southern Hemisphere, it is counterclockwise due to the Coriolis effect.
  • Anticyclones are associated with calm and stable weather conditions, clear skies, and minimal precipitation.
  • Downward and Extrovert Circulation:
  • The term "downward" refers to the sinking motion of air in an anticyclone. As the air descends, it compresses and warms, preventing the formation of clouds and resulting in clear skies.
  • "Extrovert" indicates the outward movement of air from the center of the anticyclone toward its periphery.
  • This outward circulation is driven by the high-pressure system at the core, which pushes air away from the center.

Additional Information

  • Introvert and Extrovert:
  • This option is incorrect as "introvert" refers to inward movement, which does not describe the outward circulation of air in an anticyclone.
  • Anticyclones involve extrovert circulation, where air moves outward from the high-pressure center.
  • Downward and Introvert:
  • While "downward" correctly describes the sinking motion of air in an anticyclone, "introvert" is incorrect as it suggests inward movement, which does not occur in this system.
  • The correct description includes "extrovert," as air moves outward from the center of the high-pressure system.
  • Introvert and Upward:
  • This option is incorrect because the circulation in an anticyclone involves downward motion of air, not upward.
  • "Introvert" is also incorrect, as it implies inward movement, which contradicts the outward circulation characteristic of an anticyclone.

Important Points

  • Anticyclones are the opposite of cyclones, which are low-pressure systems characterized by upward and inward circulation of air.
  • Weather conditions in an anticyclone are typically dry and sunny due to the sinking air, which suppresses cloud formation.
  • Anticyclones can lead to temperature inversions, where cooler air is trapped near the ground, potentially causing fog or smog in areas with high pollution levels.
  • They are vital in influencing regional climates and often contribute to prolonged periods of stable weather.

Question 127

Which one of the following is not a part of Karl Marx's philosophy regarding the schema of the historical stages of society?

  1. AOption (a)

    Slavery

  2. BOption (b)

    Imperialism

  3. COption (c)

    Feudalism

  4. DOption (d)

    Capitalism

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Imperialism

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Imperialism

Key Points

  • Imperialism
  • Karl Marx’s original schema of historical stages focuses on Historical Materialism, which includes Primitive Communism, Slavery, Feudalism, and Capitalism.
  • Imperialism was not a distinct stage in Marx's primary historical timeline; it was later developed by Vladimir Lenin.
  • Lenin described Imperialism as the "highest stage of Capitalism," emphasizing the expansion of finance capital and global monopolies.
  • Marx’s stages are defined by the transition of the mode of production and the resulting class struggles.

Additional Information

  • Slavery (Ancient Mode of Production)
  • The primary classes are the master and the slave.
  • Production is based on the direct ownership of laborers by the ruling class.
  • Feudalism
  • The economic structure is centered around land ownership.
  • The core class conflict exists between the landlord (lords) and the serf (peasantry).
  • Capitalism
  • Characterized by the private ownership of the means of production.
  • The main classes are the bourgeoisie (owners) and the proletariat (wage-laborers).
  • Marx argued that Capitalism would inevitably lead to a revolution resulting in Socialism.
  • Historical Materialism
  • This is the methodological approach that looks for the causes of developments and changes in human society in the economic base.
  • It posits that the superstructure (law, politics, religion) is determined by the material conditions of life.

Question 128

Which conference in 1945 resulted in the division of Germany into four occupation zones?

  1. AOption (a)

    Tehran Conference

  2. BOption (b)

    San Francisco Conference

  3. COption (c)

    Yalta Conference

  4. DOption (d)

    Potsdam Conference

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Potsdam Conference

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Yalta Conference

Key Points

  • Yalta Conference
  • Held in February 1945, it was a major World War II meeting of the heads of government of the United States, the United Kingdom, and the Soviet Union.
  • The "Big Three" leaders—Franklin D. Roosevelt, Winston Churchill, and Joseph Stalin—met to discuss the post-war reorganization of Germany and Europe.
  • A primary outcome was the agreement to divide Germany into four occupation zones, one each for the United States, Great Britain, France, and the Soviet Union.
  • The leaders also agreed that Berlin, although located within the Soviet zone, would similarly be split into four sectors.

Additional Information

  • Potsdam Conference
  • Held in July-August 1945, it finalized the details of the German administration and reparations.
  • It established the Council of Foreign Ministers and the Allied Control Council to oversee the occupied territories.
  • The conference confirmed the demilitarization and denazification of Germany.
  • Tehran Conference
  • Conducted in 1943, this was the first meeting of the Big Three leaders.
  • The main focus was on military strategy, specifically the opening of a second front in Western Europe (Operation Overlord).
  • San Francisco Conference
  • Held between April and June 1945, its primary purpose was the creation of the United Nations.
  • It resulted in the signing of the United Nations Charter by 50 member nations.

Question 129

Which of the following factors is the main cause of ocean waves?

  1. AOption (a)

    Earth's rotation

  2. BOption (b)

    Gravitational pull of the moon

  3. COption (c)

    Ocean surface wind

  4. DOption (d)

    Temperature difference in seawater

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Ocean surface wind

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Ocean surface wind'

Key Points

  • Ocean surface wind:
  • Ocean waves are primarily caused by the interaction between the wind and the surface of the water.
  • When wind blows across the surface of the ocean, it transfers energy to the water, creating waves.
  • The size and strength of the waves depend on factors such as wind speed, the duration of the wind, and the distance over which the wind blows (called the "fetch").
  • The process begins with small ripples forming on the water surface, which grow into larger waves as the wind continues to exert force.
  • Wind-driven waves are known as "surface waves" and are the most common type of waves observed in the ocean.

Additional Information

  • Earth's rotation:
  • Earth’s rotation does not directly cause ocean waves. It is responsible for phenomena like the Coriolis effect, which influences the direction of ocean currents but does not generate surface waves.
  • While Earth’s rotation plays a role in large-scale oceanic patterns, its impact on localized wave formation is negligible.
  • Gravitational pull of the moon:
  • The moon's gravitational pull is primarily responsible for tides, not waves. Tides are the periodic rise and fall of sea levels caused by the moon and the sun's gravitational forces acting on Earth.
  • Unlike wind-driven waves, tides are long-period waves that occur on a global scale and are not influenced by wind activity.
  • Temperature difference in seawater:
  • Temperature differences in seawater contribute to ocean currents and stratification but do not directly cause waves.
  • While temperature gradients can influence the density and movement of water masses, waves are formed by surface disturbances such as wind, not thermal variations.

Important Points

  • Ocean surface winds are responsible for creating different types of waves, including capillary waves (small ripples) and gravity waves (larger, more powerful waves).
  • Waves generated by wind are essential for various ecological processes, such as mixing nutrients in the water and maintaining oxygen levels.
  • Other factors like seismic activity or underwater landslides can cause waves, but these are categorized as special types of waves like tsunamis, not surface waves.
  • Understanding wave formation is crucial for maritime navigation, coastal management, and climate studies.

Question 130

What did Karl Marx predict would eventually happen to capitalist societies?

  1. AOption (a)

    They will flourish and continue to expand indefinitely.

  2. BOption (b)

    They will transform into feudal societies.

  3. COption (c)

    A proletarian revolution will overthrow them.

  4. DOption (d)

    They will merge into aristocratic systems.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

A proletarian revolution will overthrow them.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - A proletarian revolution will overthrow them

Key Points

  • Proletarian Revolution
  • Karl Marx predicted that capitalist societies would eventually be replaced through a proletarian revolution driven by the working class.
  • He argued that capitalism creates internal contradictions and intense class conflict between the owners and the workers.
  • Marx believed that the proletariat (working class) would develop class consciousness, realize their exploitation, and seize the means of production.
  • The ultimate goal of this revolution was the transition from a capitalist state to a socialist system, eventually leading to a classless communist society.

Additional Information

  • Historical Materialism
  • This is the methodological approach used by Marx to study society, suggesting that the economic base (production) determines the superstructure (culture, law, and politics).
  • Marx categorized history into stages defined by their modes of production, such as primitive communism, slavery, feudalism, and capitalism.
  • Bourgeoisie and Proletariat
  • The bourgeoisie are the capitalist class who own the factories, land, and machinery.
  • The proletariat are the wage laborers who do not own the means of production and must sell their labor power to survive.
  • Marx identified the relationship between these two classes as inherently exploitative due to the extraction of surplus value.
  • Surplus Value
  • This refers to the difference between the value produced by a worker and the subsistence wage they are paid.
  • According to Marx, this surplus is the source of capitalist profit and is the primary mechanism of exploitation in a capitalist economy.

Question 131

When did India become a member of the United Nations?

  1. AOption (a)

    May 14, 1948

  2. BOption (b)

    April 30, 1948

  3. COption (c)

    November 22, 1949

  4. DOption (d)

    October 30, 1945

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

October 30, 1945

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - October 30, 1945

Key Points

  • Founding Member
  • India is one of the original founding members of the United Nations, having signed the Declaration by United Nations in Washington, D.C., in 1942.
  • India participated in the United Nations Conference on International Organization held in San Francisco in 1945.
  • India officially became a member of the UN on October 30, 1945, after depositing its instrument of ratification.
  • At the time of joining, India was still under British colonial rule, yet it was invited to be an original signatory.

Additional Information

  • United Nations Establishment
  • The United Nations (UN) was officially established on October 24, 1945, which is celebrated globally as United Nations Day.
  • There were 51 original member states that signed the UN Charter in 1945.
  • India's Delegation
  • The Indian delegation to the San Francisco Conference was led by Sir Arcot Ramasamy Mudaliar.
  • India has been a consistent contributor to UN Peacekeeping missions since the organization's inception.
  • UN Charter
  • The UN Charter is the foundational treaty of the United Nations, outlining the rights and obligations of member states.
  • It was signed on June 26, 1945, at the conclusion of the San Francisco Conference.

Question 132

What electoral law was passed by the Italian Parliament that changed the rules of general elections, giving Mussolini's Fascist Party a majority of legislators in the 1924 elections?

  1. AOption (a)

    Acerbo Law, 1923

  2. BOption (b)

    Trieste Law, 1924

  3. COption (c)

    Avanti Law, 1922

  4. DOption (d)

    Popolo Italia Law, 1923

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Acerbo Law, 1923

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Acerbo Law, 1923

Key Points

  • Acerbo Law, 1923
  • The Acerbo Law was an Italian electoral law proposed by Baron Giacomo Acerbo and passed by the Italian Parliament in November 1923.
  • The law was designed to give the Fascist Party a solid majority in the Chamber of Deputies, ensuring political stability under Mussolini's rule.
  • It stipulated that the party or coalition that received the largest share of the votes (provided they received at least 25%) would automatically gain two-thirds (66%) of the seats in parliament.
  • The remaining one-third of the seats were distributed among the other parties through proportional representation.
  • In the 1924 elections, Mussolini’s national list won approximately 65% of the vote, allowing the Fascists to consolidate absolute power.

Additional Information

  • Benito Mussolini
  • Mussolini came to power in October 1922 following the March on Rome, after which he was appointed Prime Minister by King Victor Emmanuel III.
  • He led the National Fascist Party (PNF) and adopted the title Il Duce (The Leader).
  • Giacomo Matteotti
  • A socialist deputy who was a vocal critic of the 1924 election results and the Acerbo Law.
  • His assassination by fascist supporters in 1924 sparked a major political crisis that eventually led Mussolini to declare a formal dictatorship in 1925.
  • Fascist Consolidation
  • The transition from a parliamentary system to a totalitarian state was facilitated by laws that banned opposition parties and established censorship.
  • The Fascist Grand Council became a constitutional body that centralized power within the hands of the executive.

Question 133

Under normal circumstances, temperature decreases with altitude. But sometimes, temperatures increase with altitude. What is this phenomenon called?

  1. AOption (a)

    Temperature balance

  2. BOption (b)

    Heat balance

  3. COption (c)

    Temperature inversion

  4. DOption (d)

    Heat budget

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Temperature inversion

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Temperature Inversion'

Key Points

  • Temperature Inversion:
  • Under normal circumstances, temperature decreases with increasing altitude in the troposphere. This is known as the "normal lapse rate."
  • However, during a temperature inversion, the temperature increases with altitude instead of decreasing.
  • This phenomenon usually occurs under specific meteorological conditions, such as clear skies and calm winds, which allow the ground to cool rapidly at night.
  • As a result, the cooler air is trapped near the surface, while a layer of warmer air lies above it, preventing vertical mixing of air.
  • Temperature inversions can lead to the trapping of pollutants near the ground, causing issues like smog and poor air quality in urban areas.

Additional Information

  • Temperature Balance:
  • This term refers to the equilibrium between incoming solar radiation and outgoing terrestrial radiation on Earth.
  • It is not related to the phenomenon of temperature inversion, as it deals with energy balance rather than variations in temperature with altitude.
  • Heat Balance:
  • Heat balance pertains to the distribution and movement of heat across the Earth's atmosphere, land, and oceans.
  • While it plays a role in weather and climate, it does not explain the phenomenon of temperature inversion.
  • Heat Budget:
  • The heat budget refers to the balance between the Earth's incoming and outgoing heat energy. It is a global concept that explains how the Earth maintains its average temperature.
  • Though important for understanding climate processes, it does not describe the localized temperature changes caused by inversions.

Important Points

  • Temperature inversions are common in valleys and basins due to their topography, which traps cooler air near the ground.
  • They are more likely to occur during winter months when nights are longer, and the ground cools more significantly.
  • Inversions can disrupt normal weather patterns and prevent the dispersion of air pollutants, often worsening urban air quality.
  • Examples of temperature inversions include fog formation and the smog episodes in cities like Los Angeles and Delhi.

Question 134

Which of the following thinkers did not influence the political ideas of Mahatma Gandhi?

  1. AOption (a)

    John Ruskin

  2. BOption (b)

    Leonardo da Vinci

  3. COption (c)

    Ralph Waldo Emerson

  4. DOption (d)

    Leo Tolstoy

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Leonardo da Vinci

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Leonardo da Vinci

Key Points

  • Leonardo da Vinci
  • He was a Renaissance polymath, painter, and inventor, primarily known for his contributions to art and science.
  • Unlike the other listed thinkers, he did not provide a framework for social or political philosophy that influenced Mahatma Gandhi.
  • Gandhi’s political ideas were rooted in ethics, non-violence, and truth, derived from specific 19th-century philosophers and religious texts.

Additional Information

  • John Ruskin
  • Gandhi was deeply influenced by Ruskin's book Unto This Last, which he read in South Africa.
  • This work inspired Gandhi's concept of Sarvodaya (the welfare of all) and the dignity of manual labor.
  • Leo Tolstoy
  • His book The Kingdom of God is Within You left a lasting impression on Gandhi’s philosophy of non-violence.
  • Gandhi maintained a correspondence with Tolstoy and named one of his ashrams in South Africa Tolstoy Farm.
  • Ralph Waldo Emerson
  • As an American Transcendentalist, his essays on self-reliance and spiritual individualism were highly regarded by Gandhi.
  • Gandhi frequently cited Emerson's thoughts on morality and the inner conscience.
  • Henry David Thoreau
  • His essay on Civil Disobedience provided Gandhi with a practical method for resisting unjust laws through non-violent means.

Question 135

According to which law, as the temperature increases, the total radiated energy of an object increases, and the peak of the emitted spectrum shifts towards shorter wavelengths?

  1. AOption (a)

    Kirchhoff's Law

  2. BOption (b)

    Planck’s Law

  3. COption (c)

    Wien’s Law

  4. DOption (d)

    Stefan–Boltzmann Law

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Wien’s Law

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Wien's Law'

Key Points

  • Wien's Law:
  • Wien's Law describes the relationship between the temperature of an object and the wavelength at which it emits the most radiation.
  • It states that as the temperature of an object increases, the peak wavelength of its emitted radiation shifts towards shorter wavelengths (higher frequencies).
  • The law is mathematically expressed as: λmax = b / T, where:
  • λmax: Peak wavelength of emitted radiation.
  • b: Wien's constant (approximately 2.897 × 10-3 m·K).
  • T: Absolute temperature of the object (in Kelvin).
  • Wien's Law is crucial for understanding the thermal radiation emitted by stars, planets, and other objects in space.
  • This principle helps scientists determine the surface temperature of celestial objects by analyzing the emitted spectrum.

Additional Information

  • Kirchhoff's Law:
  • This law pertains to the emissivity and absorptivity of materials and states that for a body in thermal equilibrium, the emissivity equals the absorptivity at every wavelength.
  • It is a fundamental principle of radiation and thermodynamics but does not describe the relationship between temperature and peak wavelength.
  • Kirchhoff's Law is more focused on the interaction between radiation and matter rather than the spectral characteristics of emitted radiation.
  • Planck's Law:
  • Planck's Law provides a detailed description of the electromagnetic radiation emitted by a blackbody at a given temperature across all wavelengths.
  • It is a more comprehensive law that incorporates Wien's Law and the Stefan–Boltzmann Law as special cases.
  • While Planck's Law explains the spectral distribution, Wien's Law specifically focuses on the peak wavelength shift with temperature.
  • Stefan–Boltzmann Law:
  • The Stefan–Boltzmann Law states that the total energy radiated per unit surface area of a blackbody is proportional to the fourth power of its absolute temperature.
  • It is mathematically expressed as: P = σT4, where:
  • P: Total power emitted per unit area.
  • σ: Stefan–Boltzmann constant (approximately 5.67 × 10-8 W/m2·K4).
  • T: Absolute temperature in Kelvin.
  • This law explains the total radiated energy but does not address the spectral peak or wavelength shift.

Important Points

  • Wien's Law is pivotal in astrophysics and helps scientists analyze the thermal properties of stars and planets.
  • The law is a key tool in infrared spectroscopy and thermal imaging technologies.
  • Wien's constant was derived empirically and is fundamental to understanding blackbody radiation.
  • While all the laws mentioned are interconnected and describe different aspects of thermal radiation, Wien's Law specifically addresses the shift in peak wavelength with temperature changes.

Question 136

Greenhouse is made of glass, which ________

  1. AOption (a)

    opaque to incoming long-wave solar radiation and transparent to outgoing short-wave radiation

  2. BOption (b)

    transparent to incoming short-wave solar radiation and opaque to outgoing long-wave radiation

  3. COption (c)

    opaque to incoming short-wave solar radiation and transparent to outgoing long-wave radiation

  4. DOption (d)

    transparent to incoming long-wave solar radiation and opaque to outgoing short-wave radiation

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

transparent to incoming short-wave solar radiation and opaque to outgoing long-wave radiation

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'transparent to incoming short-wave solar radiation and opaque to outgoing long-wave radiation'

Key Points

  • Greenhouse Effect and Glass Properties:
  • A greenhouse works by trapping heat inside, creating a warm environment conducive to plant growth. This is achieved through the unique properties of glass.
  • Glass is transparent to incoming short-wave solar radiation (light from the sun). This allows sunlight to enter the greenhouse and heat up the surfaces inside, such as soil and plants.
  • Once the sunlight is absorbed by these surfaces, it is re-emitted as long-wave infrared radiation (heat).
  • Glass is opaque to outgoing long-wave infrared radiation, meaning it prevents the heat from escaping the greenhouse. This traps the heat inside, raising the internal temperature.

Additional Information

  • Overview of Incorrect Options:
  • Opaque to incoming long-wave solar radiation and transparent to outgoing short-wave radiation: This is incorrect because solar radiation is primarily short-wave, and glass allows this radiation to pass through, not block it. Additionally, the outgoing radiation is long-wave, not short-wave.
  • Opaque to incoming short-wave solar radiation and transparent to outgoing long-wave radiation: This is incorrect because it contradicts the basic mechanism of a greenhouse. If glass were opaque to short-wave radiation, sunlight would not enter, defeating the purpose of the greenhouse.
  • Transparent to incoming long-wave solar radiation and opaque to outgoing short-wave radiation: This is incorrect because solar radiation is short-wave, not long-wave. Glass does not allow long-wave radiation to enter or exit freely.
  • The Science Behind Greenhouse Functionality:
  • The trapping of heat by the greenhouse mimics the natural greenhouse effect on Earth, where atmospheric gases like carbon dioxide trap heat, maintaining a habitable temperature for life.
  • Understanding the properties of glass and radiation is essential for designing efficient greenhouses and studying climate change.

Important Points

  • The concept of the greenhouse effect is often used as an analogy to explain global warming, where greenhouse gases trap heat in the Earth's atmosphere, similar to how glass traps heat in a greenhouse.
  • While glass is effective at retaining heat, modern greenhouses may use additional materials and technologies, such as insulated panels or reflective coatings, to enhance efficiency.
  • The greenhouse effect is vital for life on Earth, but excessive greenhouse gases in the atmosphere can lead to harmful climate change.

Question 137

Which one of the following is not a demand/cause of the Russian Revolution?

  1. AOption (a)

    Which one of the following is not a demand/cause of the Russian Revolution?

  2. BOption (b)

    Demand for constitution

  3. COption (c)

    Increase in wages and improvement in working conditions

  4. DOption (d)

    Reducing the working day to six hours

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Reducing the working day to six hours

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Reducing the working day to six hours

Key Points

  • Reducing the working day to eight hours
  • During the 1905 Revolution, workers led by Father Gapon presented a petition to the Tsar demanding an eight-hour working day, not six hours.
  • The demand aimed to curb the extreme exploitation where workers often faced 12 to 15-hour shifts in factories.
  • Demand for Constitution
  • Protesters demanded the creation of a Constituent Assembly and a representative government to limit the absolute power of the autocracy.
  • This led to the eventual establishment of the Duma, the Russian parliament.
  • Economic and Labor Reforms
  • The workers specifically demanded an increase in wages and significant improvement in working conditions.
  • Poor living conditions in barracks and low pay during periods of high inflation were major catalysts for the unrest.

Additional Information

  • Bloody Sunday (1905)
  • This event occurred when the Tsar’s troops fired on peaceful protesters at the Winter Palace, killing and wounding hundreds.
  • It is considered the starting point of the 1905 Revolution, which served as a "dress rehearsal" for the later 1917 revolutions.
  • The October Manifesto
  • In response to widespread strikes, Tsar Nicholas II issued the October Manifesto, promising basic civil liberties.
  • It granted the right to form unions and political parties, which were previously illegal.
  • Socio-Economic Causes
  • Rapid industrialization in cities like St. Petersburg and Moscow created a concentrated and disgruntled urban proletariat.
  • The defeat in the Russo-Japanese War (1904-05) further eroded the prestige of the Tsarist regime and worsened economic distress.

Question 138

What type of boundary is formed when two tectonic plates move away from each other?

  1. AOption (a)

    Subduction boundary

  2. BOption (b)

    Transform boundary

  3. COption (c)

    Convergent boundary

  4. DOption (d)

    Divergent boundary

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Divergent boundary

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Divergent boundary'

Key Points

  • Divergent boundary:
  • A divergent boundary is formed when two tectonic plates move away from each other.
  • This movement creates a gap or rift between the plates, allowing magma from the Earth's mantle to rise and fill the space.
  • When the magma cools, it forms new crust, leading to the creation of features like mid-ocean ridges and rift valleys.
  • The most notable example of a divergent boundary is the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, which runs through the Atlantic Ocean.
  • Divergent boundaries are responsible for seafloor spreading, which contributes to the renewal of the Earth's crust.

Additional Information

  • Subduction boundary:
  • A subduction boundary occurs when one tectonic plate moves under another, typically an oceanic plate beneath a continental plate.
  • This process leads to the formation of deep ocean trenches and volcanic arcs due to the melting of the subducted plate.
  • Examples include the Mariana Trench and the Andes mountain range.
  • This type of boundary is associated with convergent plate movements, not divergence.
  • Transform boundary:
  • Transform boundaries occur when two tectonic plates slide past each other horizontally.
  • This movement can cause earthquakes due to the friction between the plates.
  • An example of a transform boundary is the San Andreas Fault in California.
  • Unlike divergent boundaries, transform boundaries do not produce new crust or magma.
  • Convergent boundary:
  • Convergent boundaries form when two tectonic plates move toward each other.
  • This collision can result in the formation of mountain ranges (e.g., Himalayas) or subduction zones, depending on the types of plates involved.
  • Convergent boundaries involve plate destruction rather than creation, unlike divergent boundaries.

Important Points

  • Key geological features: Divergent boundaries are responsible for forming underwater mountain ranges, such as mid-ocean ridges, and rift valleys on land.
  • Geological activity: Volcanic activity and earthquakes are common near divergent boundaries due to the movement and interaction of tectonic plates.
  • Scientific importance: Divergent boundaries provide insight into the dynamic nature of Earth's lithosphere and contribute to the study of plate tectonics.
  • Examples of divergent boundaries: The East African Rift and the Mid-Atlantic Ridge are prime examples of this type of boundary.

Question 139

Which type of rock is formed by the cooling of molten magma beneath the Earth's surface?

  1. AOption (a)

    Intrusive igneous rocks

  2. BOption (b)

    Metamorphic rock

  3. COption (c)

    Extrusive igneous rock

  4. DOption (d)

    Sedimentary rock

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Intrusive igneous rocks

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Intrusive igneous rocks'

Key Points

  • Intrusive igneous rocks:
  • Intrusive igneous rocks are formed when molten magma cools and solidifies beneath the Earth's surface.
  • The slow cooling process allows large crystals to form, giving these rocks a coarse-grained texture.
  • Examples include granite, diorite, and gabbro, which are commonly used in construction and as decorative stones due to their durability and aesthetic appeal.
  • The formation of intrusive igneous rocks occurs in environments such as magma chambers or beneath volcanic structures, where the magma is insulated from rapid cooling.

Additional Information

  • Metamorphic rock:
  • Metamorphic rocks are formed when existing rocks undergo transformation due to high pressure, high temperature, or chemical processes within the Earth's crust.
  • Unlike intrusive igneous rocks, metamorphic rocks do not originate from molten magma but result from the alteration of pre-existing rocks such as igneous, sedimentary, or older metamorphic rocks.
  • Examples include marble (from limestone) and schist (from shale).
  • Extrusive igneous rock:
  • Extrusive igneous rocks are formed when molten magma cools and solidifies on the Earth's surface, typically during volcanic eruptions.
  • Due to rapid cooling, these rocks often have a fine-grained or glassy texture, with small or no visible crystals.
  • Examples include basalt, pumice, and obsidian. Unlike intrusive rocks, extrusive rocks cool quickly and are exposed to atmospheric conditions.
  • Sedimentary rock:
  • Sedimentary rocks are formed by the accumulation and compression of sediments over time, often in water bodies like rivers, lakes, and oceans.
  • They are not formed by magma but are created through processes such as weathering, erosion, deposition, and lithification.
  • Examples include sandstone, limestone, and shale. These rocks often contain fossils and are layered in appearance.

Important Points

  • Intrusive igneous rocks are also referred to as "plutonic rocks" because they form deep within the Earth's crust.
  • The size of crystals in an igneous rock is directly related to the cooling rate of the magma: slower cooling results in larger crystals.
  • Granite, a common intrusive rock, is widely used in construction and monuments due to its strength and appearance.
  • The study of intrusive igneous rocks provides insights into geological processes occurring beneath the Earth's surface, including tectonic activity and magma movement.

Question 140

Where did the British finally defeat the Rani of Jhansi, Lakshmibai?

  1. AOption (a)

    Meerut

  2. BOption (b)

    Fateh Ki Serai

  3. COption (c)

    Kota's Serai

  4. DOption (d)

    Jhansi

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Kota's Serai

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Kota's Serai

Key Points

  • Kota's Serai
  • Rani Lakshmibai of Jhansi was finally defeated and killed during the battle at Kota's Serai near Gwalior.
  • The British forces were led by Sir Hugh Rose, who commanded the Central India Field Force.
  • The battle took place on June 17–18, 1858, where she fought bravely dressed in male attire.
  • Her death marked the effective end of the resistance in the Central India region during the 1857 revolt.

Additional Information

  • Rani Lakshmibai
  • Born as Manikarnika Tambe in Varanasi, she was married to Maharaja Gangadhar Rao of Jhansi.
  • She became a leading figure of the Revolt of 1857 after the British annexed Jhansi under the Doctrine of Lapse.
  • The Doctrine of Lapse was a policy used by Lord Dalhousie to refuse the recognition of her adopted son, Damodar Rao, as the legal heir.
  • The Siege of Jhansi
  • In March 1858, British troops under Sir Hugh Rose laid siege to the Jhansi Fort.
  • She managed to escape the fort with her son and joined forces with other rebel leaders like Tatya Tope.
  • Together with Tatya Tope, she successfully captured the strategic Gwalior Fort before the final encounter at Kota's Serai.
  • Historical Tribute
  • Sir Hugh Rose famously described her as "the bravest and best military leader of the rebels."
  • Her martyrdom is commemorated at her Samadhi (memorial) located in the Phool Bagh area of Gwalior.

Discipline 3 (20 questions)

Question 141

Which of the following is a major export item from India to the United Arab Emirates (UAE)?

  1. AOption (a)

    Automobile

  2. BOption (b)

    Cotton

  3. COption (c)

    Petroleum products

  4. DOption (d)

    Pharmaceutical

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Petroleum products

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Petroleum products'

Key Points

  • Petroleum products:
  • Petroleum products are a significant component of India’s export basket to the United Arab Emirates (UAE), reflecting the strong trade relationship between the two nations.
  • India refines crude oil imported from various countries and then exports petroleum-based products such as diesel, petrol, lubricants, and aviation fuel.
  • The UAE is one of the largest trading partners of India, and energy-related products form a critical part of this trade, given UAE's strategic focus on energy imports for its industrial and transportation needs.
  • India's advanced refining infrastructure, coupled with its cost-effectiveness, makes it a key exporter of petroleum products to multiple countries, including the UAE.
  • This trade contributes substantially to India’s foreign exchange reserves and strengthens bilateral ties with the UAE.

Additional Information

  • Automobile:
  • While India has a robust automobile industry, automobile exports to the UAE are not as significant as petroleum products.
  • The UAE primarily imports luxury and high-end vehicles from European and Japanese manufacturers rather than Indian automobiles.
  • India's automobile exports are more focused on African and Latin American markets, where there is demand for affordable vehicles.
  • Cotton:
  • Cotton and textile products are important exports for India, but they are not a major export to the UAE.
  • Although the UAE imports textiles and garments, these are predominantly finished products rather than raw cotton, and India’s share in this segment is limited compared to other competitors like China.
  • Pharmaceutical:
  • India is a global leader in the pharmaceutical sector, exporting medicines and generic drugs to several countries, including the UAE.
  • However, the volume and value of pharmaceutical exports to the UAE are relatively smaller compared to petroleum products, which dominate the trade relationship.
  • The UAE has a strong focus on importing medical equipment and specialty drugs from other regions, reducing the relative share of Indian pharmaceutical exports.

Important Points

  • India and the UAE share a Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) to enhance trade and investment between the two countries.
  • Petroleum products account for a significant percentage of India’s total exports to the UAE, alongside gems, jewelry, and machinery.
  • The close geographical proximity of the UAE to India reduces transportation costs, further boosting the trade in petroleum and other energy-related products.
  • The UAE is also a major hub for re-exporting petroleum products, which makes it a strategic market for India’s energy sector.

Question 142

Which of the following types of industries produces raw materials for other industries?

  1. AOption (a)

    Small scale industry

  2. BOption (b)

    Iron and steel industry

  3. COption (c)

    Cottage industry

  4. DOption (d)

    Large scale industry

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Iron and steel industry

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Iron and steel industry'

Key Points

  • Iron and Steel Industry:
  • The iron and steel industry is a fundamental part of the industrial ecosystem and is categorized as a basic or primary industry because it produces raw materials, such as steel, that are essential for other industries.
  • Steel is the backbone for several sectors, including construction, automobiles, infrastructure, machinery, and shipbuilding. These industries depend heavily on the raw materials provided by the iron and steel sector.
  • The production process in this industry involves converting iron ore into steel, which is further processed into various forms like sheets, bars, or coils to meet the specific needs of downstream industries.
  • This industry is considered capital-intensive and often forms the foundation for a country’s economic development.

Additional Information

  • Small Scale Industry:
  • Small-scale industries are characterized by limited production capacity, low investment, and localized operations.
  • They generally manufacture finished goods or consumer products rather than supplying raw materials to other industries.
  • Examples include textile units, food processing units, and handicrafts, which focus on catering to local or niche markets rather than the needs of large industries.
  • Cottage Industry:
  • Cottage industries are small-scale businesses operated from homes or small workshops, often using manual labor or simple machinery.
  • They primarily produce handmade goods such as pottery, textiles, embroidery, or carpentry items for direct consumption, rather than supplying raw materials for large-scale industries.
  • These industries are typically unorganized and cater to local markets or specific communities.
  • Large Scale Industry:
  • Large-scale industries involve extensive production facilities, high capital investment, and mass production for global or national markets.
  • While these industries may use raw materials from basic industries like iron and steel, they do not primarily produce raw materials themselves. Instead, they manufacture finished products, such as automobiles, machinery, or electronics.
  • Examples include automobile manufacturing, aerospace, and pharmaceutical industries.

Important Points

  • The iron and steel industry is often referred to as the “mother industry” because it supplies essential raw materials to nearly every other industrial sector.
  • Countries with a robust iron and steel industry, such as China, the United States, and India, often experience strong economic growth due to its contribution to infrastructure and industrial development.
  • Globally, sustainability has become a key focus for this industry, with innovations in recycling steel and reducing carbon emissions gaining prominence.

Question 143

If CRR=4% CRR = 4\% and SLR=16% SLR = 16\% , then what will be the value of money multiplier?

  1. AOption (a)

    4

  2. BOption (b)

    6

  3. COption (c)

    6.25

  4. DOption (d)

    5

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

5

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is '5'

Key Points

  • Understanding the Money Multiplier:
  • The money multiplier is a concept that explains how an initial deposit can lead to a larger increase in the total money supply in the economy.
  • It is calculated as the reciprocal of the reserve ratio, where the reserve ratio is the sum of the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) and the Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR).
  • Formula: Money Multiplier=1CRR+SLR \text{Money Multiplier} = \frac{1}{\text{CRR} + \text{SLR}}
  • Calculation for CRR = 4% and SLR = 16%:
  • Total reserve ratio = CRR+SLR=4%+16%=20% \text{CRR} + \text{SLR} = 4\% + 16\% = 20\% or 0.20 0.20 .
  • Using the formula: Money Multiplier=10.20=5 \text{Money Multiplier} = \frac{1}{0.20} = 5 .
  • Hence, the money multiplier is 5.

Additional Information

  • Explanation of Incorrect Options:
  • Option 1 (4):
  • If the reserve ratio (CRR + SLR) were 25% (0.25), the money multiplier would be 10.25=4 \frac{1}{0.25} = 4 .
  • However, in this case, the reserve ratio is 20%, making this option incorrect.
  • Option 2 (6):
  • For a money multiplier of 6, the reserve ratio would need to be 16≈16.67% \frac{1}{6} \approx 16.67\% .
  • Since the reserve ratio in the given scenario is 20%, this option is not applicable.
  • Option 3 (6.25):
  • A money multiplier of 6.25 corresponds to a reserve ratio of 16.25≈16% \frac{1}{6.25} \approx 16\% .
  • The reserve ratio in the given scenario is higher (20%), making this option incorrect.
  • Option 4 (5): Correct Answer:
  • As explained above, the reserve ratio is 20%, and the money multiplier calculated using 10.20 \frac{1}{0.20} equals 5.
  • Importance of Money Multiplier:
  • The money multiplier is crucial for understanding how banks contribute to the creation of money in the economy.
  • It provides insight into the effectiveness of monetary policy and the role of reserves in limiting or expanding the money supply.

Important Points

  • The reserve ratio is set by the central bank and includes CRR (mandatory reserves with the central bank) and SLR (liquid assets required to be maintained by banks).
  • Higher reserve ratios lead to a lower money multiplier, reducing the capacity of banks to lend and thereby slowing down money creation.
  • Conversely, lower reserve ratios increase the money multiplier, enhancing the ability of banks to lend and expand the money supply.
  • The money multiplier plays a significant role in determining the impact of monetary policy on economic growth and inflation.

Question 144

Which of the following industrial clusters in India is primarily involved in textile production?

A) Surat

B) Tirupur

C) Kanpur

D) Jodhpur

  1. AOption (a)

    Only A and B

  2. BOption (b)

    A, B, C and D

  3. COption (c)

    Only A, B and C

  4. DOption (d)

    Only B and C

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

A, B, C and D

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'A, B, C, and D'

Key Points

  • Surat:
  • Located in Gujarat, Surat is famously known as the "Silk City of India" due to its robust textile industry.
  • The city is a major hub for the production of synthetic textiles and is also a center for diamond cutting and polishing.
  • Surat's textile industry is well-known for its sarees and dress materials, making it one of the leading textile clusters in India.
  • Tirupur:
  • Situated in Tamil Nadu, Tirupur is known as the "Knitwear Capital of India."
  • The city specializes in the production of hosiery, knitwear, and garments, and it plays a significant role in India's textile exports.
  • Tirupur has gained international recognition for its high-quality products and is a key contributor to India's garment industry.
  • Kanpur:
  • Located in Uttar Pradesh, Kanpur has a rich history as a textile manufacturing hub, especially for cotton textiles.
  • The city was once referred to as the "Manchester of the East" due to its thriving textile and leather industries.
  • Though the prominence of the textile industry in Kanpur has declined over the years, it still remains a notable center for textile production.
  • Jodhpur:
  • Situated in Rajasthan, Jodhpur is renowned for its handwoven and traditional textiles.
  • The city produces a variety of textiles, including bandhani (tie-dye), block-printed fabrics, and embroidered garments.
  • Jodhpur is also known for its vibrant ethnic wear and traditional Rajasthani textile crafts, contributing to India's rich cultural heritage.

Additional Information

  • Textile Industry in India:
  • The textile industry is one of the oldest and most significant industries in India, contributing significantly to employment and exports.
  • India is one of the largest producers of textiles and garments globally, with a strong presence in both traditional handloom and modern manufacturing sectors.
  • Key clusters like Surat, Tirupur, Kanpur, and Jodhpur play a vital role in sustaining this industry, catering to both domestic and international markets.
  • Importance of Textile Clusters:
  • These clusters contribute to the socio-economic development of the regions by providing employment opportunities and enhancing the local economy.
  • They also help preserve traditional crafts and techniques, ensuring that cultural heritage is passed on to future generations.

Important Points

  • Each of the cities mentioned has made a unique contribution to India's textile sector, showcasing a blend of traditional and modern production techniques.
  • India's textile exports play a crucial role in earning foreign exchange and strengthening the country's economy.
  • The government's initiatives like the "Make in India" program and textile parks are aimed at further boosting the textile sector and its global competitiveness.

Question 145

Which parameter was used by Tendulkar Committee to define poverty in India?

  1. AOption (a)

    Employment Status

  2. BOption (b)

    Monthly per capita expenditure

  3. COption (c)

    Calorie intake

  4. DOption (d)

    Literacy rate

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Monthly per capita expenditure

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Monthly per capita expenditure'

Key Points

  • Monthly per capita expenditure:
  • The Tendulkar Committee, formed in 2009, redefined the measurement of poverty in India by shifting the focus from calorie intake to monthly per capita expenditure (MPCE).
  • This approach considered broader aspects of consumption expenditure, including food, healthcare, education, and other essential non-food items.
  • The committee recommended poverty lines based on MPCE, which were ₹447 for rural areas and ₹579 for urban areas (at 2004-05 prices).
  • The use of MPCE allowed the committee to better capture the multidimensional nature of poverty and reflect living standards more comprehensively.
  • It emphasized that poverty is not solely about inadequate calorie intake but also includes the inability to afford essential goods and services that contribute to quality of life.

Additional Information

  • Employment Status:
  • While employment status is an important indicator of economic well-being, it was not used by the Tendulkar Committee to define poverty.
  • Employment status focuses on whether individuals are employed, unemployed, or underemployed, but does not directly measure consumption or living standards.
  • Poverty measurement requires assessing whether individuals can afford basic goods and services, which employment status alone cannot capture.
  • Calorie Intake:
  • Previously, poverty in India was defined based on calorie intake, with benchmarks set at 2400 calories per day for rural areas and 2100 calories per day for urban areas.
  • However, the Tendulkar Committee moved away from this method, arguing that calorie-based poverty lines were inadequate to reflect overall living conditions.
  • It highlighted that the calorie-focused approach ignored other essential aspects of human development, such as access to healthcare, education, and housing.
  • Literacy Rate:
  • Literacy rate measures the percentage of people who can read and write but is not directly related to defining poverty levels.
  • While education is a critical factor for long-term poverty alleviation, literacy rate alone does not indicate whether individuals can meet their immediate consumption needs.
  • The Tendulkar Committee prioritized consumption-based metrics like MPCE over literacy rate for poverty evaluation.

Important Points

  • The Tendulkar Committee also introduced adjustments for differences in prices across states and between rural and urban areas.
  • It emphasized the importance of incorporating expenditures on health and education as crucial components of poverty measurement.
  • The committee’s poverty line became a benchmark for policy formulation and welfare program targeting, aiming to address both economic and social dimensions of poverty.
  • Critics argued that the poverty line defined by the Tendulkar Committee was too low and excluded many individuals who were deprived of basic necessities.

Question 146

Which of the following statements are correct regarding food availability and food security in India?

  1. Food availability in a country depends on the total production of food grains.

  2. Food security can be ensured without improving food access.

  3. The Green Revolution improved food security by increasing agricultural productivity.

  4. Climate change has no impact on India's food security.

  1. AOption (a)

    Only 1 and 3 are correct.

  2. BOption (b)

    Only 1 and 4 are correct.

  3. COption (c)

    Only 3 is correct.

  4. DOption (d)

    Only 2 and 4 are correct.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Only 1 and 3 are correct.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Only 1 and 3 are correct'

Key Points

  • Food Availability:
  • Food availability refers to the physical presence of adequate quantities of food in a region or country. It is a foundational component of food security.
  • Total production of food grains in a country is a primary factor in determining food availability, as higher agricultural output ensures sufficient food supply for the population.
  • In India, food grain production plays a pivotal role in meeting the needs of the population, especially in rural and agrarian communities.
  • Green Revolution and Food Security:
  • The Green Revolution, initiated in the 1960s, was a transformative agricultural movement in India that focused on increasing crop productivity through the use of high-yielding varieties (HYVs), chemical fertilizers, and improved irrigation techniques.
  • It significantly boosted food grain production, particularly wheat and rice, ensuring better food availability and reducing dependency on food imports.
  • By improving agricultural productivity, the Green Revolution contributed to enhanced food security, especially in regions with high population density.

Additional Information

  • Why Option 2 is Incorrect:
  • Food security encompasses three main aspects: availability, access, and utilization. While availability refers to the supply of food, access ensures that individuals can obtain it, either through purchasing power or distribution systems.
  • Food security cannot be achieved without improving food access. Even if food is available, it must be accessible to all sections of society, including marginalized groups.
  • For example, poverty, inequality, and inadequate infrastructure can hinder food access, resulting in food insecurity despite ample production.
  • Why Option 4 is Incorrect:
  • Climate change has a profound impact on India’s food security. Changes in temperature, erratic rainfall patterns, and increasing frequency of extreme weather events disrupt agricultural productivity.
  • Crops are sensitive to climatic factors, and adverse conditions such as droughts or floods can lead to reduced yields, affecting food availability and prices.
  • Additionally, climate change exacerbates challenges such as soil degradation, water scarcity, and pest outbreaks, further threatening food security in India.

Important Points

  • Food security is a multidimensional concept and involves not just production but equitable access, proper distribution, and utilization of food.
  • The National Food Security Act (NFSA), 2013, is a legislative step in India aimed at ensuring food security by providing subsidized food grains to vulnerable populations.
  • India has also implemented several schemes such as the Public Distribution System (PDS) and Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) to enhance food security.
  • Sustainable agricultural practices, climate resilience, and addressing socio-economic inequalities are critical for long-term food security in India.

Question 147

Which of the following is the primary factor contributing to economic inequality in India?

  1. AOption (a)

    Government subsidies for all sections of society

  2. BOption (b)

    Equal access to education

  3. COption (c)

    Equal land ownership

  4. DOption (d)

    Unequal distribution of wealth

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Unequal distribution of wealth

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Unequal distribution of wealth'

Key Points

  • Unequal distribution of wealth:
  • The unequal distribution of wealth is the primary factor contributing to economic inequality in India. A significant portion of the country’s wealth is concentrated in the hands of a small percentage of the population, while the majority struggles to access basic necessities.
  • This disparity stems from historical factors such as colonial legacy, land ownership patterns, and income inequality across different sectors of the economy.
  • India’s economic structure is heavily skewed, with urban areas experiencing rapid growth and prosperity, while rural regions often lag behind in terms of development and infrastructure.
  • Access to opportunities, such as quality education, healthcare, and employment, is unequal, further exacerbating the wealth gap.
  • The rise of crony capitalism, where wealth accumulates among a select few due to preferential treatment and systemic corruption, also plays a significant role in perpetuating inequality.

Additional Information

  • Government subsidies for all sections of society:
  • This option is incorrect because government subsidies aim to reduce economic inequality by providing financial assistance to disadvantaged groups. However, subsidies alone are insufficient to address the systemic issues that lead to wealth concentration among the elite.
  • While subsidies can help alleviate poverty temporarily, they do not tackle the root causes of inequality, such as unequal access to resources, education, and employment opportunities.
  • Equal access to education:
  • This option is incorrect because equal access to education is a solution to economic inequality, not a cause. Education empowers individuals to break the cycle of poverty and improve their economic conditions.
  • In India, disparities in the quality of education between urban and rural areas, as well as between public and private institutions, hinder true equality in access.
  • Equal land ownership:
  • This option is incorrect because land ownership in India is historically unequal due to feudal systems, colonial policies, and socio-economic hierarchies. Land reforms, though attempted, have not been fully successful in ensuring equal ownership.
  • While equal land ownership can reduce inequality, it is not the primary factor contributing to economic disparity in the country.
  • Other contributing factors:
  • Structural issues like unemployment, lack of social mobility, and ineffective government policies also contribute to inequality.
  • Globalization has created opportunities for wealth generation but has also widened the gap between rich and poor by favoring skilled labor and capital-intensive industries.

Important Points

  • Economic inequality in India is deeply rooted in historical, social, and structural factors, making it a complex issue to address.
  • Efforts like progressive taxation, welfare schemes, and inclusive growth policies are crucial to bridging the wealth gap.
  • Promoting equitable access to resources, education, healthcare, and employment opportunities can play a transformative role in reducing inequality.
  • Technological advancements and digital inclusion can also help empower marginalized communities and foster economic growth across all sections of society.

Question 148

Which is one of the major challenges to employment growth in the industrial sector?

  1. AOption (a)

    Increase in demand for goods

  2. BOption (b)

    Increase in labor costs

  3. COption (c)

    Energy cost reduction

  4. DOption (d)

    Better transportation facilities

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Increase in labor costs

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Increase in labor costs'

Key Points

  • Increase in labor costs:
  • Labor costs are a critical factor in determining the competitiveness and profitability of industries in the industrial sector.
  • An increase in labor costs can significantly impact the ability of industries to hire workers, thus posing a challenge to employment growth.
  • Higher labor costs may lead companies to adopt automation or outsource jobs to regions with lower wages, reducing local employment opportunities.
  • This challenge is often exacerbated by factors such as rising minimum wages, inflation, and increased demands for employee benefits.
  • Industries may struggle to balance these costs while maintaining productivity, which can slow down overall employment growth in the sector.

Additional Information

  • Increase in demand for goods:
  • An increase in demand for goods typically leads to higher production and the need for more workers, which can boost employment growth rather than hinder it.
  • This option is incorrect because demand growth often creates opportunities in the industrial sector by encouraging expansion and innovation.
  • Energy cost reduction:
  • Energy cost reduction is generally a positive development for industries, as it lowers operational expenses and increases profitability.
  • With reduced energy costs, industries can allocate resources toward hiring and expanding operations, which supports employment growth rather than challenging it.
  • Better transportation facilities:
  • Improved transportation facilities enhance the efficiency of supply chains and logistics, making industries more competitive and capable of expanding.
  • This development usually encourages employment growth by creating new opportunities across multiple sectors, such as logistics, warehousing, and manufacturing.
  • It does not pose a challenge to employment growth in the industrial sector, making this option incorrect.

Important Points

  • Industries are increasingly adopting automation and artificial intelligence to reduce dependency on labor, especially when labor costs rise.
  • Governments and policymakers often intervene to address labor cost issues by offering subsidies, tax breaks, or incentives to industries.
  • Labor cost challenges are more pronounced in developed economies, where wages and benefits are typically higher than in developing nations.
  • Globalization has intensified competition, prompting industries to seek cost-effective solutions, which may include outsourcing or relocating production facilities.

Question 149

One of the targets of NEP 2020 is to increase the Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) in higher education to 50% by which year?

  1. AOption (a)

    2030

  2. BOption (b)

    2025

  3. COption (c)

    2035

  4. DOption (d)

    2040

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

2035

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is '2035'

Key Points

  • National Education Policy (NEP) 2020:
  • The NEP 2020 is a transformative framework introduced by the Government of India to overhaul the education system, making it more holistic, flexible, and aligned with the needs of the 21st century.
  • One of its key targets is to increase the Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) in higher education to 50% by 2035.
  • Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) in higher education represents the percentage of students enrolled in higher education institutions in the 18–23 age group, out of the total eligible population in that age group.
  • This ambitious target aims to include a broader section of the youth population in higher education, ensuring access, equity, and quality education.
  • As of the policy’s release, India’s GER in higher education was around 27.1%, necessitating significant efforts to achieve the 50% goal by 2035.

Additional Information

  • Incorrect Options:
  • 2030:
  • This year is incorrect because the NEP 2020 clearly sets the target for achieving a 50% GER in higher education by 2035, not earlier.
  • While 2030 is a milestone for other NEP goals, such as achieving universal foundational literacy and numeracy, it is not related to the GER target.
  • 2025:
  • This is an unrealistic timeline for achieving a 50% GER in higher education, given the structural challenges and the current GER levels at the time of NEP 2020’s introduction.
  • Achieving such a significant increase in GER requires systemic changes, infrastructure development, and resource mobilization, which cannot be accomplished in just five years.
  • 2040:
  • This option is incorrect as it overshoots the actual timeline set by the NEP 2020.
  • The government has set 2035 as a specific and achievable target to ensure timely progress in higher education reforms.
  • Key Initiatives to Achieve the Target:
  • Promoting multidisciplinary and holistic education through the establishment of large, well-resourced higher education institutions (HEIs).
  • Encouraging the inclusion of marginalized groups and underrepresented communities in higher education.
  • Implementing flexible entry and exit options, as well as an Academic Bank of Credits (ABC), to enhance access and participation.
  • Fostering online and digital education platforms to reach remote and underserved regions.
  • Important Context:
  • The NEP 2020 aligns with global education standards and the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDG-4), which advocate for inclusive and equitable quality education and lifelong learning opportunities for all.
  • Achieving a 50% GER in higher education by 2035 will position India as a global education leader and boost its workforce's competitiveness in the global economy.

Question 150

In which of the following regions of India is wet agriculture practiced?

  1. AOption (a)

    Western rajasthan

  2. BOption (b)

    Eastern india

  3. COption (c)

    Deccan Plateau

  4. DOption (d)

    Central india

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Eastern india

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Eastern India'

Key Points

  • Wet Agriculture:
  • Wet agriculture refers to farming practices that rely on significant water availability, typically in regions with high rainfall, adequate irrigation facilities, or proximity to water bodies.
  • It predominantly involves the cultivation of water-intensive crops such as rice, which requires standing water in the fields for its growth.
  • Eastern India, particularly areas like West Bengal, Bihar, Odisha, and Assam, is well-suited for wet agriculture due to its heavy monsoon rainfall and fertile alluvial plains.
  • The Ganges, Brahmaputra, and other river systems in Eastern India provide abundant water resources, making this region ideal for wet agriculture.
  • The climatic conditions, soil fertility, and topography of Eastern India ensure that crops like rice thrive in this region, making it one of the primary rice-producing areas of the country.

Additional Information

  • Western Rajasthan:
  • Western Rajasthan is characterized by arid and semi-arid conditions, with very low annual rainfall.
  • Due to the scarcity of water resources, agriculture in this region is predominantly dry farming, focusing on drought-resistant crops like bajra (pearl millet) and jowar (sorghum).
  • The absence of significant water availability makes wet agriculture unsuitable for this region.
  • Deccan Plateau:
  • The Deccan Plateau, located in southern India, has a varied climate ranging from semi-arid to sub-humid. However, most parts of the plateau experience moderate rainfall.
  • While rice cultivation is practiced in areas with irrigation facilities, the plateau is more suited for crops like cotton, groundnut, and pulses that require less water.
  • Thus, wet agriculture is not widespread across the Deccan Plateau, except in localized irrigated areas.
  • Central India:
  • Central India includes regions like Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh, which have a mixed agricultural system due to varying climatic conditions.
  • While some areas of Chhattisgarh practice wet agriculture (due to better rainfall and irrigation), the majority of Central India is not predominantly suited for water-intensive wet agriculture.
  • Crops like wheat, soybean, and pulses are commonly grown here, which require less water compared to rice.

Important Points

  • Eastern India is a significant contributor to India's rice production due to its favorable climatic and geographical conditions.
  • Rice cultivation requires standing water and is dependent on regions with high rainfall or irrigation facilities, which Eastern India provides in abundance.
  • Other regions, like Western Rajasthan and Central India, lack the required water resources or climatic conditions for large-scale wet agriculture.
  • The Deccan Plateau has localized practices of wet agriculture but is not predominantly suited for it due to the plateau's uneven rainfall distribution.

Question 151

Godavari River is often called ______.

  1. AOption (a)

    South krishna

  2. BOption (b)

    South ganga

  3. COption (c)

    South Brahmaputra

  4. DOption (d)

    South Yamuna

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

South ganga

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'South Ganga'

Key Points

  • Godavari River:
  • The Godavari River is the second-longest river in India after the Ganges, stretching over 1,465 kilometers.
  • It originates from Trimbak in Nashik district of Maharashtra and flows eastward across the Deccan Plateau, finally emptying into the Bay of Bengal.
  • Due to its immense cultural and religious significance, along with its vast basin supporting agriculture and livelihoods, the Godavari is often referred to as the "South Ganga."
  • Like the Ganges in North India, the Godavari is considered sacred and plays a vital role in the lives of millions of people in peninsular India.
  • The river traverses multiple states, including Maharashtra, Telangana, Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, and Odisha.

Additional Information

  • South Krishna:
  • While the Godavari and the Krishna are both significant rivers in peninsular India, they are distinct in origin, length, and the regions they flow through.
  • The Krishna River originates in the Western Ghats near Mahabaleshwar in Maharashtra and flows primarily through Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh, merging into the Bay of Bengal.
  • Unlike the Godavari, the Krishna is not associated with the same level of religious and cultural reverence as the Ganges, making "South Krishna" an incorrect attribution for the Godavari.
  • South Brahmaputra:
  • The Brahmaputra River is a major river in Northeast India, originating from the Angsi Glacier in the Himalayas in Tibet and flowing through Assam before entering Bangladesh.
  • Its geographical location and flow characteristics are vastly different from those of the Godavari, which is situated in peninsular India.
  • The two rivers do not share significant similarities in cultural or geographical context to justify calling the Godavari the "South Brahmaputra."
  • South Yamuna:
  • The Yamuna River is a prominent tributary of the Ganges, originating from the Yamunotri Glacier in the Himalayas and flowing through Northern India.
  • The Yamuna is geographically and culturally distinct from the Godavari, as it flows through states like Uttarakhand, Haryana, Delhi, and Uttar Pradesh in the northern plains.
  • There is no historical or cultural basis to associate the Godavari with the Yamuna, making "South Yamuna" an incorrect designation.

Important Points

  • The Godavari holds immense religious significance in Hinduism, with several pilgrimage sites located along its course, such as Nashik, Trimbak, and Rajahmundry.
  • The river is a lifeline for agriculture in the Deccan Plateau and supports a variety of ecosystems, making it an important resource for biodiversity and livelihoods.
  • The Godavari is known for the Kumbh Mela held at Nashik, similar to the event held on the Ganges' banks, further solidifying its reputation as the "South Ganga."
  • The river's delta region in Andhra Pradesh is one of the most fertile and agriculturally productive areas in India, contributing significantly to the country's food supply.

Question 152

Which of the following options is an example of a freshwater ecosystem?

  1. AOption (a)

    Desert

  2. BOption (b)

    Ocean

  3. COption (c)

    Forest

  4. DOption (d)

    Lake

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Lake

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Lake'

Key Points

  • Freshwater Ecosystem:
  • Freshwater ecosystems are aquatic systems that consist of water with low salt concentration, typically less than 1% salinity.
  • They include lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, and wetlands, which are critical habitats for a diverse range of flora and fauna.
  • Among the given options, a lake is a prime example of a freshwater ecosystem as it contains non-saline water and supports various aquatic species like fish, amphibians, and aquatic plants.
  • Lakes often play an essential role in the water cycle by collecting surface runoff and serving as reservoirs for freshwater.

Additional Information

  • Desert:
  • Deserts are arid regions with very low precipitation, often receiving less than 250 millimeters of rain annually.
  • They are characterized by extreme temperatures and sparse vegetation, and they do not qualify as freshwater ecosystems due to the lack of standing or flowing freshwater sources.
  • Examples include the Sahara Desert and the Atacama Desert, which are primarily terrestrial ecosystems.
  • Ocean:
  • Oceans are vast saltwater bodies that cover about 71% of the Earth's surface, making them the largest aquatic ecosystems.
  • They are saline in nature, with an average salinity of about 3.5%, and support marine ecosystems rather than freshwater ecosystems.
  • Examples include the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.
  • Forest:
  • Forests are terrestrial ecosystems dominated by a dense growth of trees and other vegetation, often found in regions with adequate rainfall.
  • While some forests may have rivers or streams running through them, they are not classified as freshwater ecosystems themselves.
  • Examples of forests include tropical rainforests, temperate forests, and boreal forests.

Important Points

  • Freshwater ecosystems like lakes are vital for human survival as they provide drinking water, irrigation, and habitat for numerous species.
  • They also play a significant role in regulating the Earth's climate by storing carbon and controlling water flow.
  • Conservation of freshwater ecosystems is essential, as they are increasingly threatened by pollution, climate change, and over-extraction of water resources.

Question 153

The retreating monsoon season in India is characterized by _____________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Retreat of westerly winds

  2. BOption (b)

    Cyclone on east coast

  3. COption (c)

    High pressure over the Indian subcontinent

  4. DOption (d)

    Low pressure over Bay of Bengal

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Low pressure over Bay of Bengal

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Low pressure over Bay of Bengal'

Key Points

  • Retreating Monsoon Season in India:
  • The retreating monsoon season refers to the phase when the southwest monsoon begins to withdraw from the Indian subcontinent, starting in September and continuing till November.
  • During this period, the monsoon winds gradually weaken and retreat southwards, marking the transition from the wet monsoon season to drier winter conditions.
  • The retreating monsoon is also characterized by the formation of low-pressure systems over the Bay of Bengal, which often intensify into cyclonic storms.
  • These cyclones bring heavy rainfall to the eastern coastal regions, especially Odisha, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, and West Bengal.
  • Low Pressure over Bay of Bengal:
  • The Bay of Bengal becomes a hotspot for low-pressure systems during the retreating monsoon season due to the warm sea surface temperatures and conducive atmospheric conditions.
  • These low-pressure systems often develop into cyclonic storms, causing significant rainfall and occasional flooding in the eastern coastal states.
  • This phenomenon is a defining characteristic of the retreating monsoon and plays a vital role in determining the weather patterns in this phase.

Additional Information

  • Retreat of Westerly Winds:
  • The westerly winds are not directly related to the retreating monsoon in India. They are more significant in influencing the weather patterns of temperate regions, not tropical ones like India.
  • Hence, this option is incorrect in the context of the retreating monsoon season.
  • Cyclone on East Coast:
  • While cyclones do occur during the retreating monsoon season, they are a result of the low-pressure systems over the Bay of Bengal.
  • This option, though closely related, does not directly characterize the retreating monsoon. Instead, it highlights one of the outcomes of the low-pressure systems.
  • High Pressure over the Indian Subcontinent:
  • High pressure over the Indian subcontinent is a feature of the winter season, not the retreating monsoon season.
  • During the retreating monsoon, the pressure conditions are more dynamic, with low-pressure systems being dominant over the Bay of Bengal.

Important Points

  • The retreating monsoon period is also known as the "post-monsoon season" and is critical for agricultural activities in certain parts of India.
  • Regions like Tamil Nadu receive the majority of their annual rainfall during this season due to cyclonic activities in the Bay of Bengal.
  • The retreating monsoon marks the beginning of clearer skies and a gradual decrease in humidity, leading to cooler weather conditions in many parts of the country.
  • Understanding the retreating monsoon is essential for disaster management, especially in coastal regions prone to cyclones and heavy rainfall during this period.

Question 154

Identify the factors responsible for the uneven distribution of rainfall in India.

a) Latitude of the region

b) Topography and physical features

c) Distance from the sea

d) Global wind patterns alone

  1. AOption (a)

    only a and b

  2. BOption (b)

    only a, b and c

  3. COption (c)

    only b and d

  4. DOption (d)

    only c and d

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

only a, b and c

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is: only a, b and c

Key Points

  • Latitude of the region (a):
  • This factor is correct.
  • Latitude influences the position and intensity of the monsoon winds and the amount of solar heating received.
  • Regions closer to the tropics experience stronger monsoonal effects, while areas farther away may receive less rainfall.
  • Thus, latitude contributes to spatial variation in rainfall across India.
  • Topography and physical features (b):
  • This factor is correct.
  • Mountain ranges like the Western Ghats and the Himalayas play a crucial role in rainfall distribution.
  • Windward slopes receive heavy rainfall due to orographic uplift, while leeward sides experience rain shadow regions.
  • This creates significant regional disparities in precipitation.
  • Distance from the sea (c):
  • This factor is correct.
  • Coastal regions receive more rainfall due to their proximity to moisture-laden winds from the oceans.
  • Interior regions, being farther from the sea, experience continentality and receive comparatively less rainfall.
  • This leads to decreasing rainfall as one moves inland.
  • Global wind patterns alone (d):
  • This factor is incorrect.
  • While global wind patterns (such as monsoons) influence rainfall, they do not act alone.
  • Rainfall distribution is the result of a combination of factors, including relief, latitude, and distance from the sea.
  • Hence, attributing uneven rainfall solely to global wind patterns is incomplete.

Additional Information

  • Monsoon System in India:
  • India’s rainfall is largely governed by the southwest and northeast monsoons.
  • Variations in monsoon onset, duration, and intensity significantly affect rainfall distribution.
  • Rain Shadow Regions:
  • Areas such as the Deccan Plateau lie in the rain shadow of the Western Ghats and receive limited rainfall.
  • Climatic Variability:
  • Phenomena like El Niño and La Niña also influence annual rainfall patterns in India, leading to variability and uneven distribution.

Question 155

The concept of 'human capital' in the context of population as a resource focuses primarily on ____________________.

  1. AOption (a)

    infrastructure development

  2. BOption (b)

    industrial growth

  3. COption (c)

    land and natural resources

  4. DOption (d)

    educational and skill development

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

educational and skill development

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Educational and skill development'

Key Points

  • Human capital:
  • The concept of 'human capital' emphasizes the value of people as assets who contribute to the economy through their knowledge, skills, and productivity.
  • Educational and skill development are central to this concept as they enhance individual capabilities, making them more productive and capable of contributing effectively to economic growth.
  • Investment in education, training, and healthcare improves the quality of human capital, which in turn positively impacts national income, innovation, and overall societal well-being.
  • Governments and organizations often focus on human capital development to create a skilled workforce that can adapt to changing economic and technological landscapes.

Additional Information

  • Infrastructure development:
  • While infrastructure such as roads, bridges, and communication networks is crucial for economic progress, it is not directly related to the concept of human capital.
  • Infrastructure development focuses on physical assets and facilities, whereas human capital emphasizes the intellectual and skill-based development of people.
  • Industrial growth:
  • Industrial growth refers to the expansion of industries and manufacturing sectors, which is often a result of human capital development but is not its primary focus.
  • Human capital indirectly supports industrial growth by providing a skilled and educated workforce, but the concept itself revolves around individual and collective human capacity building.
  • Land and natural resources:
  • Land and natural resources are physical and tangible assets that contribute to economic development, but they do not fall under the definition of human capital.
  • While natural resources are important for economic activities, human capital focuses on the intellectual and skill-based contributions of people.

Important Points

  • Human capital is often seen as a key driver of economic growth and innovation in the modern knowledge-based economy.
  • Countries with higher investments in education and skill development tend to have higher levels of economic productivity and growth rates.
  • Prominent economists like Gary Becker and Theodore Schultz have emphasized the importance of human capital in their work, with Becker receiving the Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences for his contributions to the field.
  • Human capital is not limited to formal education; it also includes informal learning, on-the-job training, and the development of soft skills such as communication and teamwork.

Question 156

__________ cost of debt increases the burden of debt.

  1. AOption (a)

    Formal

  2. BOption (b)

    Lower

  3. COption (c)

    Cooperative

  4. DOption (d)

    Informal

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Informal

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Informal'

Key Points

  • Informal Cost of Debt:
  • The term "informal cost of debt" refers to borrowing from informal sources, such as friends, family, or local money lenders, rather than formal financial institutions like banks.
  • Informal borrowing often comes with higher interest rates or unpredictable repayment terms, which can significantly increase the burden of debt.
  • Unlike formal loans, informal loans may lack clear contracts, leading to potential disputes or exploitation.
  • Borrowers in informal settings may face pressure for repayment or unfavorable terms, further adding to financial stress.
  • Because informal loans are less regulated, there is a higher risk of unethical practices or financial instability.

Additional Information

  • Formal Cost of Debt:
  • Formal borrowing refers to loans acquired from regulated financial institutions like banks or credit unions.
  • These loans typically have predictable interest rates, repayment schedules, and legal protections for borrowers.
  • Formal borrowing is generally more transparent, and the costs are agreed upon upfront, reducing the risk of exploitation.
  • Thus, formal borrowing does not inherently increase the burden of debt, unlike informal borrowing.
  • Lower Cost of Debt:
  • The term "lower cost of debt" refers to loans or borrowing with reduced interest rates and favorable repayment terms.
  • Lower interest rates decrease the overall financial burden, making debt more manageable for borrowers.
  • This option does not increase the burden of debt; rather, it alleviates financial strain.
  • Cooperative Cost of Debt:
  • Cooperative borrowing involves loans acquired through cooperative societies, which are member-owned organizations aiming to serve their members rather than generate profits.
  • Cooperative loans often have reasonable interest rates and flexible repayment terms, making them less burdensome.
  • This type of borrowing is not typically associated with increasing the debt burden.

Important Points

  • Debt burden increases when borrowing conditions are unfavorable, such as high interest rates, unpredictable repayment terms, or lack of legal protections, which are common in informal borrowing.
  • Regulated financial systems aim to provide structured and transparent borrowing conditions, reducing the risk of exploitation and financial hardship.
  • Borrowers should carefully evaluate loan terms, interest rates, and repayment conditions before choosing between formal or informal borrowing options.
  • Financial literacy and awareness can help individuals avoid the pitfalls of informal borrowing and better manage debt burdens.

Question 157

Which of the following was the cause of the tsunami in Japan in 2011?

  1. AOption (a)

    Landslides caused by seismic activity in the ocean

  2. BOption (b)

    Earthquake in the sea near the Tohoku region

  3. COption (c)

    Asteroid collision in Asia

  4. DOption (d)

    Mount Fuji volcanic eruption

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Earthquake in the sea near the Tohoku region

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'Earthquake in the sea near the Tohoku region'

Key Points

  • 2011 Tohoku Earthquake and Tsunami:
  • On March 11, 2011, a massive undersea megathrust earthquake struck off the coast of the Tohoku region in Japan. The earthquake had a magnitude of 9.0–9.1, making it one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded.
  • The epicenter of the earthquake was located approximately 70 km (43 miles) east of the Oshika Peninsula in northeastern Japan, at a depth of about 29 km (18 miles) beneath the ocean floor.
  • The seismic activity caused sudden displacement of the seafloor, which displaced a massive volume of water, leading to the generation of a devastating tsunami.
  • The tsunami waves reached heights of up to 40.5 meters (133 feet) in some areas and traveled as far as 10 km (6 miles) inland in Japan, causing catastrophic destruction.
  • The disaster claimed over 15,000 lives, displaced thousands of people, and caused significant damage to infrastructure, including the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant, leading to a nuclear crisis.

Additional Information

  • Landslides caused by seismic activity in the ocean:
  • While underwater landslides can generate tsunamis, they were not the primary cause of the 2011 tsunami in Japan.
  • Such landslides are typically triggered by smaller-scale seismic events or shifts in sediment and do not create tsunamis of the magnitude experienced in Tohoku in 2011.
  • Asteroid collision in Asia:
  • This option is incorrect, as there is no evidence of an asteroid collision in Asia causing the 2011 tsunami or any other significant recent disaster in the region.
  • Asteroid collisions are extremely rare and usually result in global-scale consequences, rather than localized tsunamis.
  • Mount Fuji volcanic eruption:
  • Mount Fuji, an iconic volcano in Japan, did not erupt in 2011 and had no connection to the tsunami disaster.
  • Volcanic eruptions can trigger tsunamis if they involve significant displacement of water (e.g., through caldera collapse or pyroclastic flows entering the ocean), but this was not the case in the 2011 event.

Important Points

  • The Tohoku earthquake occurred along a subduction zone where the Pacific Plate is being forced under the North American Plate. This tectonic activity is common in the region and is responsible for frequent seismic events in Japan.
  • The Fukushima nuclear disaster caused by the tsunami highlighted the vulnerabilities of nuclear power plants to natural disasters, leading to significant changes in energy policies worldwide.
  • The event also prompted advancements in tsunami warning systems and disaster preparedness measures to mitigate future risks.
  • The economic loss caused by the disaster was estimated to be over 235billion,makingitthecostliestnaturaldisasterinhistory235 billion, making it the costliest natural disaster in history.

Question 158

Which of the following is an example of non-economic activity?

  1. AOption (a)

    A teacher gives private tuition to earn money.

  2. BOption (b)

    A doctor works in a hospital for a salary.

  3. COption (c)

    A farmer sells his crops in the market.

  4. DOption (d)

    A mother prepares food for her family.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

A mother prepares food for her family.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is 'A mother prepares food for her family'

Key Points

  • Non-Economic Activity:
  • A non-economic activity refers to an action performed primarily out of love, affection, social service, or emotional satisfaction, rather than monetary or material gain.
  • These activities are not aimed at earning income but are driven by personal motives, altruism, or cultural traditions.
  • In the given example, a mother preparing food for her family is a non-economic activity because it is motivated by care and affection rather than financial benefits.
  • Such activities are essential for sustaining social and familial relationships and contribute significantly to emotional well-being.

Additional Information

  • Economic Activities:
  • Economic activities are undertaken to earn income or material benefits and are focused on the production, distribution, and consumption of goods and services.
  • They play a vital role in the functioning of economies, as they generate employment, income, and contribute to the gross domestic product (GDP).
  • A teacher gives private tuition to earn money: This is an economic activity as the teacher is providing a service in exchange for payment.
  • A doctor works in a hospital for a salary: This is also an economic activity because the doctor is employed to provide medical services and is compensated with a salary.
  • A farmer sells his crops in the market: Selling crops is an economic activity since the farmer is engaging in trade to earn income.

Important Points

  • Non-economic activities are essential for maintaining societal harmony and supporting emotional and moral values.
  • Examples of non-economic activities include volunteering, caregiving, and participating in religious or cultural rituals.
  • While these activities do not directly contribute to economic growth, they play a critical role in enhancing the quality of life and fostering social cohesion.
  • Understanding the distinction between economic and non-economic activities is vital for analyzing individual motivations and societal dynamics.

Question 159

Match the following rivers with their lengths:

RiversLength
(A) Kaveri Basin(1) 760 km
(B) Mahanadi Basin(2) 860 km
(C) Krishna Basin(3) 1400 km
(D) Godavari Basin(4) 1500 km
  1. AOption (a)

    A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1

  2. BOption (b)

    A-2, B-4, C-1, D-3

  3. COption (c)

    A-3, B-1, C-4, D-2

  4. DOption (d)

    A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4

Why this answer is correct

The Correct answer is: A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4

Key Points

  • Kaveri Basin (A):
  • The Kaveri River is one of the major rivers of peninsular India, originating from the Western Ghats.
  • It flows through Karnataka and Tamil Nadu before draining into the Bay of Bengal.
  • Its total length is approximately 760 km.
  • Mahanadi Basin (B):
  • The Mahanadi River originates in Chhattisgarh and flows through Odisha.
  • It forms a large delta before entering the Bay of Bengal.
  • Its total length is about 860 km.
  • Krishna Basin (C):
  • The Krishna River rises in the Western Ghats near Mahabaleshwar.
  • It flows through Maharashtra, Karnataka, Telangana, and Andhra Pradesh.
  • Its total length is approximately 1400 km.
  • Godavari Basin (D):
  • The Godavari is the longest river in peninsular India, often called the “Dakshin Ganga”.
  • It originates in Maharashtra and flows eastward into the Bay of Bengal.
  • Its length is approximately 1500 km (commonly cited around 1465 km).

Additional Information

  • Peninsular Rivers of India:
  • These rivers are mainly rain-fed and depend on monsoon rainfall.
  • They flow over hard rock surfaces, resulting in less meandering and relatively fixed courses.
  • Drainage Characteristics:
  • Most peninsular rivers, including Kaveri, Krishna, Godavari, and Mahanadi, flow eastward into the Bay of Bengal.
  • They form extensive deltas due to sediment deposition near their mouths.
  • Economic Importance:
  • These rivers are crucial for irrigation, hydroelectric power generation, and agriculture in southern and eastern India.
  • Major river valley projects like Nagarjuna Sagar (Krishna) and Hirakud (Mahanadi) support regional development.

Question 160

To share the responsibility of dealing with disasters, in __________, the World Conference on Natural Disaster Reduction was held in Yokohama city.

  1. AOption (a)

    1995

  2. BOption (b)

    1994

  3. COption (c)

    1996

  4. DOption (d)

    1997

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

1994

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is '1994'

Key Points

  • World Conference on Natural Disaster Reduction:
  • The World Conference on Natural Disaster Reduction was held in Yokohama, Japan, from May 23 to May 27, 1994.
  • The primary objective of the conference was to address global efforts for disaster risk reduction and to promote international cooperation in managing natural disasters.
  • One of the key outcomes of the conference was the adoption of the "Yokohama Strategy and Plan of Action for a Safer World." This strategy emphasized the need for proactive measures to mitigate the impacts of natural disasters, focusing on preparedness, risk assessment, and community involvement.
  • The conference underscored the importance of integrating disaster risk reduction into sustainable development policies and practices.
  • It also highlighted the shared responsibility of governments, communities, and international organizations in reducing vulnerabilities to natural disasters.

Additional Information

  • The Yokohama Strategy set the stage for the global disaster risk reduction agenda and influenced subsequent frameworks such as the Hyogo Framework for Action (2005-2015) and the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction (2015-2030).
  • The conference emphasized a shift from reactive disaster response to proactive disaster risk management, focusing on preparedness, education, and sustainable development.
  • It also stressed the importance of community-based disaster management and the integration of local knowledge and practices into disaster risk reduction strategies.

Discipline 4 (20 questions)

Question 161

In which of the following international bodies does India play a leading role in promoting regional cooperation in South Asia?

  1. AOption (a)

    G20

  2. BOption (b)

    SAARC

  3. COption (c)

    ASEAN

  4. DOption (d)

    EU

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

SAARC

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - SAARC

Key Points

  • SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation)
  • India is a founding member and plays a dominant role in SAARC due to its geographical size, economic strength, and demographic weight in the South Asian region.
  • The organization was established on December 8, 1985, with the signing of the SAARC Charter in Dhaka.
  • Its primary objective is to promote the welfare of the peoples of South Asia and to improve their quality of life through accelerated economic growth and social progress.
  • The Secretariat of SAARC is located in Kathmandu, Nepal.

Additional Information

  • Member Nations of SAARC
  • There are eight member states: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
  • Afghanistan became the newest member of SAARC at the 14th Annual Summit in 2007.
  • Other International Bodies
  • G20: An international forum for the governments and central bank governors from 19 countries and the European Union, focusing on global economic stability. India held the G20 presidency in 2023.
  • ASEAN (Association of Southeast Asian Nations): A regional organization comprising ten Southeast Asian states. India is a strategic dialogue partner of ASEAN but not a full member.
  • EU (European Union): A political and economic union of 27 member states that are located primarily in Europe.
  • BIMSTEC
  • Often viewed as an alternative to SAARC for regional cooperation, the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation connects South Asian and Southeast Asian countries.

Question 162

Who was the political thinker who described democracy as consisting of "a certain number of millions, mostly fools"?

  1. AOption (a)

    Lecky

  2. BOption (b)

    Stephen

  3. COption (c)

    Carlyle

  4. DOption (d)

    Sir Henry Maine

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Carlyle

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Carlyle

Key Points

  • Thomas Carlyle
  • He was a prominent Scottish philosopher, historian, and satirical writer of the Victorian era who held deeply anti-democratic views.
  • Carlyle famously described democracy with the cynical remark that it consisted of "a certain number of millions, mostly fools," reflecting his belief that the masses were incapable of wise self-governance.
  • He is best known for formulating the "Great Man Theory," which posits that history is primarily shaped by the actions of powerful, divinely-inspired individuals or "heroes."
  • In his work Latter-Day Pamphlets (1850), he vehemently attacked the political trends of his time, arguing against universal suffrage and parliamentary talk.

Additional Information

  • W.E.H. Lecky
  • An Irish historian who wrote "Democracy and Liberty" (1896), where he argued that democracy could be incompatible with individual liberty and might lead to the "tyranny of the majority."
  • James Fitzjames Stephen
  • A British judge and writer who authored "Liberty, Equality, Fraternity" (1873) as a direct critique of John Stuart Mill's liberalism, favoring authoritarianism and social stability.
  • Sir Henry Maine
  • A jurist known for his thesis that human society moves "from Status to Contract."
  • In his book "Popular Government" (1885), he expressed skepticism about the stability and permanence of democratic institutions.
  • Carlyle’s Major Works
  • "On Heroes, Hero-Worship, and The Heroic in History": A series of lectures outlining his belief in the importance of heroic leadership.
  • "The French Revolution: A History": A dramatic historical account that influenced many Victorian thinkers.
  • "Sartor Resartus": A philosophical novel that critiques the materialism of the age.

Question 163

What is the meaning of the Indian constitutional ideal of 'secular state'?

  1. AOption (a)

    The state gives priority to the majority religion

  2. BOption (b)

    The state has its own religion

  3. COption (c)

    The state is anti-religion

  4. DOption (d)

    The state has no religion of its own.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

The state has no religion of its own.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - The state has no religion of its own.

Key Points

  • Secular State
  • In the context of the Indian Constitution, a secular state means that the state has no official religion and does not patronize any particular religion.
  • The Indian concept of secularism embodies the philosophy of "Sarva Dharma Sambhava", which translates to equal respect for all religions.
  • The term "Secular" was formally inserted into the Preamble of the Indian Constitution by the 42nd Constitutional Amendment Act, 1976.
  • It implies that the state maintains a principled distance from all religions, ensuring that it neither interferes excessively nor favors one over another.

Additional Information

  • Constitutional Provisions for Secularism
  • Article 25: Guarantees the freedom of conscience and the right to freely profess, practice, and propagate religion to all citizens.
  • Article 26: Grants every religious denomination the right to manage its own affairs in matters of religion.
  • Article 27: Specifies that no person shall be compelled to pay any taxes for the promotion or maintenance of any particular religion.
  • Article 28: Prohibits religious instruction in educational institutions wholly maintained out of State funds.
  • Equality and Non-discrimination
  • Article 15: Prohibits discrimination against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, or place of birth.
  • Article 16: Ensures equality of opportunity for all citizens in matters of public employment without discrimination based on religion.
  • Minority Rights
  • Article 29 and 30: Provide protection to the interests of minorities and grant them the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.

Question 164

Within how many days from the date of formation the application for registration of a political party must be submitted to the Election Commission?

  1. AOption (a)

    60 days

  2. BOption (b)

    30 days

  3. COption (c)

    90 days

  4. DOption (d)

    180 days

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

30 days

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - 30 days

Key Points

  • Section 29A
  • Registration of political parties is governed by the provisions of Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951.
  • An association or body of individual citizens of India calling itself a political party must make an application to the Election Commission of India (ECI) for its registration.
  • The application must be submitted within a period of 30 days following the date of its formation.
  • This timeline is mandatory as per the statutory requirements laid down by the Parliament.

Additional Information

  • Application Process
  • The application must be accompanied by a non-refundable processing fee of ₹10,000 (Rupees ten thousand only).
  • The party must provide a copy of its memorandum/rules and regulations/constitution which must contain a specific provision stating that the party shall bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India.
  • The applicant party is required to publish a proposed party name in two national daily newspapers and two local daily newspapers for inviting objections.
  • Recognition of Political Parties
  • Registration is different from recognition. A registered party may be recognized as a National Party or a State Party based on its poll performance.
  • Recognition grants the party certain privileges, such as the allotment of exclusive symbols, free copies of electoral rolls, and broadcast/telecast facilities on State-owned media.
  • Election Commission of India
  • The ECI is an autonomous constitutional authority responsible for administering election processes in India as per Article 324.
  • It administers elections to the Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, State Legislative Assemblies, and the offices of the President and Vice President.

Question 165

Which form of democracy is most widely practiced in the contemporary world?

  1. AOption (a)

    Direct democracy

  2. BOption (b)

    Presidential democracy

  3. COption (c)

    Representative democracy

  4. DOption (d)

    Participatory democracy

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Representative democracy

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Representative democracy

Key Points

Galeong

  • Representative democracy
  • In the contemporary world, Representative democracy (also known as indirect democracy) is the most widely practiced form of government.
  • In this system, people do not rule directly but choose their representatives through an election process.
  • These elected officials meet and make decisions for the entire population, as it is physically impossible for all citizens to sit together and reach a collective decision in large modern states.
  • Modern democracies are often described as liberal democracies, which combine the principle of representation with the protection of individual rights and the rule of law.

Additional Information

  • Direct democracy
  • This is a form of government where citizens participate directly in decision-making and law-making rather than through representatives.
  • Ancient Athens is the most famous historical example; in the modern world, elements of it exist in Switzerland through referendums.
  • Presidential democracy
  • A system where the head of government (President) is also the head of state and leads an executive branch that is separate from the legislative branch.
  • The United States of America is a primary example of this specific model of representative democracy.
  • Participatory democracy
  • A model of democracy in which citizens have the power to decide directly on policy and politicians are responsible for implementing those decisions.
  • It emphasizes the broad participation of constituents in the direction and operation of political systems to deepen democratic engagement.
  • Universal Adult Franchise
  • A fundamental aspect of modern representative democracy where all adult citizens, regardless of wealth, income, gender, social status, race, ethnicity, or any other restriction, have the right to vote.

Question 166

Under which article can the Rajya Sabha declare that it is necessary in the national interest for the Parliament to legislate on any subject in the State List?

  1. AOption (a)

    Article 249

  2. BOption (b)

    Article 251

  3. COption (c)

    Article 253

  4. DOption (d)

    Article 247

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Article 249

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Article 249

Key Points

  • Article 249
  • This article empowers the Parliament to legislate with respect to a matter in the State List in the national interest.
  • For the Parliament to exercise this power, the Rajya Sabha (Council of States) must pass a resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting.
  • Such a resolution remains in force for a specified period, not exceeding one year, but it can be renewed for further periods of one year at a time.
  • A law made by Parliament under Article 249 ceases to have effect on the expiration of a period of six months after the resolution has ceased to be in force.
  • This provision reflects the quasi-federal nature of the Indian Constitution, where the Union can intervene in state matters under specific circumstances.

Additional Information

  • Article 247
  • It grants Parliament the power to provide for the establishment of certain additional courts for the better administration of laws made by Parliament or of any existing law with respect to a matter enumerated in the Union List.
  • Article 251
  • This article deals with the inconsistency between laws made by Parliament under Articles 249 and 250 and laws made by the Legislatures of States.
  • If a State law is repugnant to a Central law made under these articles, the Central law prevails, and the State law becomes inoperative to the extent of the repugnancy.
  • Article 253
  • It empowers Parliament to make any law for the whole or any part of the territory of India for implementing any treaty, agreement, or convention with any other country or countries.
  • Under this article, Parliament can legislate even on matters listed in the State List to fulfill international obligations.

Question 167

Which one of the following does not analyse the negative role of caste in Indian politics?

  1. AOption (a)

    Basis of establishment and identity of political parties

  2. BOption (b)

    Leaders find a ready-made organization in the form of caste to gain power.

  3. COption (c)

    Promotion of regionalism and regional parties

  4. DOption (d)

    Different forms of caste existing in different states

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Different forms of caste existing in different states

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Different forms of caste existing in different states

Key Points

  • Different forms of caste existing in different states
  • This statement does not directly address the negative role of caste in Indian politics.
  • It is more of an observation about the diversity of caste systems across states rather than an analysis of its political implications.
  • It lacks any specific reference to how caste influences or disrupts political processes, such as elections, policy-making, or governance.

Additional Information

  • Negative role of caste in Indian politics
  • Basis of establishment and identity of political parties: Many political parties are formed or function along caste lines, which reinforces caste divisions in society.
  • Leaders using caste for power: Political leaders often leverage caste loyalties to secure votes, creating a dependency on caste-based mobilization.
  • Promotion of regionalism: Caste politics often leads to the rise of regional parties that cater to specific caste groups, potentially undermining national unity.
  • Why caste is significant in Indian politics
  • India's social structure has deep-rooted caste divisions, making it a major factor in elections and policy-making.
  • Caste-based reservations and demands for representation often influence government decisions.
  • Political mobilization around caste can lead to both empowerment of marginalized communities and perpetuation of caste-based inequalities.

Question 168

Which Article of the Indian Constitution provides for the establishment of an independent Election Commission to conduct elections in India?

  1. AOption (a)

    Article 338

  2. BOption (b)

    Article 320

  3. COption (c)

    Article 324

  4. DOption (d)

    Article 330

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Article 324

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Article 324

Key Points

  • Article 324
  • This article provides for the establishment of the Election Commission of India (ECI) as an autonomous and permanent constitutional body.
  • It grants the Commission the powers of superintendence, direction, and control over the entire process of elections in the country.
  • The Election Commission is responsible for conducting elections to the Parliament, State Legislatures, and the offices of the President and Vice-President of India.
  • It ensures that elections are conducted in a free and fair manner, maintaining the democratic fabric of the nation.

Additional Information

  • Article 338
  • This article provides for the establishment of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes (NCSC).
  • The commission is tasked with monitoring and investigating all matters relating to the safeguards provided for the Scheduled Castes under the Constitution.
  • Article 320
  • This article enumerates the Functions of Public Service Commissions (both Union and State).
  • It mandates that the commissions be consulted on matters relating to recruitment, appointments, and disciplinary matters of civil servants.
  • Article 330
  • It provides for the reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs) in the Lok Sabha (House of the People).
  • This ensures proportional representation of these communities in the lower house of the Parliament based on their population.
  • Election Commission Structure
  • The ECI currently consists of a Chief Election Commissioner and two Election Commissioners.
  • The President of India appoints the commissioners, usually for a term of 6 years or until they reach the age of 65.

Question 169

According to the Indian Constitution, all doubts and disputes arising out of or in connection with the election of the President or Vice-President of India shall be inquired into and decided only by __________?

  1. AOption (a)

    A special tribunal appointed by the Chief Justice

  2. BOption (b)

    Election Commission of India

  3. COption (c)

    Supreme Court of India

  4. DOption (d)

    संसद

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Supreme Court of India

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Supreme Court of India

Key Points

  • Article 71
  • According to Article 71 of the Indian Constitution, all doubts and disputes arising out of or in connection with the election of a President or Vice-President shall be inquired into and decided by the Supreme Court of India.
  • The decision of the Supreme Court in such matters is final and cannot be challenged in any other court or forum.
  • If the election of a person as President or Vice-President is declared void by the Supreme Court, acts done by them in the exercise of their powers and duties before the date of the decision are not invalidated.
  • Parliament has the power to regulate by law any matter relating to or connected with the election of a President or Vice-President, subject to the provisions of the Constitution.

Additional Information

  • Election Commission of India (ECI)
  • Under Article 324, the superintendence, direction, and control of the preparation of electoral rolls and the conduct of elections to Parliament, State Legislatures, and the offices of President and Vice-President are vested in the ECI.
  • While the ECI conducts the elections, it does not have the authority to adjudicate disputes related to the Presidential or Vice-Presidential elections.
  • Election Process
  • The President is elected by an Electoral College consisting of elected members of both Houses of Parliament and elected members of the Legislative Assemblies of the States and Union Territories (Delhi and Puducherry).
  • The Vice-President is elected by an electoral college consisting of all members of both Houses of Parliament (including nominated members).
  • Both elections are held in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of the single transferable vote.
  • Eligibility Criteria
  • To be eligible for election as President or Vice-President, a person must be a citizen of India and have completed the age of 35 years.
  • A candidate for President must be qualified for election as a member of the Lok Sabha, while a candidate for Vice-President must be qualified for election as a member of the Rajya Sabha.

Question 170

Jeffery Webber argues that the fundamental contradiction of the Morales era is ________________.

  1. AOption (a)

    There was a complete withdrawal from global trading arrangements.

  2. BOption (b)

    There was an immediate de-commodification of natural resources

  3. COption (c)

    All representative institutions were abolished

  4. DOption (d)

    Despite multinational rhetoric, there was continued hyper-exploitation

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Despite multinational rhetoric, there was continued hyper-exploitation

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Despite multinational rhetoric, there was continued hyper-exploitation

Key Points

  • The Fundamental Contradiction
  • Jeffery Webber, a prominent Marxist scholar, argues that the Evo Morales era in Bolivia (2006–2019) was characterized by a sharp divide between its radical anti-imperialist rhetoric and its actual economic practices.
  • He posits that while the government used multinational and indigenous-liberation discourse, it continued to facilitate the hyper-exploitation of labor and nature.
  • Webber describes this phenomenon as "reconstituted neoliberalism", where the state captures more rent from natural resources but leaves the underlying capitalist structures and power of multinational corporations intact.
  • The contradiction lies in the fact that the "Process of Change" (Proceso de Cambio) did not transition the country away from capitalism but rather stabilized it through extractive industries.

Additional Information

  • Evo Morales and MAS
  • Evo Morales was the leader of the Movement for Socialism (MAS) and served as the first indigenous president of Bolivia.
  • His tenure was marked by the nationalization of hydrocarbons, though critics like Webber argue these were "re-negotiations" rather than true expropriations.
  • Extractivism
  • Webber's critique focuses on extractivism: an economic model based on the large-scale removal of natural resources for export.
  • He argues that Bolivia remained dependent on global commodity markets, making it vulnerable to price fluctuations despite the government's socialist claims.
  • Jeffery Webber’s Work
  • In his book "The Last Day of Oppression, and the First Day of the Same", Webber provides a detailed political-economic analysis of the MAS government.
  • He challenges the "Pink Tide" narrative by highlighting how social movements were often co-opted or demobilized by the state to maintain capitalist stability.

Question 171

Which of the following activities is not a part of political participation?

  1. AOption (a)

    Voting

  2. BOption (b)

    Abstain from elections

  3. COption (c)

    Official membership of a political party

  4. DOption (d)

    Election campaign

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Abstain from elections

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Abstain from elections

Key Points

  • Abstaining from elections
  • Political participation is defined as the active involvement of citizens in the political process to influence the selection of political leaders or the policies they pursue.
  • Abstaining from elections (choosing not to vote) is a lack of participation or a sign of political apathy, rather than an active part of the political process.
  • While it may sometimes be a form of silent protest, in the context of civic engagement models, it is categorized as non-participation.
  • Common forms of active participation include voting, campaigning, and lobbying.

Additional Information

  • Conventional Political Participation
  • These are socially acceptable and routine methods of influencing the government.
  • Voting: The most common and fundamental form of participation in a democracy.
  • Official membership of a political party: Involves active organizational support and contributing to party policy-making.
  • Election campaigns: Includes activities like canvassing, distributing literature, and working for a specific candidate.
  • Unconventional Political Participation
  • These are more disruptive or legal but non-traditional ways of influencing politics.
  • Examples include protests, demonstrations, boycotts, and civil disobedience.
  • These methods are often used by groups that feel the conventional channels are not addressing their concerns.
  • Factors Influencing Participation
  • Factors like education level, economic status, and political efficacy (the belief that one's participation matters) significantly impact participation rates.
  • High political literacy is often linked to higher voter turnout and engagement in election campaigns.

Question 172

Which scholar gave the statement that 'The Indian Constitution is neither completely unitary nor completely federal, but a combination of both'?

  1. AOption (a)

    DN Banerjee

  2. BOption (b)

    KC Wheare

  3. COption (c)

    DD Basu

  4. DOption (d)

    Subhash Kashyap

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

DD Basu

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - DD Basu

Key Points

  • DD Basu
  • Renowned constitutional scholar and jurist who authored the book “Introduction to the Constitution of India”.
  • He stated that the Indian Constitution is neither purely federal nor purely unitary, but a unique blend of both.
  • This assertion is based on the Constitution's design, where features like a strong central government coexist with powers allocated to states.
  • Key examples include the division of powers between the Union and States (as per the Seventh Schedule) and provisions for a unitary bias during emergencies.

Additional Information

  • Federal Features of the Indian Constitution
  • Division of Powers: The Constitution specifies Union, State, and Concurrent lists in the Seventh Schedule.
  • Written Constitution: It provides a rigid framework that governs the relationship between the Union and States.
  • Independent Judiciary: The Supreme Court ensures the balance of power between the Union and States.
  • Unitary Features of the Indian Constitution
  • Emergency Provisions: During a national emergency, the center becomes more powerful, overriding federal principles.
  • Single Citizenship: Unlike other federal systems (e.g., the USA), India provides only one citizenship for all its citizens.
  • Integrated Judiciary: India has a unified judicial system, unlike other federal countries that may have separate federal and state courts.

Question 173

Who first introduced the concept of Directed Democracy?

  1. AOption (a)

    Ronald Reagan

  2. BOption (b)

    Sukarno

  3. COption (c)

    Sheikh Hasina

  4. DOption (d)

    Abraham Lincoln

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Sukarno

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Sukarno

Key Points

  • Sukarno
  • The concept of Directed Democracy (also known as Guided Democracy or Demokrasi Terpimpin) was first introduced and implemented by Sukarno, the first President of Indonesia.
  • It was officially established in 1959 through a presidential decree, replacing the unstable system of parliamentary democracy.
  • The system was based on the traditional Indonesian principle of Musyawarah (deliberation) and Mufakat (consensus), occurring under the "guidance" of a central leader.
  • The primary aim was to achieve political stability in Indonesia, which had faced frequent cabinet changes and regional rebellions during the 1950s.

Additional Information

  • Abraham Lincoln
  • Lincoln is famous for his classic definition of Democracy as "government of the people, by the people, for the people," delivered during the Gettysburg Address.
  • Types of Democracy
  • Direct Democracy: A system where citizens participate directly in decision-making and legislation without intermediaries.
  • Representative Democracy: A system where citizens elect representatives to make laws and decisions on their behalf (e.g., India, USA).
  • Pancasila
  • This is the foundational philosophical theory of the Indonesian state, also formulated by Sukarno, which includes five inseparable and interrelated principles.

Question 174

Which of the following is an accurate description of regionalism in a large and diverse country?

  1. AOption (a)

    The desire of a group for development and recognition of its distinct identity

  2. BOption (b)

    Movements based solely on claiming new states

  3. COption (c)

    A political ideology followed only by a minority group

  4. DOption (d)

    An anti-national activity that always leads to separatism

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

The desire of a group for development and recognition of its distinct identity

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - The desire of a group for development and recognition of its distinct identity

Key Points

  • Regionalism
  • It refers to a strong feeling of identity and loyalty to a particular region based on shared characteristics like language, culture, or history.
  • In a large and diverse country, it represents the aspirations of people for socio-economic development and political voice within the federal framework.
  • It is a multi-dimensional concept that involves psychological, economic, and political factors rather than just being a demand for new states.
  • Regionalism is not inherently anti-national; it often reflects a demand for equitable distribution of resources and opportunities.

Additional Information

  • Types of Regionalism
  • Secessionism: The most extreme form where a region wants to separate from the nation to form an independent state.
  • Statehood Demands: Movements seeking the creation of a separate state within the existing national boundary (e.g., the creation of Telangana or Chhattisgarh).
  • Inter-state Disputes: Conflicts between two or more states over boundaries or river water sharing.
  • Causes of Regionalism
  • Geographical Factors: Isolation due to difficult terrain can foster a distinct regional identity.
  • Economic Disparities: Uneven development across different parts of a country often leads to feelings of neglect and frustration.
  • Linguistic and Cultural Pride: In countries like India, the Linguistic Reorganization of States (1956) was a major milestone driven by regional identity.
  • Political Factors: Local political parties often use regional sentiments to mobilize voters and challenge central authority.
  • Impact on Democracy
  • Regionalism can lead to decentralization of power, making the government more responsive to local needs.
  • However, if taken to extremes, it can threaten national unity and lead to communal or ethnic conflicts.

Question 175

Democratic governments develop mechanisms to resolve differences and reduce the potential for social tension. Which of the following mechanisms in India is an example of such a mechanism?

  1. AOption (a)

    Eradication of regional languages

  2. BOption (b)

    Reservation policy for socially and educationally backward classes

  3. COption (c)

    Rigid, unamended constitution

  4. DOption (d)

    One-party system

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Reservation policy for socially and educationally backward classes

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Reservation policy for socially and educationally backward classes

Key Points

  • Reservation Policy
  • In a democracy, mechanisms are needed to accommodate social diversity and reduce the possibility of social tension or conflict.
  • The Reservation policy for socially and educationally backward classes (OBCs, SCs, and STs) is a primary mechanism in India designed to provide equal opportunity and representation.
  • By providing affirmative action in educational institutions and government jobs, the state ensures that historically marginalized sections are integrated into the mainstream, thereby reducing potential social friction.
  • This mechanism demonstrates how democratic governments use legal and constitutional frameworks to resolve differences peacefully rather than through coercion.

Additional Information

  • Constitutional Basis
  • Article 15 and Article 16 of the Indian Constitution empower the State to make special provisions and provide reservations for the advancement of any socially and educationally backward classes.
  • These provisions are considered part of the Fundamental Rights framework to ensure social justice.
  • Mandal Commission
  • The Second Backward Classes Commission, known as the Mandal Commission, recommended 27% reservation for Other Backward Classes (OBCs) in central government services.
  • Implementation of these recommendations in the 1990s was a major step in formalizing the reservation policy to reduce social inequality.
  • Accommodation of Differences
  • Unlike a one-party system or the eradication of regional languages, which suppress diversity, Indian democracy thrives on power-sharing and the protection of minorities.
  • A flexible constitution that allows for amendments (unlike a rigid one) helps the government adapt to evolving social needs and resolve emerging tensions.

Question 176

What is the full form of India alliance?

  1. AOption (a)

    Indian National Dedicated Inland Alliance 

  2. BOption (b)

    Indian National Democratic Inclusive Alliance

  3. COption (c)

    Indian Natural Democratic Inclusive Alliance 

  4. DOption (d)

    Indian National Developmental Inclusive Alliance 

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Indian National Developmental Inclusive Alliance 

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Indian National Developmental Inclusive Alliance

Key Points

  • Indian National Developmental Inclusive Alliance (I.N.D.I.A.)
  • It is a big-tent political alliance of various opposition parties in India.
  • The name was officially announced during the second joint opposition meeting held in Bengaluru in July 2023.
  • The primary objective of the alliance is to defeat the ruling National Democratic Alliance (NDA), led by the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections.
  • The acronym represents a collective front focusing on developmental and inclusive growth across the nation.

Additional Information

  • Composition and Leadership
  • The alliance comprises approximately 28 political parties from across the country.
  • Major member parties include the Indian National Congress (INC), Trinamool Congress (TMC), Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK), Aam Aadmi Party (AAP), and Samajwadi Party (SP).
  • It effectively succeeded the United Progressive Alliance (UPA), which was the previous major opposition coalition.
  • Tagline and Motto
  • The official tagline of the alliance is "Jeetega Bharat" (India will win).
  • The alliance emphasizes upholding the values of the Indian Constitution and maintaining the federal structure of the country.

Question 177

What is participatory democracy?

  1. AOption (a)

    Only the elite decide national policies.

  2. BOption (b)

    Citizens are actively involved in political processes and decision-making.

  3. COption (c)

    Political parties control all government functions.

  4. DOption (d)

    Only representatives participate in governance.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Citizens are actively involved in political processes and decision-making.

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Citizens are actively involved in political processes and decision-making.

Key Points

  • Participatory Democracy
  • It is a model of democracy where citizens are provided with broad opportunities to participate directly in the decision-making processes of the state.
  • Unlike traditional representative systems, it emphasizes the importance of active engagement and direct influence over policy-making rather than just electing officials.
  • The core objective is to ensure that the political direction of a nation is guided by the will of the people through constant deliberation and involvement.
  • It often involves decentralization, where power is shifted from central authorities to local communities to foster grassroots democracy.

Additional Information

  • Representative Democracy
  • In this system, citizens elect representatives to make laws and govern the country on their behalf.
  • It is the most common form of democracy in modern nation-states, where direct participation of every citizen in every decision is practically difficult.
  • Direct Democracy
  • A specific form of participatory democracy where citizens vote on policy initiatives and laws directly without intermediaries.
  • Common tools of direct democracy include referendums, plebiscites, and recalls.
  • Gram Sabha in India
  • Under the 73rd Constitutional Amendment Act, the Gram Sabha serves as a prime example of participatory democracy at the village level in India.
  • It allows all registered voters in a village to participate in the planning and monitoring of local developmental projects.
  • Elite Democracy
  • A perspective where a small economic or political elite holds the actual power, and the role of citizens is limited to choosing between competing leaders during elections.

Question 178

The concept 'Power means the ability to produce the desired effect' is attributed to which thinker?

  1. AOption (a)

    Bertrand Russell

  2. BOption (b)

    Max Weber

  3. COption (c)

    RM MacIver

  4. DOption (d)

    Harold Lasswell

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Bertrand Russell

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Bertrand Russell

Key Points

  • Bertrand Russell
  • Russell defined power as "the production of intended effects." This is a quantitative and teleological definition focusing on the achievement of goals.
  • He explored this concept in his famous 1938 book titled "Power: A New Social Analysis."
  • He argued that power is the fundamental concept in social science, in the same sense that energy is the fundamental concept in physics.
  • Russell categorized power into various forms, such as priestly power, kingly power, and naked power, depending on the manner in which it is exercised.

Additional Information

  • Max Weber
  • Defined power (Macht) as the probability that one actor within a social relationship will be in a position to carry out his own will despite resistance.
  • He is well-known for his classification of authority into three types: Traditional, Charismatic, and Legal-Rational.
  • Harold Lasswell
  • Famously defined politics as the study of "who gets what, when, and how."
  • He viewed power as a process of decision-making and defined it as the ability to participate in the making of decisions with severe sanctions.
  • R.M. MacIver
  • In his work "The Web of Government," he explored the relationship between society and the state.
  • He defined power as the capacity in any relationship to command the service or compliance of others.

Question 179

The executive head of the Municipal Corporation is __________.

  1. AOption (a)

    Municipal Commissioner

  2. BOption (b)

    Vice Mayor

  3. COption (c)

    Mayor

  4. DOption (d)

    Councillor

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Municipal Commissioner

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Municipal Commissioner

Key Points

  • Municipal Commissioner
  • The Municipal Commissioner is the chief executive head of the Municipal Corporation.
  • While the Mayor is the ceremonial head, the executive powers of the corporation are vested in the Commissioner.
  • The Commissioner is generally an officer from the Indian Administrative Service (IAS).
  • He/she is appointed by the State Government to implement the policies and decisions taken by the corporation.
  • The Commissioner is responsible for the entire administration of the city and prepares the annual budget.

Additional Information

  • Mayor
  • The Mayor is known as the first citizen of the city.
  • The Mayor is elected by the members of the Municipal Corporation, and their role is primarily ceremonial.
  • He/she presides over the meetings of the Corporation.
  • 74th Constitutional Amendment Act
  • This Act (1992) accorded constitutional status to the Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).
  • It added Part IXA and the 12th Schedule to the Constitution of India.
  • It provides for three types of municipalities: Nagar Panchayat, Municipal Council, and Municipal Corporation.
  • Councillors
  • The city is divided into several wards, and each ward elects a representative known as a Councillor.
  • They are directly elected by the people of the respective wards.
  • Councillors form the deliberative body of the Municipal Corporation.
  • Municipal Corporation Structure
  • A Municipal Corporation is established for the administration of large cities (usually with a population of more than one million).
  • It consists of three authorities: the Council (deliberative body), the Standing Committees, and the Municipal Commissioner.

Question 180

Which of the following thinkers was opposed to democracy?

  1. AOption (a)

    Rousseau

  2. BOption (b)

    Socrates

  3. COption (c)

    Aristotle

  4. DOption (d)

    Plato

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Plato

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Plato

Key Points

  • Plato
  • Plato was a staunch critic of democracy, a view most famously detailed in his seminal work, The Republic.
  • He viewed democracy as a system governed by the uneducated masses (the "mob") rather than those with the wisdom and knowledge to lead.
  • He argued that democracy is inherently unstable and inevitably leads to tyranny because it prioritizes individual liberty over the collective good and order.
  • Plato proposed that the ideal state should be an Aristocracy of the mind, ruled by Philosopher Kings—individuals who have attained true knowledge of the "Forms."
  • His opposition was deeply influenced by the execution of his teacher, Socrates, by the democratic government of Athens.

Additional Information

  • Rousseau (Jean-Jacques Rousseau)
  • Unlike Plato, Rousseau was a major proponent of Popular Sovereignty.
  • In his work The Social Contract, he introduced the concept of the General Will, which represents the collective interest of the citizens.
  • He is often associated with Direct Democracy, where citizens participate directly in decision-making.
  • Aristotle
  • Aristotle classified democracy as a perverted or deviant form of government because it served only the interests of the poor rather than the state.
  • However, he did not reject popular participation entirely; he favored a Polity (a "mixed" constitution) which combines elements of democracy and oligarchy.
  • He believed that the middle class was the best group to hold power to ensure stability.
  • Socrates
  • Socrates was deeply skeptical of democracy, famously comparing the state to a ship where navigation should be left to a skilled captain (expert) rather than the crew (the public).
  • He believed that voting was a skill that required systematic education and should not be a random birthright.
  • While he was a critic, the systematic theoretical framework against democracy is most attributed to his student, Plato.

Discipline 5 (10 questions)

Question 181

Which of the following situations best reflects the concept of 'level playing field' in elections?

  1. AOption (a)

    Equal access to media and financial resources for all electoral parties

  2. BOption (b)

    Ruling party advertisements allowed on polling days

  3. COption (c)

    Permit to launch government schemes during elections

  4. DOption (d)

    Opposition rallies banned to ensure peace and order

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Equal access to media and financial resources for all electoral parties

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Equal access to media and financial resources for all electoral parties

Key Points

  • Level Playing Field
  • In the context of elections, a level playing field refers to an environment where all political parties and candidates have an equal opportunity to compete for the voters' mandate.
  • It ensures that the ruling party does not use its position of power or government machinery to gain an unfair advantage over the opposition.
  • Equal access to media, especially public broadcasters, ensures that all political viewpoints reach the electorate without bias.
  • Regulating financial resources through expenditure limits prevents wealthier parties from overshadowing others through excessive spending, thereby maintaining democratic fairness.

Additional Information

  • Model Code of Conduct (MCC)
  • The Model Code of Conduct is a set of guidelines issued by the Election Commission of India (ECI) to regulate the conduct of political parties and candidates.
  • It comes into force immediately upon the announcement of the election schedule.
  • One of its primary aims is to prevent the ruling party from using public exchequer funds for advertisements or launching new welfare schemes that could influence voters.
  • Election Commission of India (ECI)
  • Established under Article 324 of the Constitution, the ECI is a permanent and independent body responsible for conducting free and fair elections.
  • It monitors election expenses and ensures that the official machinery is not misused for partisan purposes.
  • Misuse of Power
  • Launching new government schemes or banning opposition rallies (without valid security reasons) are considered violations of the democratic process as they disrupt the level playing field.
  • The Supreme Court of India has frequently emphasized that free and fair elections are a part of the Basic Structure of the Constitution.

Question 182

Under which article of the Indian Constitution has the Supreme Court of India been given advisory powers?

  1. AOption (a)

    Article 132

  2. BOption (b)

    Article 143

  3. COption (c)

    Article 148

  4. DOption (d)

    Article 131

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Article 143

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Article 143

Key Points

  • Article 143
  • Article 143 of the Indian Constitution confers advisory jurisdiction upon the Supreme Court of India.
  • Under this article, the President of India may seek the opinion of the Supreme Court on any question of law or fact that is of public importance.
  • The Supreme Court may report its opinion to the President after such hearing as it thinks fit.
  • There are two categories of matters where the President can seek advice:
  • On any question of law or fact of public importance which has arisen or is likely to arise.
  • On any dispute arising out of any pre-constitution treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement, or other similar instruments.
  • The opinion delivered by the Supreme Court under Article 143 is not binding on the President; it is purely advisory in nature.

Additional Information

  • Article 131
  • This article deals with the Original Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court.
  • It involves disputes between the Government of India and one or more States, or between two or more States.
  • Article 132
  • This article provides for the Appellate Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court in appeals from High Courts in certain cases.
  • It specifically deals with cases involving a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.
  • Article 148
  • This article provides for the Comptroller and Auditor-General (CAG) of India.
  • The CAG is appointed by the President and is responsible for auditing the accounts of the Union and the States.

Question 183

The Right to Constitutional Remedies is considered the 'heart and soul' of the Indian Constitution because it _____.

  1. AOption (a)

    empowers the Election Commission to conduct free elections

  2. BOption (b)

    provides the Parliament the power to amend any part of the Constitution

  3. COption (c)

    gives citizens the power to approach courts for enforcement of rights

  4. DOption (d)

    enables the President to suspend powers during an emergency

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

gives citizens the power to approach courts for enforcement of rights

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - gives citizens the power to approach courts for enforcement of rights

Key Points

  • Article 32
  • The Right to Constitutional Remedies is enshrined in Article 32 of the Indian Constitution.
  • Dr. B.R. Ambedkar described this article as the "Heart and Soul of the Constitution" because, without it, all other fundamental rights are meaningless.
  • It makes the Fundamental Rights enforceable by allowing any citizen to move the Supreme Court directly if their rights are violated.
  • The Supreme Court acts as the protector and guarantor of Fundamental Rights under this article.

Additional Information

  • The Five Writs
  • Under Article 32, the Supreme Court can issue five types of writs:
  • Habeas Corpus: Literally means "to have the body"; used to protect personal liberty against unlawful detention.
  • Mandamus: A command issued to a public official or lower court to perform a public duty.
  • Prohibition: Issued by a higher court to a lower court to prevent it from exceeding its jurisdiction.
  • Certiorari: Issued to a lower court to quash its order or transfer a case to a higher authority.
  • Quo-Warranto: Issued to enquire into the legality of the claim of a person to a public office.
  • Article 226
  • Similar to Article 32, Article 226 empowers the High Courts to issue writs.
  • While Article 32 is a Fundamental Right itself, Article 226 is a constitutional power.
  • The writ jurisdiction of High Courts is wider than the Supreme Court as they can issue writs for both Fundamental Rights and ordinary legal rights.
  • Suspension of Rights
  • During a National Emergency (Article 352), the enforcement of Fundamental Rights (except Articles 20 and 21) can be suspended by the President under Article 359.

Question 184

How many members were there originally in the Constituent Assembly?

  1. AOption (a)

    389

  2. BOption (b)

    289

  3. COption (c)

    395

  4. DOption (d)

    299

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

389

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - 389

Key Points

  • Original Strength
  • The total strength of the Constituent Assembly was originally fixed at 389 in 1946.
  • This composition was based on the proposals of the Cabinet Mission Plan.
  • The division of the 389 seats was as follows:
  • 296 seats were allotted to British India.
  • 93 seats were allotted to the Princely States.
  • Out of the 296 seats for British India, 292 members were drawn from the eleven governors’ provinces and 4 from the chief commissioners’ provinces.

Additional Information

  • Seat Allocation Criteria
  • Seats were allotted to each Province and Princely State in proportion to their respective population, roughly at a ratio of one seat for every million people.
  • The seats allocated to British Provinces were decided among three main communities: Muslims, Sikhs, and General.
  • Impact of Partition
  • Following the Mountbatten Plan and the partition of India, the members representing the areas that went to Pakistan withdrew from the Assembly.
  • As a result, the total strength of the Indian Constituent Assembly was reduced to 299.
  • Constitution Structure
  • The number 395 is significant as the original Constitution of India contained 395 Articles, 22 Parts, and 8 Schedules at the time of its adoption.
  • First Meeting
  • The Constituent Assembly held its first meeting on December 9, 1946, which was boycotted by the Muslim League.
  • Dr. Sachchidananda Sinha was elected as the temporary President of the Assembly.

Question 185

In which case did the Supreme Court of India propound the concept of basic structure of the Indian Constitution?

  1. AOption (a)

    S. R. Bommai vs. Union of India

  2. BOption (b)

    Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala

  3. COption (c)

    Minerva Mills vs Union of India

  4. DOption (d)

    Golaknath vs. State of Punjab

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala

Key Points

  • Kesavananda Bharati vs. State of Kerala (1973)
  • This landmark case is where the Supreme Court of India propounded the Doctrine of Basic Structure.
  • The judgment was delivered by the largest-ever Constitutional Bench consisting of 13 judges, with a slim majority of 7-6.
  • The court ruled that while Parliament has wide powers to amend the Constitution under Article 368, it cannot alter, damage, or destroy its essential features or "basic structure."
  • This case overruled the earlier judgment in the Golaknath case and asserted the power of Judicial Review over constitutional amendments.

Additional Information

  • Golaknath vs. State of Punjab (1967)
  • In this case, the Supreme Court ruled that Fundamental Rights were transcendental and immutable, meaning Parliament had no power to amend or abridge them.
  • It was later overruled by the 24th Constitutional Amendment Act and the Kesavananda Bharati judgment.
  • Minerva Mills vs. Union of India (1980)
  • This case further strengthened the Basic Structure Doctrine.
  • The Supreme Court struck down clauses of the 42nd Amendment and held that the "harmony and balance between Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles" is a basic feature of the Constitution.
  • It also reaffirmed that Judicial Review is a part of the basic structure.
  • S. R. Bommai vs. Union of India (1994)
  • This case dealt primarily with the misuse of Article 356 (President's Rule) in states.
  • The Court declared that Secularism, Federalism, and Democracy are essential parts of the basic structure of the Constitution.
  • Article 368
  • Found in Part XX of the Constitution, it grants Parliament the power to amend the Constitution and lays down the procedure for such amendments.

Question 186

Who has been designated as the guardian of fundamental rights under the Indian Constitution?

  1. AOption (a)

    Indian District Court

  2. BOption (b)

    Indian High Court

  3. COption (c)

    Supreme Court of India

  4. DOption (d)

    Indian Family Court

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Supreme Court of India

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Supreme Court of India

Key Points

  • Supreme Court of India
  • The Supreme Court is designated as the guardian and guarantor of the Fundamental Rights of the citizens of India.
  • Under Article 32 of the Constitution, the Supreme Court has the power to issue directions, orders, or writs for the enforcement of any of the Fundamental Rights.
  • It is a fundamental right in itself to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III.
  • Dr. B.R. Ambedkar referred to Article 32 as the "Heart and Soul" of the Indian Constitution because, without this remedy, all other rights are meaningless.

Additional Information

  • Article 226
  • This article empowers the High Courts to issue writs for the enforcement of Fundamental Rights as well as for any other purpose.
  • While the Supreme Court’s writ jurisdiction is limited to Fundamental Rights, the High Court's jurisdiction is wider in scope as it covers legal rights too.
  • Types of Writs
  • Habeas Corpus: Literally means "to have the body"; used to protect personal liberty against arbitrary detention.
  • Mandamus: A command issued to a public official or lower court to perform a statutory duty that they have failed to perform.
  • Prohibition: Issued by a higher court to a lower court to prevent it from exceeding its jurisdiction.
  • Certiorari: Issued to quash the order of a lower court or tribunal that has already been passed without jurisdiction.
  • Quo-Warranto: Issued to enquire into the legality of a claim which a person asserts to a public office.
  • Fundamental Rights
  • These are enshrined in Part III of the Constitution (Articles 12 to 35).
  • They are justiciable, meaning they are enforceable by the courts in cases of violation.

Question 187

The Supreme Court's decision in the case of Kesavananda Bharati vs State of Kerala (1973) is significant because it _____________.

  1. AOption (a)

    declared the President as the final executor of fundamental rights

  2. BOption (b)

    allowed Parliament to amend the Constitution without any restrictions

  3. COption (c)

    implemented the basic structure doctrine, which limited the amending power of Parliament

  4. DOption (d)

    established that fundamental rights can be permanently suspended

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

implemented the basic structure doctrine, which limited the amending power of Parliament

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - implemented the basic structure doctrine, which limited the amending power of Parliament

Key Points

  • Basic Structure Doctrine
  • The Supreme Court ruled that while Parliament has wide powers to amend the Constitution under Article 368, it cannot alter, damage, or destroy its basic structure or framework.
  • This landmark judgment ensured that the Constitution remains supreme and prevents the legislature from exercising absolute power.
  • The decision was delivered by the largest-ever bench in Indian judicial history, consisting of 13 judges, with a 7-6 majority.
  • It effectively overruled the earlier Golaknath case (1967), which had stated that Parliament could not amend Fundamental Rights at all.

Additional Information

  • Article 368
  • Deals with the power of Parliament to amend the Constitution and the procedure therefor.
  • The Kesavananda Bharati case clarified that the word "amendment" does not include the power to abrogate the Constitution.
  • Elements of Basic Structure
  • Though not exhaustively defined by the Court, various subsequent judgments have identified elements like Secularism, Federalism, Democracy, Separation of Powers, and Judicial Review as part of the basic structure.
  • The doctrine ensures that the Rule of Law and individual liberties are protected from arbitrary political changes.
  • 24th Constitutional Amendment Act
  • The Court upheld the validity of the 24th Amendment, which gave Parliament the power to amend any part of the Constitution, but subject to the newly formulated Basic Structure restriction.

Question 188

Which one of the following is not a fundamental feature of a democratic system?

  1. AOption (a)

    Single party rule

  2. BOption (b)

    Independent judiciary

  3. COption (c)

    Free and fair elections

  4. DOption (d)

    Freedom of speech and expression

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

Single party rule

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Single party rule

Key Points

  • Single party rule
  • This is a feature of authoritarian or totalitarian systems, not a democratic one.
  • In a democracy, political pluralism is essential, meaning multiple parties must have the opportunity to compete for power.
  • Single party rule restricts the choice of the citizens and suppresses political opposition, which contradicts the core principle of popular sovereignty.
  • Democracy relies on the "consent of the governed," which can only be verified through a multi-party system or competitive political environment.

Additional Information

  • Independent Judiciary
  • A democratic system requires a judiciary that is free from the influence of the executive and legislative branches.
  • It ensures the Rule of Law and protects the fundamental rights of citizens against arbitrary state actions.
  • The power of judicial review allows courts to declare laws or actions unconstitutional if they violate democratic principles.
  • Free and Fair Elections
  • Elections are the primary mechanism of representative democracy.
  • For elections to be free and fair, they must be held at regular intervals, involve universal adult suffrage, and be conducted by an impartial body.
  • They ensure that the government remains accountable to the people and can be changed through peaceful means.
  • Freedom of Speech and Expression
  • This is considered the "backbone" of democracy as it allows citizens to participate in public discourse.
  • It enables the media and individuals to criticize government policies, fostering transparency and informed decision-making.
  • Without freedom of speech, other democratic rights like the right to assemble or form associations cannot be effectively exercised.

Question 189

Which feature of the functioning of the Constituent Assembly reflects its democratic spirit?

  1. AOption (a)

    Refusal to consider any suggestions from minority representatives

  2. BOption (b)

    Decision making through extensive discussion and consensus building

  3. COption (c)

    Drafting by a select group of British legal experts only

  4. DOption (d)

    Adoption of the Constitution without debate or amendment

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Decision making through extensive discussion and consensus building

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Decision making through extensive discussion and consensus building

Key Points

  • Decision making through extensive discussion and consensus building
  • The Constituent Assembly did not simply rely on a majority vote for important provisions; instead, it prioritized consensus to ensure that the Constitution reflected the aspirations of all sections of society.
  • The assembly functioned in an open and transparent manner, where every clause was debated extensively before being finalized.
  • This process ensured the democratic spirit by allowing diverse viewpoints, including those of minorities and different ideological groups, to be heard and incorporated.
  • Public opinions were also sought, and suggestions from various pressure groups and the common public were considered during the drafting process.

Additional Information

  • Objective Resolution
  • Moved by Jawaharlal Nehru in 1946, it defined the aims of the Assembly and provided the philosophical framework for the Constitution.
  • It emphasized principles like justice, equality, and sovereignty belonging to the people.
  • Drafting Committee
  • Headed by Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, this committee was responsible for scrutinizing the draft constitution prepared by the Constitutional Adviser.
  • The committee worked for 141 days to prepare the first draft, which was then subjected to public scrutiny and amendments.
  • Duration and Composition
  • The Assembly took 2 years, 11 months, and 18 days to complete the Constitution.
  • Members were elected by the members of the Provincial Legislative Assemblies and nominated by the rulers of the Princely States, representing a wide cross-section of Indian society.

Question 190

When the Supreme Court strikes down a law passed by the Parliament as unconstitutional, it does which of the following?

  1. AOption (a)

    Original jurisdiction over disputes between citizens

  2. BOption (b)

    Judicial review ensuring constitutional supremacy

  3. COption (c)

    Advisory jurisdiction under Article 143

  4. DOption (d)

    Appellate jurisdiction over subordinate courts

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Judicial review ensuring constitutional supremacy

Why this answer is correct

The correct answer is - Judicial review ensuring constitutional supremacy

Key Points

  • Judicial Review
  • Judicial review is the power of the Supreme Court and High Courts to examine the constitutionality of legislative enactments and executive orders of both the Central and State governments.
  • If a law passed by the Parliament is found to be violative of the Constitution, the Supreme Court can declare it unconstitutional and void.
  • This power is essential to maintain Constitutional Supremacy, ensuring that no branch of government functions beyond its constitutional limits.
  • The doctrine of judicial review is considered a Basic Structure of the Indian Constitution, meaning it cannot be abridged even by a constitutional amendment.

Additional Information

  • Original Jurisdiction (Article 131)
  • This refers to the power of the Supreme Court to hear a case for the first time, rather than on appeal.
  • In India, it primarily covers federal disputes between the Centre and States or between different States.
  • It does not typically cover disputes between private citizens.
  • Advisory Jurisdiction (Article 143)
  • The President of India can refer any question of law or fact of public importance to the Supreme Court for its opinion.
  • The opinion expressed by the Supreme Court under Article 143 is only advisory and not binding on the President.
  • Appellate Jurisdiction
  • The Supreme Court is the highest court of appeal in the country.
  • It hears appeals against the judgments of the High Courts in constitutional, civil, and criminal matters (under Articles 132, 133, and 134).
  • It also has the power of Special Leave Petition (Article 136) to grant leave to appeal from any judgment in any matter.
  • Article 13
  • This article provides the legal basis for judicial review in India by stating that all laws inconsistent with Fundamental Rights shall be void.

Teaching Methodology (10 questions)

Question 191

The Gender Inclusion Fund in NEP 2020 is for _____.

  1. AOption (a)

    girls and boys

  2. BOption (b)

    economically backward persons

  3. COption (c)

    girls only

  4. DOption (d)

    girls and transgender persons

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

girls and transgender persons

Why this answer is correct

The National Education Policy (NEP) 2020 emphasizes equitable and inclusive education to ensure that no child loses any opportunity to learn and excel because of their birth or background. One of its key initiatives is the creation of a specialized fund designed to overcome the social and structural barriers that prevent certain gender identities from accessing quality education and staying in school.

Key Points

  • The creation of a dedicated fund allows the government to focus specifically on the socio-educational barriers faced by female and transgender students to ensure they have equal access to learning.
  • This fund is intended to support various initiatives such as providing safe sanitation, bicycles for transport, and community-based interventions to increase enrollment and retention among these groups.
  • By including transgender persons, the policy acknowledges the unique challenges and discrimination faced by gender minorities, moving beyond the traditional gender binary in educational planning.
  • The strategic goal of this fund is to foster a supportive environment that encourages these individuals to pursue higher education and vocational training while removing systemic hurdles to their development.

Hint

  • Focusing on both boys and girls represents a general approach to education, whereas the Inclusion Fund is a specialized mechanism for groups that have been historically marginalized due to gender.
  • Support for students from low-income backgrounds is handled through different financial aid and scholarship schemes under the broader Socio-Economically Disadvantaged Groups provisions.
  • Limiting the scope of the fund to only girls would ignore the specific needs of the transgender community, whom the NEP 2020 explicitly aims to empower through social and institutional support.

Hence, the correct answer is 'girls and transgender persons'.

Question 192

Which of the following is not a priority area of ​​development?

  1. AOption (a)

    Cognitive

  2. BOption (b)

    Physical

  3. COption (c)

    Situational

  4. DOption (d)

    Emotional

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Situational

Why this answer is correct

Human development refers to the biological and psychological changes that occur in human beings between birth and the conclusion of adolescence. These changes are categorized into specific domains that represent the different aspects of a person's growth and ability to function within their environment.

Key Points

  • Development is a multidimensional process that includes physical, cognitive, social, and emotional changes that happen throughout the lifespan.
  • The primary domains of development focus on the internal maturation and capacity building of the individual rather than the external circumstances they face.
  • Circumstances related to the external environment or temporary contexts do not qualify as a primary domain of internal human growth. While the environment plays a role in shaping behavior, it is categorized as an external influence rather than a core developmental milestone like mental or bodily progression. Focusing on specific circumstances or immediate events describes the context of action rather than the internal maturation of the individual. Therefore, this category is not considered a priority area when assessing the fundamental pillars of a person's developmental progress.

Hint

  • Intellectual growth including language acquisition, reasoning, and memory skills is a primary focus of the mental development domain.
  • Biological changes, such as height and weight increases and the mastery of motor skills, represent a fundamental biological domain.
  • The capacity to identify, understand, and manage personal feelings and reactions is essential for the psychological and affective domain of growth.

Hence, the correct answer is 'Situational'.

Question 193

Which of the following is not an example of hidden curriculum related to gender sensitivity?

  1. AOption (a)

    Avoid using adjectives like beautiful, pretty, obedient, polite for girls and brave, courageous, strong, handsome for boys.

  2. BOption (b)

    Planning theatre or drama to sensitize students to learning to live together.

  3. COption (c)

    Involving children in social service activities of the school.

  4. DOption (d)

    Use encouraging words like excellent, good, well done for both boys and girls.

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Involving children in social service activities of the school.

Why this answer is correct

Hidden curriculum refers to the unwritten, unofficial, and often unintended lessons, values, and perspectives that students learn in school. It encompasses the subtle messages conveyed through the school environment, teacher attitudes, and daily interactions that shape a student understanding of social norms, including gender roles and sensitivity.

Key Points

  • The hidden curriculum in gender sensitivity aims to promote equality by removing biased language and behaviors that might subconsciously reinforce traditional stereotypes in the classroom.
  • Involving children in social service activities of the school is a broad educational practice designed to foster empathy, civic duty, and a sense of community responsibility. While these activities are essential for a student moral development, they are general educational goals that do not specifically target or address the dismantling of gender-related biases. Because the focus is on universal character building and societal contribution rather than gender-specific sensitization, it does not fall under the category of a hidden curriculum specifically related to gender sensitivity. Instead, it serves as a general tool for overall social awareness.

Hint

  • Avoiding the use of gendered adjectives ensures that personality traits like bravery or politeness are not restricted to traditional male or female stereotypes.
  • Planning drama and theatre for sensitization helps students understand diverse perspectives and learn the importance of living together without gender-based prejudices.
  • Using uniform words of encouragement for both boys and girls ensures that all students are recognized based on their performance and effort rather than their gender identity.

Hence, the correct answer is 'Involving children in social service activities of the school'.

Question 194

People who wish to study in an English-speaking environment, work or immigrate to an English-speaking country, or obtain a job in their own country where English proficiency is required must take an English proficiency test. Which of the following is an accredited testing agency for assessing English proficiency?

  1. AOption (a)

    IELTS

  2. BOption (b)

    TUFFLE

  3. COption (c)

    IET

  4. DOption (d)

    CTA

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

IELTS

Why this answer is correct

English proficiency tests serve as a standardized method to evaluate the linguistic abilities of individuals whose first language is not English. These assessments are vital for maintaining academic standards and ensuring professional competence in global settings where English is the primary medium of communication. They evaluate core skills to ensure that individuals can navigate academic, social, and professional environments effectively.

Key Points

  • The International English Language Testing System is a globally recognized and accredited assessment designed for people looking to study, work, or migrate to English-speaking countries.
  • It is jointly managed by reputable organizations such as the British Council, IDP: IELTS Australia, and Cambridge Assessment English, ensuring its high standards and international validity.
  • The test measures proficiency across four key modules: Listening, Reading, Writing, and Speaking, providing a detailed score that reflects the test-taker's communicative ability.
  • Thousands of institutions, including universities, professional bodies, and immigration departments, rely on these results to verify that candidates possess the necessary language skills for their specific requirements.

Hint

  • The term TUFFLE is not a recognized or accredited English proficiency examination and appears to be an incorrect variation of other known test names.
  • The acronym IET generally refers to the Institution of Engineering and Technology, which is a professional society for the engineering community rather than a language assessment agency.
  • CTA commonly stands for Chartered Tax Adviser or other technical professional designations that are focused on specific vocational skills rather than general English language proficiency.

Hence, the correct answer is 'IELTS'.

Question 195

What does multilingualism help with?

  1. AOption (a)

    To understand the topic

  2. BOption (b)

    Learning multiple languages

  3. COption (c)

    Develop reading and writing skills

  4. DOption (d)

    Bringing about social change by accepting different languages

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (d)D.

Bringing about social change by accepting different languages

Why this answer is correct

Multilingualism refers to the ability of an individual speaker or a community of speakers to communicate effectively in three or more languages. In an educational and social context, it is viewed as a resource that promotes cognitive flexibility, cultural empathy, and global citizenship by bridging communication gaps.

Key Points

  • Promoting the acceptance of diverse languages helps in creating a more inclusive society where every individuals linguistic heritage is respected.
  • This inclusive approach acts as a tool for social change by challenging linguistic hierarchies and fostering mutual understanding among different cultural groups.
  • By integrating multiple languages into the social fabric, it encourages a shift in perspective that values diversity over uniformity, leading to greater social cohesion.
  • Accepting different languages allows for better representation and participation of marginalized communities in democratic processes and social dialogues.

Hint

  • Gaining clarity on a specific subject is a localized benefit of using a familiar language but does not address the broader societal impact of multilingualism.
  • The process of acquiring several languages focuses on individual skill development rather than the transformative social benefits that come from language acceptance.
  • Improving literacy through reading and writing is a functional academic goal that is secondary to the larger objective of fostering social equity and inclusion.

Hence, the correct answer is 'Bringing about social change by accepting different languages'.

Question 196

Which of the following is not an advantage of multidisciplinary education as envisaged in NEP 2020?

  1. AOption (a)

    Creative combination of disciplines

  2. BOption (b)

    Adaptability

  3. COption (c)

    Perseverance

  4. DOption (d)

    All-round development of individuals' capabilities

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Perseverance

Why this answer is correct

Multidisciplinary education is a core pillar of the National Education Policy 2020, designed to break down the silos between traditional subject areas and provide students with a holistic learning experience. By integrating various fields of study, this approach aims to produce individuals who are not only specialists but also possess a broad understanding of the world through a flexible and integrated curriculum.

Key Points

  • This specific trait is considered a personal character virtue that is developed through consistent effort and habit over time across any educational setting or life experience. Within the context of the National Education Policy 2020, the focus of multidisciplinary education is primarily on structural flexibility and intellectual breadth rather than the cultivation of specific psychological endurance traits. Therefore, while it remains a positive outcome of a good education, it does not represent a direct structural benefit or a unique feature of the multidisciplinary approach itself.
  • Flexible curricula allow students to bridge the gap between seemingly unrelated fields, leading to innovative problem-solving and new perspectives that traditional, rigid systems do not provide.
  • Exposure to a wide variety of subjects ensures that learners can pivot between different roles and industries in an ever-changing global job market, making them more resilient to economic shifts.
  • A holistic approach ensures that the intellectual, aesthetic, social, physical, emotional, and moral capacities of students are addressed through a comprehensive curriculum that goes beyond rote learning.

Hint

  • The primary goal of NEP 2020 is to foster 21st-century skills such as critical thinking and creativity by allowing students to choose their own paths of study.
  • General virtues or character traits like persistence and grit are universal educational goals and are not exclusive advantages of any one specific pedagogical framework like multidisciplinary studies.
  • Multidisciplinary education is specifically meant to provide breadth and depth across sciences, social sciences, arts, and humanities to prepare students for a diverse society.

Hence, the correct answer is 'Perseverance'.

Question 197

Arrange the following in the correct order from low to high showing the learning outcomes in the affective domain.

(a) Valuing

(b) Receiving

(c) Organisation

(d) Responding

(e) Characterisation

  1. AOption (a)

    (b), (d), (a), (c), (e)

  2. BOption (b)

    (a), (b), (c), (d), (e)

  3. COption (c)

    (b), (d), (e), (a), (c)

  4. DOption (d)

    (c), (d), (a), (b), (e)

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (a)A.

(b), (d), (a), (c), (e)

Why this answer is correct

The affective domain, part of Bloom's Taxonomy developed by David Krathwohl, focuses on the emotional aspects of learning such as feelings, values, appreciation, motivations, and attitudes. This domain is structured as a hierarchy that describes the process of internalizing a value or attitude, moving from simple awareness to the point where the value becomes a consistent part of an individual's character.

Key Points

  • The progression (b), (d), (a), (c), (e) correctly identifies the hierarchy starting with receiving, where the learner is simply aware and willing to listen to a stimulus.
  • This is followed by responding, which involves active participation and the learner reacting to the stimulus in some way.
  • The next level is valuing, where the learner attaches a specific worth to an object or behavior and demonstrates a commitment to it.
  • Organization follows as the learner prioritizes different values and integrates them into a consistent system by resolving conflicts.
  • The final and highest stage is characterization, where the value system is fully internalized and consistently guides the learner's behavior and lifestyle.

Hint

  • Sequences that begin with valuing are incorrect because a learner must first be aware of and respond to a stimulus before they can assign value to it.
  • Orders that do not place characterization as the final step fail to recognize it as the most complex level of internalization within the affective domain.
  • Any arrangement that places organization before receiving or responding is logically flawed as one cannot prioritize values without first being exposed to them.

Hence, the correct answer is '(b), (d), (a), (c), (e)'.

Question 198

Education is considered a ____________ field because it borrows some principles, rules, and philosophies from other disciplines.

  1. AOption (a)

    practice-based

  2. BOption (b)

    interdisciplinary

  3. COption (c)

    sociological

  4. DOption (d)

    knowledge-based

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

interdisciplinary

Why this answer is correct

Education as a field of study is dedicated to the systematic investigation of the processes of teaching and learning. It encompasses a wide range of theories and practices aimed at improving how knowledge is transmitted and how individuals develop within a society.

Key Points

  • An interdisciplinary field is characterized by the integration of knowledge, methodologies, and perspectives from multiple academic branches to address complex issues.
  • Education relies on psychology to understand cognitive development, sociology to analyze school environments, and philosophy to establish ethical and educational goals.
  • By borrowing principles and rules from these diverse areas, education creates a comprehensive framework that addresses the multifaceted nature of human learning.
  • This synthesis of various disciplines allows for a more holistic approach to curriculum design and instructional strategies that a single field of study could not provide alone.

Hint

  • A framework that is practice-based focuses primarily on the direct application of skills and hands-on experience rather than the integration of theoretical disciplines.
  • The perspective that is sociological concentrates specifically on the relationship between education and social structures, rather than incorporating a broad range of other sciences.
  • A system that is knowledge-based emphasizes the accumulation and transmission of specific information and facts as the core objective of the educational process.

Hence, the correct answer is 'interdisciplinary'.

Question 199

Which of the following statements is not true regarding using a good questioning technique?

  1. AOption (a)

    After asking a question, one should pause and let it hang overhead.

  2. BOption (b)

    Students should be called sequentially.

  3. COption (c)

    The question must be asked clearly and precisely.

  4. DOption (d)

    Provide immediate feedback to students

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (b)B.

Students should be called sequentially.

Why this answer is correct

Questioning techniques are essential pedagogical tools used by educators to prompt critical thinking, check for comprehension, and foster an interactive learning environment. Effective questioning involves more than just asking inquiries; it requires strategic delivery and management to keep all learners engaged and focused throughout the instruction period.

Key Points

  • Calling on students in a fixed or predictable sequence is considered an ineffective practice because it allows others to become passive or disinterested. When learners can predict exactly when they will be asked to speak, they often stop paying attention to the discussion until it is nearly their turn. Effective teaching requires keeping the entire class cognitively active, which is better achieved through random selection rather than a sequential pattern. This approach ensures that every student remains accountable and ready to participate at any point during the session, maintaining high engagement levels.

Hint

  • Allowing a brief pause after posing a question provides students with the necessary wait time to reflect and organize their thoughts before responding.
  • Formulating questions with precision and clarity prevents ambiguity and helps students focus their thinking on the specific concept being discussed.
  • Providing prompt feedback serves to validate correct responses or clarify errors immediately, which is vital for reinforcing correct understanding and maintaining the momentum of learning.

Hence, the correct answer is 'Students should be called sequentially'.

Question 200

Under which of the following categories of knowledge do children acquire diverse knowledge from home, school and community?

  1. AOption (a)

    Knowledge through tolerance

  2. BOption (b)

    Knowledge through intuition

  3. COption (c)

    Knowledge through authority

  4. DOption (d)

    Knowledge through books

View answer & explanation

Correct answer

Answer: (c)C.

Knowledge through authority

Why this answer is correct

Knowledge acquisition refers to the process through which individuals, particularly children, gather information and understanding about the world around them. This process is deeply influenced by various social environments such as the household, educational institutions, and the broader society, which serve as primary channels for learning and development.

Key Points

  • Children often rely on external figures such as parents at home, teachers in school, and leaders within the community to provide them with reliable information. This specific category of learning involves accepting facts and values because they are presented by individuals or institutions perceived as reliable sources of truth. By observing and listening to these influential figures, children build a diverse knowledge base that helps them navigate social norms and academic concepts. This reliance on the expertise and status of others for gaining insight is a fundamental stage in cognitive development before the child begins independent verification.

Hint

  • Learning through the quality of social interaction and the acceptance of differences is related to social values rather than the primary mechanism for gaining diverse factual knowledge from the community.
  • Internal senses of knowing or sudden insights that occur without external instruction represent a different form of understanding that does not depend on home or school environments.
  • Reading materials are a specific medium of instruction but they do not account for the verbal and observational learning that occurs naturally within the home and the community.

Hence, the correct answer is 'Knowledge through authority'.

200 questions in the full paper